Text

Calculation OSC-8623, Rev. 0, RPS & ESFAS System Functional Description for Areva Teleperm Xs.
	ML091050333
Person / Time
Site:	Oconee
Issue date:	03/08/2005
From:	; AREVA NP, Duke Energy Carolinas
To:	; Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation
References
	Download: ML091050333 (238)
	v • d • e

FORM 101.3 (R08-04)

CERTIFICATION OF ENGINEERING CALCULATION - REVISION LOG Station And Unit Number Oconee Nuclear Station Unit 1 Title Of Calculation RPS & ESFAS System Functional Description for AREVA TELEPERM XS Calculation Number OSC-8623 Active Calculation /Analysis Yes E No 0 Supporting (Vol) Volumes Verif. Apprl Issue Calculation Pages (Vol) Documentation Vo___ rg h Meth, Date Rev. 1,2,3. Rec'd No. Revised Deleted Added Revised Deleted Added Delete Added Date Date "Other" Date Date N/A ix,1 ix,1 NA NA NA NA NA GEW KRB 1 GDG X 9 x 209 210 NA NA NA NA NA 10-14-8 10-14-8 10-14-8 KDW DWH 10/22 9 Owner's review and Acceptance per EM 4.13 ......... ......... ...................... sah 10-20-.8 10127 N/A ix,1 ix, NA NA NA NA NA GEW KLB 1 CRB X 210 210 NA NA NA NA NA 12-17-8 12-17-8 12-17-8 X KDW DWH 12-29-8 10 Owner's review and Acceptance per EM 4.13 ......... ......... ............ ...... a 1 - .//9Zj j 1E 12-18-8 1-9-9 NA ix, ix, NA NA NA NA NA KRM GEW 1 6 X 1-210 1-209 NA NA NA NA NA 2-28-9 , 3/2/09 )'"

11 Owner's review and Acceptance per EM 4.13 ........................

AREVA NP Inc.

A R EVA an AREVVA ard Siement company 32-5061401-012

FORM 101.3 CROB-04)

CERTIFICATION OF ENGINEERING CALCULATION - REVISION LOG Station And Unit Number Oconee Nuclear Station Unit 1 Title Of Calculation RPS & ESFAS System Functional Description for AREVA TELEPERM XS Calculation Number OSC-8623 Active Calculation / Analysis Yes E No C3 Calculation Pages (Vol) Supporting Volumes On Chkd Verif. A Issue

.____ Documentation (Vol) g Meth. ppr Date Rev. 12,3, Rec'd No. Revised Deleted Added Revised Deleted Added Delele Added Date Date 2Other' Date Date N/A i0- vi,1- NA NA NA NA NA JRM JNK I EJS x 197 199 NA NA NA NA NA 6-4-7 6-4-7 6-4-7 x MHM DWH 5 Owner's review and Acceptance per EM 4.13 ......... 6-5-07 6-5-7 1 vii,1 NA NA NA NA NA GEW CBD 1 GDG _ X 6 N/A X

199 209 NA NA NA NA NA 5-28-8 6-2-8 6-2-8 (per by KDW w 6 Owner's review and Acceptance per EM 4.13 ............... (e by SAH telecon PNF) 6-5-8 7-8-8 N/A 1 Viii, 1 NA NA NA NA NA GEW KFB 1 GDG X 209 NA NA NA NA NA 9-11-8 9-17-8 9-18-8 209 KDW DWHI 923AH 7 Owner's review and Acceptance per EM 4.13 ...................

9-18-8 9-23-8 9-25-8 GEW KRB 1 GDG X ix,1 ix,1 NA NA NA NA NA N/A NA NA NA NA NA 9-25-8 10-1-8 10-1-8 X 209 209 (per by KDW__

KDW D/SAHl flWII Owner's review and Acceptance per EM 4.13 ......... ......... (O-2-8 8

email PNF) 10-1-8 -e_next page) 10-6-8 9 (see next page)

Note I: When approving a Calculation revision with multiple Originators or Checkers, the Approver need sign only one block.

FIGURE 101-3 CERTIFICATION OF ENGINEERING CALCULATION - REVISION LOG

FIGURE 101 3 CERTIFICATION OF ENGINEERING CALCULATION - REVISION LOG CERTIFICATION OF ENGINEERING CALCULATION REVISION LOG Station And Unit Number Oconee Nuclear Station Unit I Title Of Calculation RPS & ESFAS System Functional Description Calculation Number OSC-8623 Active Calculation/Analysis R] YES El NO Calculation Pages (Vol)' Supporltig Volumes ORtO CPIKD WVef. Appr- Issue Documentation (Vot) Meth. Dale ReY. Revised Deleted Added Rtistd Deleted Added Deleted Added Date Date¢3 Dat ate No.

"A

_Other"

- \ )I-I &,,,\ I'

.DIal

. . . V. . .m . . . __ ,*s.. _

a,*

.4)-10 "t1 2 t ',-s ReA w pe.r M1e4, 1-3 _

r 4A _____,+- ___

-17

_,___ _.- __:/

______NIA

_,__-- ___ I->,'ri JV

_53-_

Io 4 &/A i,_.-,i__*l_, _"__ , __ , - - -ry_._._- t-- 04o W7 NOTE 1: When approving a Calculation revision with multiple Originators or Checkers, the Approver need sign only one block.

4 DOLIqeY,( re,-P*/,,,' pe,/ 1..k ,, ,,,<#6r., ',4.,,,s /,co,.,, f,-;o- -b, o,,.,-s rs si.fi". (6 Aug 2004)

Form 101.1 (R08-04l CERTIFICATION OF ENGINEERING CALCULATION Station And Unit Number ONS Unit 1 Title Of Calculation RPS & ESFAS System Functional Description Calculation Number OSC-8623 Total Original Pages I,1 Through I 6

{

Total Supporting Documentation Attachments N/A Total Microfiche Attachments N/A Total Volumes 1 Active Calculation/Analysis Yes If No 0 Microfiche Attachment List 03 Yes RINo IfActive, is this a Type I CalculatlonlAnalysls Yes 0' No 0 (See Form 101.4)

These engineering Calculations cover OA Condition -J_ Items. In accordance with established procedures, the quality has been assured and I certify that the above Calculation has been Originated, Checked, or Approved as noted below, Originated By X1J 4--*'.-,,Date L2-,,S -o,5"7 Checked By ( d:Date Ma3V2dsh Verification Metho d: Method 1 1ý7 Method 2 El Method 3 Oter t El Approved By A. /411" -1 Date Issued To Document Management .. * , Date ,

CReceived By Docu.ment Managemnent.ftt Date z! 4,5 Complete The Spaces Beoow For Documentation Of Multiple Originators Or Checkers Pages Through L9 -o Originated By 2 Date Z. - o Checked By - Date __;42_,/___-_

Verification Method: Method I ' Method 2 El Method 3 El Other El Pages 7- 9, Through ? .. 9 7 Originated By #9.3 'P C .Date P-909,.A.5S Checked By ~ Date Verification Method: Method I .. Method 2 E] Method 3 E] Other []

See Continuation Sheet for Additional Reviewers Figure 101-1 Certification Of Engineering Calculation

Continuation for Additional Reviewers OSC-8623 Rev 0 CDI Review: y BSFAS SAm Enginter Date CDI Review: ,

RPS System Engineer Date CDI Review: -/. 1Ie, t sý , y, f e-fee**A",

NGO Safety Analysis Date

/ .- o 05 CDI Review: / i"."

Rub Engineering Date I

Engineering Manual 4.9 CALCULATION IMPACT ASSESSMENT CIA) _....

Station / Unit Oconee / 1 Calculation No. OSC-8623 Rev. 11 Page jx.

PIP No. (if applicable) N/A By_ KkMel,.l:'_

K' Date _2/28/2009 Prob. No. (stress & sir use only) N/A _ Checked By Date -_O NEDL reviewed to identify calculations? LI YES F-' NO (formally SAROS)

Identify in the blocks below, the groups consulted for an Impact Assessment of this calculation origination/revision.

I ndiv. Contacted/Date Indiv. Contacted/Date RES El NGO (Power, I&C, ERRT, Bob Cornett / I' t - (QA Tech. Services (ISI),

Reactor) Ja-yBij aWnTij,. a Severe Accident Analysis,Elect.

Sys. & Equip., Design & Reactor 1 MCE Supp., Civil Structural, Core (Pdmaty Systems, Balance of Mech. & T/H Analysis, Mech.

Plant, Rotating Equipment, Sys. & Equip., Nuclear Design Valves & Heat Exchangers, and Safety Analysis, Civil) Matls/Metallurgy/Piping)

L MOD (Mechanical Engr., Electrical Training Engr.., Civil Engr.)

, Operations - -J Local IT OPS Support 17 Regulatory Compliance i_. Maintenance -

Tech. Support L71 Chemistry Work Control -

Program. Supp.

E] Radiation Protection L%"Other Group OMP / Kevin Ward / 3e -

OMP/JayBryan/ ' - 9- Li No Group required to be consulted Listed below are the Identified documents.(ex: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, UFSAR SECTIONS, DESIGN BASIS DOCUMENTS, STATION PROCEDURES*, DRAWINGS, OTHER CALCULATIONS, ETC.) that may require revision as a result of the calculation origination or revision, the document owner/group and the change required (including any necesssary PIP Corrective Actions).

Note: Any design changes, which require changes to Station Procedures, must be transmitted as Design Deliverable Documents.

DOCUMENT GROUP CHANGE REQUIRED See DAL for EC 0000090423 RPS/ESFAS/OMP No additional changes outside OMP required at this time.

See DAL for EC 0000090482 RPS/ESFAS/OMP No additional changes outside OMP required at this time.

OSC-8695 RPS/ESFAS/OMP No additional changes outside OMP required at this time.

OSC-8856 RPS/ESFAS/OMP No additional changes outside OMP required at this time.

OSC-8857 No additional changes outside

.PS/ESFAS/OMP OMP required at this time.

OSC-8825 RPS/ESFAS/OMP No additional changes outside OMP required at this time.

RPS/ESFAS/OMP No additional changes outside OMP required at this time.

OSC-8125 RPS/ESFAS/OMP No additional changes outside OMP required at this time.

OSC-2820 RPS/ESFAS/OMP No additional changes outside OMP required at this time.

OSC-8828 RPS/ESFAS/OMP No additional changes outside OMP required at this time.

RPS/ESFAS/OMP No additional changes outside OMP required at this time.

OSC-2759 RPS/ESFAS/OMP No additional changes outside OMP required at this time.

OSC-8108 RPS/ESFAS/OMP No additional changes outside OMP required at this time. *.

OSC-7549 Page 1 of 1

Form 101.2 (R3-03) Calculation Number OSC-8623 REVISION DOCUMENTATION SHEET Revision Revision Description Number 0 Initial Issue of Calculation.

General - Editorial and formatting corrections thought the document are not marked with revision bars. All existing pages have been deleted and re-issued as Rev 1 due to page number changes.

General - Have changed "MSI" to "Service Unit" for making software changes.

General - All OAC point descriptions have been revised to hard match PRODAC database description. For all digital points ensured that both the "RESET" and "SET" messages were included.

General - Changed "Tag Number later" to "Tag Number TBD" to facilitate electronic searches.

General - Removed current setpoints from discussion section of function.

Section 1.5 - Changed table description to match parameter value for S/D Bypass setpoint.

Section 1.10 - Clarified what NI range ICS needed.

Section 1.11 - Clarified what NI range ICS needed.

Section 2.1 - Deleted "fast."

Section 2.5.1 - Added "...and associated alarms."

Section 2.5.3 - Changed "RTDs" to "RTD."

Section 2.8 - Corrected EDB tags and description to match.

Section 3.1 - Completed sentence "Delta flux times the flux gain." With "...equals power imbalance."

Section 3.4.2 - Clarified requirement. This is not intended to be an automatic function.

Section 3.5 - Revised Proposed Algorithm and Trip Conditions to remove reference to 2.Max functions. Closed open item 29.14 for PAVG-A and PAVG-B. Added channel identifier to description for each gain factor. Changed units to N/A for each gain factor.

Section 3.6.1 - Removed discussion of 2.Max function.

Section 3.6.7 - Added section to discuss existing STAR system.

Section 3.8 - Clarified that RC flow filtering can be done via either software or hardware.

Section 4.1 - Added that inputs are shared with RPS function #6.

Section 4.10 - "Input Signals",were incorrectly listed as "output signals."

Section 4.11 - Clarified what RC pressure range the ICS needs.

Section 6.6 - Removed 2.min from New Algorithm. Added "or equal to" to first sentence of discussion.

Section 6.7.1 - Removed 2.min from discussion of new design features.

Section 7.1 - Added that inputs are shared with RPS function #6.

Section 7.7.2 - Added process signal IDs.

Section 7.10 - Added reference to OSC-8695 for actual setpoints Section 8.7 - Clarified that second contact is an "open" contact to initiate a channel trip.

Form 101.2 (R3-03) Calculation Number OSC-8623 Revision Revision Description Number 1 (cont.) Section 9.7.1 - Flux in first sentence is not the 2.max value.

Section 11.1 - Clarified wording.

Section 12.1 - Deleted first sentence as it is not relevant to this function.

Section 12.5 - Changed parameter range for second maximum of delta T to "calculated value."

Section 12.6.1 - Added "...and associated alarms."

Section 13.1.1.5 - Corrected ranges for NI equipment.

Section 13.1.3 - Added new section for NI power supply monitoring requirements.

Section 13.2.2 - Open item has been closed. Deleted reference.

Section 13.3 - Revised requirement so that channel E alarms only to OAC.

Section 13.5.1 - Revised wording of first two sentences for clarity.

Section 13.10 - Added missing section for Manual Reactor Trip.

Section 13.11 - Changed "class" to "classified."

Section 13.11.2 - Added "Coolant" to header.

Section 13.11.3 - Added missing section for RC Flow.

Section 13.11.4 - Clarified what NI range ICS needed.

Section 13.11.5- Changed StatAlarm assignment for NI-9 Power Supply Failure from ISA-55 to 1 SA-54. Revised output ranges to ICS.

Section 14.2 - Added unit to StatAlarm panel descriptor.,

Section 14.4.6 - Added new section to list existing S/D Bypass OAC points.

Section 15.7 - The Reset value for Rsp PRESS was changed from "Manual" to "Auto."

Section 15.8.1 - Clarified difference between TXS Logic Channel and TXS Actuation Channel.

Section 15.8.2 - Clarified how permissive state for HPI Bypass should be implemented.

Section 15.8.3 - Add discussion of Concept of Operations for use of RESET function.

Section 15.11 - Added information related to DLPIAS change order.

Section 15.14 - Added DLPIAS pressure signals to output table.

Section 15.15 - Revised order of Channel 2 devices to match equivalent device from Channel 1. Added ES actuated position for all devices to table.

Section 15.16 - Added ES actuated position for all devices to table.

Section 16.7 - The Reset value for Rsp PRESS was changed from "Manual" to "Auto."

Section 16.8.1 - Clarified difference between TXS Logic Channel and TXS Actuation Channel.

Section 16.8.2 - Clarified how permissive state for LPI Bypass should be implemented.

Section 16.8.3 - Add discussion of Concept of Operations for use of RESET function.

Section 16.11 - Added reference to DLPIAS.

Section 16.14 - Correct Ch 3 & 4 Manual pushbutton descriptions.

Section 16.15 - Added ES actuated position for all devices to table.

Section 16.16 - Added ES actuated position for all devices to table

Form 101.2 (R3-03) Calculation Number OSC-8623 Revision Revision Description Number 1 (cont.) Section 16.17 - Added existing OAC point 1OD1879.

Section 17.7 - The Reset value for Rsp PRESS was changed from "Manual" to "Auto."

Section 17.8.2 - Add discussion of Concept of Operations for use of RESET function.

Section 17.13 - Added "All" for consistence with similar sections.

Section 17.15 - Added ES actuated position for all devices to table.

Section 17.16 - Added ES actuated position for all devices to table.

Section 18.8.1 - Added Concept of Operations for use of RESET function.

Section 18.15 - Added ES actuated position for all devices to table.

Section 18.16 - Added ES actuated position for all devices to table.

Section 20.1, 20.2, and 20.3 - Revised layout (window descriptions) based on OPS feedback.

Section 20.4 and 20.5 - Re-printed layout to remove graph lines.

Section 20.6 - Added discussion of how Auto/Manual pushbuttons should work.

Section 20.7 - Made change to Trip/Reset lens color based on humans factors review.

Added reference to StatAlarm windows to be used with HPI and LPI Bypass per change order 2004-03 Section 20.8 - Removed reference to StatAlarm windows to be used with HPI and LPI Bypass and moved info to Section 20.7.

Section 22 - Added requirement to REFLASH certain StatAlarm windows as shown in the tables. Added unit number to StatAlarm panel numbers were missing.

Section 22.6 - Corrected existing descriptor for panel 1 SA1 8.

Section 23 - Minor wording changes through out section.

Section 23.3 - Added note at beginning of section to describe how the S/D Bypass key switch will be used.

Section 23.4.5 - Added table to list existing OAC points.

Section 23.6.4 - Clarified that the intent is to annunciate the channel trip status and just not manual trip key switch position.

Section 25.1 - Provided additional requirements on how to perform channel checks various cases.

Section 25.2 - Clarified how test machine will interface with TXS.

Section 25.3 - Revised wording for clarity.

Section 25.4 - Renumbered section. Deleted note.

Section 25.5 - Renumbered section. Added additional requirements to define OAC points.

Section 25.6 - Added new section to define GSM screen requirements per change order 2005-08.

Section 25.6.7.3 - Added table to list existing OAC points Section 25.7 - Added new section to define failure handling requirements.

Section 26.2.1 - Corrected document ID.

Section 27.1 - Added AREVA change orders.

Section 27.8.8 - Corrected title of OP/1/A/6101/001.

Form 101.2 (R3-03) Calculation Number OSC-6623 Revision Revision Description Number 1 (cont.) Section 28.1 - Added AREVA change orders.

Section 28.4 - Added FSAR Chapter 15 to references.

Section 28.8 - Added calculation OSC-5064 to references.

Section 29 - Updated status of open items.

Section 30 - Added new section to define Diverse LPI Actuation System design.

2 Overview - Revised overview section to resolve software V&V open items 01.0225 and 01.0193.

Added list of Acronyms and Definitions to front of document.

General - editorial and formatting changes to improve readability and consistency of use of terms through document.

General - replaced usage of the term "TXS logical channel" with "TXS instrument channel" to be consistent with usage of the terms in T/S submittal to resolve software V&V open item 01.0371.

General - All Sections with parameter tables having a "Trip Reset" value, clarified that the automatic reset was a "trip comparator automatic reset."

General - Sections 1 through 12 Design Features, added sentence that "Following a reactor trip, the reactor trip breakers must be reset by the Operator prior to restarting the unit."

General - All sections regarding Setpoints for trip functions, revised or added clarification that "Actual in-plant setpoint derives from instrument uncertainty/setpoint calculations or other references.. .and may include additional margin." Deleted similar clarifications from the parameter tables.

General - All sections with Process Parameters for New Algorithms, added clarification concerning adjustable parameters via the TXS Service Unit and that when an adjustable parameter can be entered from a GSM screen, the GSM screen shall enforce the range limits of the entered value.

General - Deleted word "measured" from algorithms and tables when refereeing to the 2.min (2.max) values.

General - Deleted "NNI" term from ICS/NNI signal destinations.

General - Added note that "IN TEST" computer points may be provided by a summary Test Enable point with individual pseudo points being created at the OAC.

Sections 1, 2, 3, 9, 10, and 11 Algorithms and Process Parameters Tables - revised to indicate that all six functions use the same signal to indicate reactor power (total neutron flux) and that total flux = upper flux + lower flux) x Gain (flux) (Gain set to 1.000). (Open Item 01.0208).

Sections 1.5, 1.6.2, and 1,6.3 - Revised to clarify the definition and requirements for Normal High Flux Trip Setpoint, S/D Bypass High Flux Trip Setpoint and Variable High Flux Trip Setpoint as requested by software V&V open item 01.0192.

Section 1.10 - Revised to clarify table to indicate that NI-5, 6, 7, & 8 control room indicator signals are from the summing amp to resolve software V&V open item 01.0196.

Section 2: revised portions to clarify dTgain = %RTP/100% RTP/°F (ratio relating a fractional change in NI flux signal per 1 °F change in TCOLD). Revised the preliminary dTgain value to 0.007 as requested by Duke Safety Analysis. Clarified QmaxF description and slope terms to be consistent with Section 3 Flux/Flow/lmbalance.

Section 2.7: Added time response reauirement for the flow sianal oortion of rack, due to use

Form 101.2 (R3-03) Calculation Number OSC-8623 Revision Revision Description Number 2 (cont.) of QmaxF term in the algorithm which utilizes flow, after discussions with Duke Safety Analysis.

Sections 2.9, 4.12, 7.12, 8.12, 12.10: Added back in the output tables the requirement that the process signal "INTEST" OAC points be provided over the gateway. (Open Item 01.0197)

Section 3: Section rewritten entirely to provide clarify parameter terms, add additional details, and delete unneeded breakpoints and slopes that were added for potential future use. Barn curve breakpoints and slopes now provided are the same'as in the existing system.

Updated the parameter values to use breakpoint and slope values in the current COLR (will require update for next fuel cycle prior to startup). Updated flow gain value to most recent data (will require update after startup from refueling). (Open Items 01.0198, 01.0199, 01.0200, 01.0201, 01.0202, 01.203, 01.204, 01.0261)

Section 3.8: Added time response requirement for NI signal portion of function.

Section 3.10: Added ranges for flow transmitters to table.

Sections 4.6, 4.7.1 and 4.7.2 - Revised to clarify the definition and requirements for Normal High RCS Pressure Trip Setpoint and Shutdown/Bypass High RCS Pressure Trip Setpoint as requested by software V&V open item 01.0209.

Section 6.6 - Clarified that Kvp and Po were constants (settable). For function 6 discussion, revised first sentence to better define requirement for when a reactor trip based on this function is expected.

Section 8.7.1 - Revised to clarify intent as requested by software V&V open item 01.0212.

Section 10.7.1 - Replaced "4m2.Max" with "4m" in the first sentence to address software V&V open item 01.0214.

Section 11.14 - Added "(Info Only - located in RCP Pump Monitor Cabinet & not RPS) to OAC points 0 1 D2412, 01 D2413, 01 D2414, 01 D2415 to resolve software V&V identified open item 01.0357.

Section 12.6 - Corrected the cold leg to use with channels C and D to match algorithm.

Section 13.8 - Deleted "downstream of summer for total flux function."

Section 15.1 - Corrected section to correctly describe the relationship between HPI actuation and RB High Pressure initiation logic as identified in project open item 01.0386.

Section 15.5 - Corrected section to correctly describe the relationship between HPI actuation and RB High Pressure initiation logic as identified in project open item 01.0386.

Section 15.8.2 - Section revised to address issues identified in software V&V open items 01.0216 and 01.0221. Added requirement that Bypass Removal logic should be based on 2.min value of the pressure from all three channels (01.0221). Revised last sentence to correct error. The comparators are not reset but must be bypassed prior to resetting the actuation channel (01.0216).

Section 15.12 - Corrected existing StatAlarm description for windows 1SA7-6, -15, -24 to match as-built plant drawings. Correct description is "HP" not "HPI." This discrepancy was identified in software V&V open item 01.0224.

Section 16.1 - Corrected section to correctly describe the relationship between LPI actuation and RB High Pressure initiation logic as identified in project open item 01.0386.

Section 16.5 - Corrected section to correctly describe the relationship between LPI actuation and RB High Pressure initiation logic as identified in project open item 01.0386.

Section 16.12 - Corrected existing StatAlarm description for windows 1SA7-7, -16, -25 to match as-built plant drawings. Correct description is "HP" not "HPI." This discrepancy was

Form 101.2 (R3-03) Calculation Number OSC-8623 Revision Revision Description Number 2 (cont.) identified in software V&V open item 01.0224.

Section 16.8.2 - Section revised to address issues identified in software V&V open items 01.0216, 01.0228 and 01.0367. Added requirement that Bypass Removal logic should be based on 2.min value of the pressure from all three channels (01.0228). Revised last sentence to correct errors. The comparators are not reset but must be bypassed prior to resetting the actuation channel (01.0216). The parameter for bypass removal setpoint was not correctly identified (01.0367).

Section 17.5 - Corrected section to correctly describe the relationship between RB High Pressure and HPI and LPI actuation as identified in project open item 01.0386.

Section 17.16 - revised table to correct error identified in software V&V open item 01.0373.

Correct ES position for valves 1 LP-21 and 1 LP-24 is "FULL OPEN.-

Section 20.6 - Deleted Keowee from description of Load Shed function for consistency.

Section 21.0. - Revised to clarify that it is the RO Relays that are re-energized on RESET as requested by software V&V open item 01.0234.

Section 22.4 - Corrected new alarm contact input status for windows 1SA5-7, -19, -31, and -

43.

Section 22.5 - Corrected existing StatAlarm description for windows 1 SA7-15, -16, -24, and -

25 to match as-built plant drawings. Correct description is "HP" and "LP" not "HPI" and "LPI."

This discrepancy was identified in software V&V open item 01.0224.

Section 23.3.1 deleted sentence stating that the keys are removable in the OFF and ON positions, not a software functional requirement and a change order may make these non-removable.

Section 23.4.2.2 clarified that the Manual Bypass switch faults the signals to the trip functions of the other channels.

Section 23.6.3 clarified that no interlocks are allowed between channels.

25.5.9: Added new general requirement for OAC alarms for indication of maintenance bypasses (including test bypasses) per IEEE 608-1998 requirements. (requirement already addressed individually for most functions, this is general requirement).

Section 27 - Corrected drawing titles for OEE-138-61, OEE-138-63, OEE-138-64, and OEE-158-10 to match the title block as show on the drawings.

Section 27.2 & 28.8 added OSC-8695 to references.

Section 28.2 added Core Operating Limits Report to references.

Section 29.18 closed OPEN Item.

Section 30.8 - Corrected StatAlarm assignment for DLPIAS to match window description in Section 22.2 and on design drawings.

3 Sections 2 and 12. Removal all information concerning Functions 2 and 12 from these sections. These future functions will not be implemented in the software program at initial issue of the software to Duke. These sections will remain reserved for future use. Revision also made to Sections 1.9, 1.10 to remove references to these sections.

15.8.3, 16.8.3, 17.8.2, 18.8.1 Trip/Reset functions: Deleted the requirement that the Trip pushbutton trip the associated channel via an input to the TXS channel logic (the requirement that the Trip pushbutton initiate a trip directly to the associated Channel output relays bypassing the TXS remains). This change was made as a result of the FMEA identifying a single failure issue of the binary input.

Form 101.2 (R3-03) Calculation Number OSC-8623 Revision Revision Description Number 3 (cont.) 23.5.1 Clarified that only channels A, B, and C had ESFAS functions affected by the Change Enable switches on RPS. Deleted RPS Channel E from this section on Change Enable switches, Channel E Change Enable is already addressed separately in section 23.11.

25.1.3 Deleted reference to Tcold, this was part of RPS trip functions #2 and #12 which will not be implemented in software for this modification.

25.1.8 Deleted Tcold comparisons requirements,, this was part of RPS trip functions #2 and

12 which will not be implemented in software for this modification.

29.11 and 29.16, added note that RPS Trip Function #2 has been deleted from this functional description.

30.1 Provided further clarification that the DLPIAS Figure represents the proposed design concept and is not intended to represent the final design.

30.7 Corrected the range of the isolated RC pressure signal to DLPIAS (4-2OmA, not 0-20mA).

Corrected header information in multiple sections to correct formatting errors and for consistency.

Deleted several references that were not used.

Various formatting and spelling typo's were corrected.

Sections 1.4, 3.4, 4.4, 5.4, 6.4, 7.4, 8.4, 9.4, 10.4, 11.4, 15.6, 16.6, 17.6, 18.6 revised note for source of setpoints to read "Actual in-plant setpoints are listed in OSC-8695, Unit 1 Software Parameters for.TXS Plant Protection System".

Section 1.10, 4.11, 5.11, 6.10, 7.11, 8.11, 9.11, 10.11, 11.14, 15.12, 16.12, 17.12, 18.12 added the word EXISTING to the tables to agree with section 3.11.

Section 1.10, added "via SNV1" to indicate the signals from the PRTM are buffered out to the ICS & indicators (non-safety) via the SNV1's.

Section 1.11, replaced "Tag Number TBD" with the EDB tag numbers for the bipolar and high voltage, added EDB tag numbers for the linear amps & high voltage power supplies, revised "See also 13.1" to "See also 13.11".

Section 3.2.1, deleted "difference amplifier" from first sentence.

Section 3.4.4, replaced "allowable power" with "Allowable Thermal Power", since it is a defined term in the ONS Tech. Specs.

Section 3.5, corrected note below table from "provided below" to "provided above".

Section 11.14, corrected 4 computer point table entries to "To Be Deleted"; added 4 new computer point entries and noted as H/W (hard wired).

Section 13.2.2, reworded section, requirement for banana plugs for testing has been deleted, GSM screen is used instead.

Section 13.5.1, deleted the word "switch" and replaced with "existing plug connections".

Section 13.11.4, revised EDB tag numbers for linear amps and power supplies.

Section 15.14, revised item 1SA7-33 description to match table 22.5 description.

Section 15.15, corrected item 1GWDVA0013(1FDW-108) to 1GWDVA0013 (1GWD-13).

Section 16.14, revised item 1SA7-42 description to match table 22.5 description.

Section 17.12, deleted annunciator window location from descriptor column.

Section 19.3, deleted second "NOT OPEN" in descriptors for points 01D0126 & 01D0127.

Form 101.2 (R3-03) Calculation Number OSC-8623 Revision Revision Description Number 4 (cont.) Section 20.1, deleted last, redundant sentence from first paragraph.

Section 20.7 changed TRIPPED lights in TRIP/RESET pushbutton back to white lens color. HFE change was rejected by ONS Operations.

Section 22.2, revised table new descriptors to agree with soft match descriptors as requested by ONS operations.

Section 23.9.1 & 23.9.2, revised cabinet numbers to match keyswitch document.

Section 27.7, added new uncertainty calculation references, removed "FUTURE" from OSC-8695 reference.

Section 27.9 added 51-5045379-02, "Design Specification for Key Locks and Key Switches" Section 28.8, added new uncertainty calculation references, removed "FUTURE" from OSC-8695 reference.

Section 28.11, deleted redundant entry for 38-1288545-00 (also in section 27.9).

Section 30, deleted the word "proposed" from various places.

Section 30.1, updated DLPIAS system sketch, revised system feature description.

Section 30.2, 30.3, revised bistable trip & reset setpoints based on DLPIAS uncertainty calc.

Section 30.4, revised discussion of Design Features, deleted reference to change order, added DLPIAS OVERRIDE switch discussion.

Section 30.5, revised Safety Classification discussion.

Section 30.7, 30.8, added DLPIAS OVERRIDE switch information, added EDB tag numbers, corrected descriptors in table.

Section 30.12, added DLPIAS OVERRIDE switch to layout, revised RESET pushbutton to ENABLE pushbutton.

5 General - Changed "FANP" and "Framatome ANP" to "AREVA" where applicable.

General - Changed "RO" to "Ro" throughout.

General - Changed "Star" and "star" to "STAR" throughout.

General - Updated table headers for consistency.

General - Cleaned up font issues in Existing and Proposed Algorithm blocks.

General - Replaced "TXS computer" with "TXS processor".

General - Replaced "Key Switch" and "Keylock Switch" with "Keyswitch".

Overview Section renamed to Purpose.

Purpose, 2 nd paragraph, revised to include "and ESFAS".

Purpose revised to state that the setpoints contained in this document are not to be used in detailed design. Actual setpoints are provided by the Unit 1 Parameters Calculation, OSC-8695. Clarified that there are NI components manufactured by Westinghouse and Bailey.

Format Section revised to add clarification to better describe the document format.

Form 101.2 (R3-03) Calculation Number OSC-8623 Revision Revision Description Number 5 (cont.) Sections added for Methodology, References & Design Inputs, and Assumptions.

Key Acronyms and Definitions revised to include "DNB", "DNBR", "Ro", and "S/D". Changed

'control" in the TXS definition to "protection". Formatted for consistency. Changed "Protection" to "Protective" for RPS.

Section 1.1 revised to state that the NI inputs for RPS function 1 are shared with RPS functions 3, 9, 10, and 11.

Section 1.2.1 revised to clarify that there is only one UCIC per power range NI channel with an upper and lower detector. Corrected grammar.

Section 1.5 revised to add subscript (N) to row (b) of the Proposed Algorithm.

Sections 1.5, 3.5, 4.5, 4.6, 5.5, 5.6, 6.5, 6.6, 7.5, 7.6, 9.5, 9.6, 10.5, 10.6, 11.7, 11.8, 15.4, 15.7, 16.4, 16.7, & 17.7 revised to state that the actual in-plant setpoints are provided in the Unit 1 Parameters Calculation, OSC-8695.

Sections 1.6.1, 4.7.1, 7.7.2, 9.7.1, 10.7.1, and 10.7.2 revised to replace "logical channel" with "instrument channel".

Section 1.6.7 added to elaborate on the Total Flux Gain in Function 1.

Section 1.9 revised to clarify range of the NI UCIC Upper and Lower Chambers to 0-62.5%

RTP / 0-10VDC.

Section 1.10 revised to change header to "Existing Output Signals". Updated statalarm and event recorder descriptions. Clarified Note 1.

Section 1.11 revised to remove reference to Section 13.11.

Section 2.0 revised to correct grammar.

Section 3.1 revised to correct grammar.

Section 3.4.2 and 3.4.5 revised to correct formatting.

Sections 3.5(f) (Current and Proposed Algorithms), 5.3.1, 5.4.2, 5.5(c), 5.6(c), 6.5, 6.6, 11.7, 11.8 revised to remove the word "setpoint" so that the sentence reads "...trip is bypassed..."

Section 3.5 revised to correct font error for Gý value in table. Corrected table header.

Removed parameter units from "Parameter Range or Value" to be consistent with other tables. Corrected typographical mistakes.

Section 3.6.3 revised to reference section 25.6.4 Section 3.10 revised to update event recorder descriptions.

Section 4.1 revised to state that the RC Pressure inputs are shared by RPS functions 5 & 6.

Section 4.3.2, reference to Section 24 was changed to Section 23.

Section 4.11 revised to update statalarm and event recorder descriptions..

Section 5.1 revised to correct grammar.

Section 5.7.1 revised to correct typographical mistake.

Form 101.2 (R3-03) Calculation Number OSC-8623 Revision Numbevo Number Revision Description 5 (cont.) Section 5.10 revised to correct grammar.

Section 5.11 revised to update statalarm and event recorder descriptions.

Section 6.1 revised to correct grammar.

Section 6.5 revised to correct grammar.

Section 6.6 revised to add "m"to THOT in algorithm. Corrected grammar.

Section 6.7.1 revised to remove reference to fiber optic cables to be consistent with other sections.

Section 6.9 revised to change < to < for both response times to be consistent with the Equipment Specifications.

Section 6.10 revised to update statalarm and event recorder descriptions.

Section 7.10 revised to remove reference to Function 12.

Section 7.11 revised to update statalarmand event recorder descriptions.

Section 8.1 revised to clarify that the reactor must trip before 4 psig (allowable value) and the setpoint is set to trip at or before 3.5 psig for conservatism. Also, revised to change "High-High" to "High".

Section 8.2 revised to add reference to RPS Design Basis Document as source of statement that the RB high pressure trip is a backup for other RPS trips.

Section 8.4, 8.5, 18.6, and 18.7 revised to remove statement about in-plant setpoints. These sections refer to a contact inputs and therefore no setpoints apply.

Section 8.4.1 revised to remove statement about no setpoints in RPS for the Pressure Switch.

Section 8.4.3 deleted. It was redundant to Section 8.3.2 and was not relevant to Section 8.4:

Section 8.7.3 deleted. Section discussed analog signal monitoring which is not applicable to binary inputs.

Section 8.11 revised to update statalarm and event recorder descriptions.

Section 9.1 added "#"for consistency with other sections. Corrected grammar. Last sentence reworded for clarity. Added "The Technical Specifications require that the pressure switches trip at < 75 psig (allowable value). The actual plant setpoint for this trip is <85 psig."

to be consistent with other sections. Changed "decreasing and equal to 0.50% RTP" to "5 0.5% RTP" Section 9.3.2 revised to be consistent with other sections with regards to referencing Sections 14 and 23.

Section 9.4.1 revised to remove statement about no setpoints in RPS for the Pressure Switch.

Section 9.4.3 revised to change "0.50" to "0.5" for consistency.

Form 101.2 (R3-03) Calculation Number OSC-8623 Revision Revision Description Number 5 (cont.) Section 9.5 revised to make table consistent with the table in Section 9.6 for RESET Values of SP FLUX(ENABLE) and SP FLUX(BYPASS). Corrected grammar. Revised to change "0.50" to "0.5" for consistency.

Section 9.7.6 deleted. Section discussed analog signal monitoring which is not applicable to binary inputs.

Section 9.7.7 deleted. Tech. Specs. Do not require a Channel Check be performed for Loss of Main Feedwater Pumps Trip.

Section 9.7.8 revised to add "<" before "0.5%".

Section 9.7.9 deleted. Information was redundant and inconsistent with format of other sections.

Section 9.9 revised to change "shall" to "will". Added note to state that the RPS Equiprrient Specification does not provide a response time. The response time provided is to be used for testing the new system.

Section 9.11 revised to update statalarm and event recorder descriptions. Added Note 1.

Section 10 revised to change "hydraulic oil" to "hydraulic fluid".

Section 10.1 revised to clarify intent of the Main Turbine Trip. Also changed "control oil" to "hydraulic fluid". Corrected grammar. Deleted last sentence since it was redundant.

Section 10.2.1 revised to remove the tolerance on the setpoint to be consistent with other sections.

Section 10.3.2 revised to be consistent with other sections with regards to referencing Sections 14 and 23.

Section 10.4.1 revised to remove statement about no setpoints in RPS for the Pressure Switch.

Section 10.5 revised to remove "hydraulic" from description for PSEHC in the table. Changed "open contact" to "contact input". Clarified items (c) and (d) for Current and Proposed Algorithms to remove redundant wording and add that they are adjustable.

Sections 10:5 and 10.6 revised tables under "Unit" to replace "EHC" with "Main Turbine".

Changed "oil" to "fluid".

Section 10.6 revised to change "open contact" to "contact input".

Section 10.7.5 revised to correct the reference to Section 10.2.

Section 10.7.7 deleted. Information was redundant and inconsistent with format of other sections.

Section 10.7.8 deleted. Section discussed analog signal monitoring which is not applicable to binary inputs.

Section 10.7.9 deleted. Tech. Specs. Do not require a Channel Check be performed for Main Turbine Trip.

.1.

Form 101.2 (R3-03) Calculation Number OSC-8623 Revision Revision Description Number 5 (cont,) Section 10.9 revised to correct response time to < 500 msec. Added "This time does not include the sensor response time." Changed "shall" to "will". Added note to state that the RPS Equipment Specification does not provide a response time. The response time provided is to be used for testing the new system.

Section 10.11 revised to update statalarm and event recorder descriptions. Revised Note 1 to reference Section 22.

Section 11.1 revised to change "full power" to "RTP". Moved last paragraph of Section 11.1 to Section 11.2 for consistency. Corrected grammar.

Section 11.2 revised to state "less than three (3)" rather than "less than an appropriate number of'. Changed "ICS" to "Steam Generator Level Control". The RCPPM does not output directly to ICS.

Section 11.3 revised to add sub-sections 11.3.1 and 11.3.2 for consistency.

Section 11.4 revised to remove "improved" before "Tech. Specs." Changed "full power" to "RTP" Section 11.5 revised to correct grammar. Changed "ICS"to "Steam Generator Level Control". The RCPPM does not output directly to ICS.

Section 11.6 revised to add "RCP" to clarify coast-down events. Added the word "Power" and deleted "system channel" from last sentence.

Section 11.7 revised to add "RESET Value" column to table for consistency.

Section 11.8 revised to add "RESET Value" column to table for consistency.

Section 11.9.1 revised to clarify the new system design features.

Section 11.11.2 and 11.12.2 revised to clarify the redundant RCPPM strings.

Section 11.11.3 revised to change the time response from < 131 to - 141. (Reference Duke Letter, OS-285.P-07-01 11, dated February 26, 2007 from Jeff Abbott to Barbara Thomas)

Section 11.13 revised note to only discuss that the Nuclear Power Range total power inputs are shared with Function 1.

Section 11.14 revised to update table to show existing descriptions for statalarm windows.

Also corrected descriptions for computer points and event recorders. Revised Destination column to list only the signal destinations.

Section 12.0 revised to correct grammar.

Section 13.1.1, 13.1.3, and 13.1.4 revised for clarification.

Section 13.1.1.4 revised to change "chamber" to "detector"and "output scaling" to "voltage output range" for consistency.

Section 13.1.3 revised to change "now being monitored by TXS" to "will be monitored by TXS". Clarified that the limits are established in OSC-8695.

Section 13.1.4 revised to refer to new cabinets using the 1PPSCA designation.

Form 101.2 (R3-03) Calculation Number OSC-8623 Revision Numbevo Number Revision Description 5 (cont.) Section 13.1.5 revised to make "instrumentation" lower case and replace "Wide Range Nuclear Instrumentation" with "WRNI".

Section 13.2.1 revised to clarify that a RPS Manual Bypass feature exists in the existing design and is required in the new design.

Section 13.2.2 revised to clarify that the banana plugs for testing the CRD under-voltage relays are not required in the new design.

Section 13.5.1 revised to correct grammar. Added the word "cabinet" to last sentence to clarify that the signal goes to the ICS cabinet. Added "Permit" after "HPI and LPI Bypass" and added "LP1 interlock" to second sentence. Clarified that the Wide Range signal comes out of ESFAS Cabinet 1 to the ICS Cabinet and from ESFAS Cabinet 2 to ESFAS Cabinet 1.

Section 13.5.2 revised to provide references for additional information on the HPI Bypass Permissive and the LPI Bypass Permissive. Added "and the LP1 interlock" to last sentence.

Section 13.7 revised to correct grammar and clarify when a trip of RPS occurs.

Section 13.8 revised to clarify that the Lead/Lag/Filter shall be set to zero unless otherwise specified by the Unit 1 Parameters Calculation. (To address Supplier Open Item 01.0655)

Section 13.11 revised to remove discussion of Channels A and B since section is dedicated to Channel E. Removed statement regarding "median select".

Section 13.11.1 revised to remove "via median select".

Section 13.11.2 revised to remove the words "narrow range" for clarity. Removed "via median select". Removed discussion of Channels A and B since section is dedicated to Channel E. Removed statement regarding "median select".

Section 13.11.4 revised to change "chamber" to "detector". Removed "+15" and "-15" from the ID Code column of the table. Removed reference to Section 1.11.

Section 13.11.5 revised to make statalarm descriptions consistent with Section 22. Revised Note 1 to clarify how the 4-2OmA signal is converted to a 0-10VDC signal.

Section 14.3 revised for clarity.

Section 15.4 revised to remove redundant wording for clarity.

Section 15.8.2 revised to remove "(old analog channel bistable)" since it described the old system and was not relevant to the context of the section.

Section 15.8.3 revised to clarify steps for performing a reset of Channel 1 (2) after an automatic or manual actuation.

Section 15.10 revised to change response time from < 500 msec to < 500 msec to match the Equipment Specifications.

Section 15.14 revised to clarify that the RC Wide Range Pressure signal goes to ICS/NNI.

Section 15.15 revised to add note regarding LOCA Load Shed, Trains A and B, being actuated by spare contacts on auxiliary relays 1ELRLESG1X and 1 EL_RLESG2X,

Form 101.2 (R3-03) Calculation Number OSC-8623 Revision Numbevo Number Revision Description 5 (cont.) respectively, located in the Emergency Power Switching Logic Panel. Added note to clarify that Channel 1 has an extra Ro relay that is different from Channel 2.

Section 15.16 revised to correct Even Channel Keowee Start to say "B" and not "A".

Section 16.1 revised to correct grammar.

Section 16.4 revised to remove redundant wording for clarity.

Section 16.8.1 revised to correct typographical mistake.

Section 16.8.3 revised to clarify steps for performing a reset of Channel 3 (4) after an automatic or manual actuation.

Section 16.8.6 revised to change "LPSW Pump 1C" to "LPSW Pump C".

Section 16.10 revised to change response time from -<500 msec to < 500 msec to match the Equipment Specifications.

Section 16.11 revised to correct grammar.

Section 16.12 revised to update statalarm descriptions.

Section 17.5 revised to include statement about degraded containment signal from ESFAS Channel A to the ICS.

Section 17.6 revised to correct the channel grouping for item (c) in the Existing Algorithm.

Section 17.7 revised to add item (c) in the Proposed Algorithm.

Section 17.10 revised to change response time from -*500msec to < 500 msec to match the Equipment Specifications.

Sections 17.12 and 17.14 revised to clarify that the signal to ICS is for degraded containment.

Section 17.15 and 17.16 revised to remove note referring to NSM ON13107 which replaces 1LPSW-565 and 1LPSW-566 since the modification is installed. Note 3 was renumbered to Note 2.

Section 18.10 revised to change response time from

500 msec to < 500 msec to match the Equipment Specifications.

Section 18.12 revised to update statalarm descriptions.

Section 20.1 added note for figure to indicate the figure is used only for general layout information.

Section 20.8 changed PPSCA0013 to 1PPSCA0013. Changed "ICS" to "ICS cabinet".

Changed title of section to include "and 1 LP1 Interlock".

Section 21 revised to clarify the operation of the emergency override. (To address Supplier Open Item 01.0641)

Section 22.2 revised New Descriptor for 1SA1-58 to state "DIVERSE LPI BYP". It previously stated "DIVERSE LPI BYPASSED" which was not the correct terminology.

Form 101.2 (R3-03) Calculation Number OSC-8623 Revision Revisin Revision Description Number 5 (cont.) Section 22.5 revised existing description for 1SA7-11 to read "... Channel B..." instead of

"...Channel A ... " and added the word "Trip" to the description for 1SA7-12.

Section 23 revised to provide consistency throughout entire section.

Section 23.2 revised to require that the keys be non-removable in the BYPASS, ENABLE, or TRIP positions.

Section 23.6.4 revised to add statalarm windows for RPS trip indication.

Section 23.8.4 revised to correct grammar.

Section 25.1.5 and 25.1.7 revised to include the GSM screens being added per Change Order 2005-12.

Section 25.2.3 revised to reorder statalarm window numbers to match corresponding channels in parenthesis.

Section 25.5.8 revised to correct grammar.

Section 25.6.2 revised to clarify the use of the High Flux Variable Setpoint GSM Screen.

Section 25.6.7 revised to replace "needed" with "available". Also corrected grammar.

Section 25.6.12 - Deleted Section 27.4 revised to update document revision levels.

Section 27.6 revised to add OEE drawing references for LOCA Load Shed, trains A and B.

Section 27.8 revised to update procedure names. Deleted procedures IP/O/A/0310/010A, IP/O/A/0310/010B, IPIOIA/0310/010C, IP/O/AI0310/011A, and IP/O/A/0310/011 B. Deleted procedures IP/O/A/0310/019A and IPIO/A/0310/019B which have been superseded by IP/O/A/0310/0007A and IP/O/A/0310/008A respectively. Removed procedure performance intervals.

Section 27.9 revised to remove reference to Keyswitch document.

Section 28.1 revised to add reference to Change Order 2005-12.

Section 28.6 revised to update document revision levels.

Section 28.7 revised to reorder reference drawings to group all OEE references. Updated*

drawing titles. Deleted drawings OM-201.K-0019, OM-201.K-0020, OM-201.K-0033, and OM-201.K-0043 which were no longer applicable. Deleted reference to OEE-139-05 since it is not pertinent.

Section 28.8 revised to delete incorrect reference to SRC-OSA-SA-83-004-0.

Section 28.9 revised to update procedure names. Deleted procedures IP/OA/0301/003W and IP/1/A/0305/003. Replaced superseded procedure IP/0/B/0301/002 and IP/O/A/0305/014-1 with IP/O/A10301/002 and IP/O/AI0305/014 A respectively. Added procedure IP/O/AI0305/014 and IP/O/A/0305/OO1Q. Removed procedure performance intervals.

Form 101.2 (R3-03) Calculation Number OSC-8623 Revision Number Revision Description 5 (cont.) Section 28.10 revised to update procedure names. Deleted procedure OP/1/A/1102/011 and OP/0/A/1 103/020.

Section 28.11 revised to update/correct document revision levels. Added reference to letter OS-285.P-07-01 11.

Section 29.1 revised to remove last sentence since these is no impact to scope.

Section 29.19 revised to provide comparison of the new versus existing RTD accuracy.

Section 30.1 revised to remove the figure of the DLPIAS circuit layout. Renamed the section to "Diverse LPI Actuation System Features".

Section 30.1 revised to change "bkr" to "breaker".

Sections 30.2 and 30.3 revised to state that the actual in-plant setpoints are provided in the Unit 1 Diverse Low Pressure Injection Actuation System Loop Uncertainty and Setpoint Determination Calculation, OSC-8125.

Section 30.4.12 revised to clarify separation requirement.

Section 30.4.17 revised to correct typographical mistake.

.6 Title Page, arranged Title below Calculation Number for consistency.

Globally changed revision number to revision 6, dated May 28, 2008.

Section 1.10 Table revised to add NI-7 & 8 signals to the ICS.

Section 9.11 revised to note that Event Recorder is bypassed when Main Feedwater Pump Trip is bypassed.

Section 10.11 revised to note that Event Recorder is bypassed when Main Turbine Trip is bypassed.

Section 11.14 revised to note that Event Recorder is bypassed when RCP/Flux Ratio Trip is bypassed.

Section 13.1.1.2 through 13.1.1.6 components noted as no longer used.

Section 13.1.3 revised to clarify Channel E NI High Voltage Power Supply reference and to delete statalarm 1 SA5-54 reference.

Section 13.4 revised to correct the new OAC points in TEST.

Section 13.11-1,4 & 5 revised to reflect changes made to Unit 1 due to Oconee modification OD101542: Provide NI Signals to ICS from NI-5, 6, 7, 8, which has already been installed.

Section 15.14 revised to add DHPIAS outputs for RC Pressure Channels A, B & C.

Section 16.11 revised to add DHPIAS scope and Bypass Pushbuttons for Ch. A, B & C.

Table in Section 22.2 revised for DHPIAS BYP & TRIP fin 1SA1-56 & 57.

Section 22.4 revised 1 SA5-54 to be a spare.

Section 25.6.7 revised to add notation for future LTOP modifications.

Form 101.2 (R3-03) Calculation Number OSC-8623 Revision Revision Description Number 6 (cont.) Section 27.1 revised to add Change Order 2007-02, Rev. 1, which approved the addition of DHPIAS to the modification scope.

Section 27.6 revised to add 0 EEs for ES Status Panels 1SA20 & 1SA21.

Section 27.7, 30.2 & 3 revised title for calculation OSC-8125 to match current revision.

Section 28.9 revised to add reference to Oconee modification OD101542.

Section 29.4 revised to discuss NI-9 changes in RPS Channel E Power Range inputs.

Section 30.4.1 revised DLPIAS switch locations to 1UB2 (as DHPIAS are on 1UBI).

Section 30.4.3 removed wording for bistables in second sentence.

Section 30.4.4 revised 'Low' RC Pressure to 'Low-Low'.

Section 30.4.6 revised bistable to plural context, bistables.

Section 30.4.17 revised to indicate TRIPPED light is on when any/all bistables are tripped.

Section 30.4.20 was revised to use correct SLC term as "Licensee".

Section 31 added in its entirety for the addition of DHPIAS as a result of Change Order 2008-02 being approved.

7 Section 4.12, deleted OAC Points OIA1688, 01A1689, 01A1690 & O1A1691 from Gateway Points list as they are to remain Hardwired per Change Order 2008-10.

Section 7.12, deleted OAC Points 01A1692, 01A1693, O1A1694 & 01A1695 from Gateway Points list as they are to remain Hardwired per Change Order 2008-10.

Section 15.17, deleted OAC Points O1A1416 & O1A1417 from Gateway Points list as they are to remain Hardwired per Change Order 2008-10.

Sections 13.1.1.2 through 13.1.1.6; 13.1.3; 13.11.1; 13.11.4; 13.11.5; and 29.4: Removed changes due to NI-9 removal which will not be reflected until a later revision.

Section 21.0 changed requirement from 'flip' covers to allow the use of 'slide' covers as well per Open Item 01.0641. Also incorporated Open Item 01.0641 in wording for power interruption instead of deletion.

Section 28.1, added Change Order 2008-10 to the Reference List.

Section 28.8, added ATWS Calc OSC-8784 & LOCA Analysis Calc OSC-7362 to the Calculation References.

Section 31.2, replaced 'High High' with 'Low' to remove typo in algorithm table.

8

Revised in support of EC0000090482 & EC0000090423

Section 4.12*, restored OAC Points 01A1688, O1A1689, 01A1690 & 01A1691 to Gateway Points as the Change Order (2008-10) for keeping these points hard-wired has yet to be implemented. [*Revision 7 implemented the change prematurely.]

Form 101.2 (R3-03) Calculation Number OSC-8623 Revision Numbero Number Revision Description 8 (cont.) Section 7.12*, restored OAC Points 01A1692, 01A1693, 01A1694 & O1A1695 to GW Points as CO 2008-10 for keeping these points hard-wired has yet to be implemented.

Section 15.11, 15.12 & 16.11, corrected typos for HPI PBs located on UB1 instead of UB2.

Section 15.17*, restored OAC Points 01A1416 & 01A1417 to Gateway Points as the Change Order (2008-10) for keeping these points hard-wired has yet to be implemented.

Section 11.11.1 & 2, revised RCP PM time delay relay settings to agree with Duke's procedural changes implemented as a result of PIP 0-07-00940, CA # 67. Minor wording changes implemented as requested by RES and GO Engineering comments.

9 Revised in support of EC0000090482 & EC0000090423 Page 10 'Purpose', revised Framatome to AREVA for STAR module OEM and clarified note on trip and actuation setpoints in regards to use with the Software Parameters Calculation.

Section 1.10, removed NI-9 related additions for NI-7 & 8 that were added prematurely.

Section 4.9, 5.9 & 6.9, revised Function 4, 5 & 6 response times from 1.75 to 1.85 per Duke letter date September 19, 2008 from Ron LeGrand to Bill Marcum.

Section 9.11, 10.11 and 11.14, inserted 'automatically' in front of 'bypassed' to denote actual configuration of design.

Section 13.7, removed semi-colons where not needed.

Section 15.11 & 15.12, added reference to DHPIAS and added notation for PIP on incorrectly labeled HPI pushbutton nomenclature on existing plant switches.

Section 15.17, corrected typos in table for Existing Point IDs 01A1417 & O1A1418.

Section 16.11, removed HPI pushbuttons since they were correctly included in Section 15.

Section 22.2, revised 1SA-56 & 57 from 'SPARE' to 'Closed' for Contact Input to Alarm.

Section 22.4, put 'NI-9 PWR FAIL' back in since the change order is not yet incorporated.

Section 25.1.5 & 25.1.7, revised to add 'via a GSM screen' for clarity.

Section 25.6, removed reference to Change Order 2005-08 for traceability issues and incorporated net changes into the text. Includes 25.6.3,'25.6.9, 25.6.10, 25.6.11 & 25.6.15.

Section 25.6.7 Note, removed note relating to LTOP removal from design (after FAT).

Section 28.1, deleted reference to Change Order 2008-10, to be added after FAT.

Section 28.6, updated revision level on RPS Equipment Specification to rev. 4.

Section 28.11, deleted reference to NI-9 changes in associated modification OD101542.

Sections 30.4.4 & 31.4.4, revised reference to LOCA instead of SB or LB LOCA as it did not apply, per say - ES Channels 1 & 2 and 3 & 4 are actuated in their entirety from TSX.

Section 31.7. added 2500 that was omitted in error and left blank in 'Range' column.

Form 101.2 (R3-03) Calculation Number OSC-8623 Revision Revision Description Number 10 Revised in support of EC0000090482 & EC0000090423:

Removed notations for reference to Software Parameters Calculation from Sections: 1.4, 1.5, 3.4, 3.5, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, 10.4, 10.5, 10.6, 11.4, 11.7, 11.8, 15.4, 15.6, 15.7, 16.4, 16.6, 16.7, 17.6& 17.7; Section 1.5, added description of acronyms for Normal Ops, S/D and Variable modes; Section 1.10, added NI-7 & 8 inputs that replaced NI-9 per Duke modification OD101542; Section 4.7.1, clarified the Normal/Shutdown meaning for Pressure Setpoint in PSP PRESS();

Section 4.12 and 7.12, denoted OAC Points sent via Gateway AND remain hard-wired (HW)

(See Change Order 2008-10 for more information);

Section 9.1 and 10.2.1, revised 'actual plant setpoint' to 'current plant setpoint';

Section 11.5, added 'nominal' before range of time delay values of trip relays; Section 13.1 & 13.11, revised to show impact of NI-9 changes and deletions on Channel E; Section 13.3, clarified that the TXS Test Machine can be used for testing, if desired; Section 15.11 & 15.12, corrected component IDs for HPI Bypass Pushbuttons, see PIP #0-08-05867; Section 15.17, denoted OAC Points O1A1416 & 01A1417 to Gateway AND remain hard-wired (HW) (See Change Order 2008-10 for more information);

Section 16.15 & 16.16, corrected nomenclature for A, B & C LPSW Pumps; Section 20.7 & 20.8, revised note regarding Change Order 2004-03; Section 20.8, revised Transient Recorder nomenclature to 1 RCCR0045 to match plant; Section 21.0, revised graphic for OVERRIDE buttons, removing 'ODD' and 'EVEN' from actual buttons; Section 25.1.6, deleted LTOP transmitter from current design; Section 22.4, revised 1SA5-54 to 'SPARE' since NI-9 components are removed; Section 23.1, removed reference to old Bailey Cabinets 17 & 18 as they are being replaced; Section 25.2.4, removed 'surveillance' to remove association with the Test Machine; Section 25.6.7 Note, deleted note relating to LTOP as a result of being removed from design; Section 26.1, revised to state TXS Cabinets are tied to Station Ground and an Isolated Instrument Ground would also be located in each cabinet; Section 27.4, updated revision level on ES Equipment Spec from 4 to 5; Section 28.1, Added reference to AREVA Change Orders for NI-9 and CTP Hardwired Point approval letters from Duke; Section 28.6, updated RPS Equipment Specification to revision 5; Section 28.9, deleted IP/O/A/0305/OO1Q as LTOP was deleted from design;

Form 101.2 (R3-03) Calculation Number OSC-8623 Revision Revision Description Number 10 (cont.) Section 28.11, added reference to NI-9 changes in associated modification OD10 1542; Section 29.8, reworded reference to Software Parameters Calculation to address initial and reset values; Section 29.9, deleted LTOP from Open Items as well as from current design; Section 29.19, closed Open Item for EQ Report and the Time Responses Calculation as these documents have now been issued; Section 30.4 & 31.4, added note for reference to Change Order 2005-01; Section 30.9, corrected nomenclature for A, B & C LPSW Pumps.

11 Revised in support of EC0000090482 & EC0000090423:

Overall, Revision 11 removes the reset/hysteresis values that are contained within the software parameters calculation, OSC-8695, and provides cross-references to OSC-8695 for these values. Also, information is added to Sections 4.12; 7.12 and 15.17 to define the hardwired input signal ranges for the OAC for the.computer points supporting the station Core Thermal Power (CTP) calculation. The following specific changes are made:

Section 1.5 in the table under "Process Parameters for New Algorithm,"

replaced the reset value for 1 SP FLUX(N) with "Trip com parator auto-resets once power is below the auto-reset value; see OSC-8695 for the auto-reset value."

replaced the reset value for t SP FLUX(S/D) with "Trip comparator auto-resets once power is below the auto-reset value; see OSC-8695 for the auto-reset value."

replaced the reset value for ( SP FLUX(V) with "Trip comparator auto-resets once power is below the auto-reset value; see OSC-8695 for the auto-reset value."

Section 3.5 in the table under "Process Parameters for New Algorithm,"

replaced the COLR values from Cycle 22 with values from Unit 1 Cycle 24.

Section 4.6 in the table under "Process Parameters for New Algorithm,"

replaced the reset value for PsP PRESS(N) with "Trip comparator auto-resets once pressure is below the auto-reset value; see OSC-8695 for the auto-reset value."

replaced the reset value for PsP PRESS(S/D) with "Trip comparator auto-resets once pressure is below the auto-reset value; see OSC-8695 for the auto-reset value."

Section 4.12 in the table under "Existing Hardwired Computer Points,"

added double asterisk to "Existing Physical Range" for OlAl 688, O1A1689, O1A1690, and O1A1691.

Added note below the table, "-* The hardwired input signal to the OAC is 0 to 10 VDC, representing 1700 to 2500 psig."

Section 5.6 in the table under "Process Parameters for New Algorithm,"

1 replaced the reset value for PsP PRESS with "Trip comparator auto-resets once

Forrn 101.2 (R3-03) Calculation Number OSC-8623 Revision1 Rei Revision Description Number 11 (cont.) pressure is above the auto-reset value; see OSC-8695 for the auto-reset value."

Section 6.6 in the table under "Process Parameters for New Algorithm,"

replaced the reset value for PVAR with "Trip comparator auto-resets at the setpoint value + hysteresis; see OSC-8695 for the hysteresis value."

Section 7.6 in the table under "Process Parameters for New Algorithm,"

replaced the reset value for Tsp TEMP with "Trip comparator auto-resets once temperature is below the auto-reset value; see OSC-8695 for the auto-reset value."

Section 7.12 in the table under "Existing Hardwired Computer Points,"

0 added double asterisk to "Existing Physical Range" for 01A1692, 01A1693, 01A1694, and 01A1695.

0 Added note below the table, "**The existing hardwired input signal to the OAC is 0 to 100 mVDC, representing 520 to 620'F. These inputs will be changed to 0 to 10 VDC per EC0000090482."

Section 9.6 in the box under "New Algorithm Equations for Channel Trip Functions,"

replaced the value for ýsp FLUX(BYPASS) of 0.5% RTP with "(See OSC-8695 for value)"

Section 9.6 in the table under "Process Parameters for New Algorithm,"

0 replaced the reset value for 6P FLUX(ENABLE) with "Trip comparator auto-resets once power is below the auto-reset value; see OSC-8695 for the auto-reset value."

a slightly changed the description of OsP FLUX(BYPASS) to clearly indicate that this is a reset value for 6P FLUX(ENABLE), replaced the value with "See OSC-8695 for value,"

and changed the reset to "NA."

Section 9.7.3, 9.7.4, 9.7.5 and 9.7.8,

slightly reworded these paragraphs to remove the specific value of the reset, Osp FLUX(BYPASS) and refer to OSC-8695 for this value.

Section 10.6 in the box under "New Algorithm Equations for Channel Actuation Functions,"

replaced the value for 6P FLUX(BYPASS) of 27.75% RTP with "(See OSC-8695 for value)"

Section 10.6 in the table under "Process Parameters for New Algorithm,"

0 replaced the reset value for OSp FLUX(ENABLE) with "Trip comparator auto-resets once power is below the auto-reset value; see OSC-8695 for the auto-reset value."

0 slightly changed the description of (sP FLUX(BYPASS) to clearly indicate that this is a reset value for 6P FLUX(ENABLE), replaced the value with "See OSC-8695 for value,"

and changed the reset to "NA."

Section 10.7.3, 10.7.4, 10.7.5 and 10.7.6,

Form 101.2 (R3-03) Calculation Number OSC-8623 Revision Revision Description Number 11 (cont.) 0 slightly reworded these paragraphs to remove the specific value of the reset, 4sp FLUX(BYPASS) and refer to OSC-8695 for this value.

Section 11.8 in the box under "New Algorithm for Channel Trip Functions,"

0 replaced the value for 6sP FLUX(BYPASS) of 0.5% RTP with "(See OSC-8695 for value)"

Section 11.8 in the table under "Process Parameters for New Algorithm,"

0 replaced the reset value for 6P FLUX(trip) with "Trip comparator auto-resets once power is below the auto-reset value; see OSC-8695 for the auto-reset value."

0 slightly changed the description of 6P FLUX(reset) to clearly indicate that this is a reset value for ýsP FLUX(trip), replaced the value with "See OSC-8695 for value," and changed the reset to "NA."

Section 15.7 in the box under "New Algorithm Equations for Channel Actuation Functions,"

replaced the value for PSP PRESS BYP of 1715 psig with "(See OSC-8695 for value)"

Section 15.7 in the table under "Process Parameters for New Algorithm,"

0 replaced the reset value for Psp PRESS with "Trip comparator auto-resets once pressure is above the auto-reset value; see OSC-8695 for the auto-reset value.

(See 15.8.3.)"

0 replaced the reset value for PsP PRESS RBYP with "Allow manual bypass on decreasing pressure. Trip comparator auto-resets once pressure is below the auto-reset value; see OSC-8695 for the auto-reset value."

slightly changed the description of PsP PRESS BYP to clearly indicate that this is a reset value for PsP PRESS RBYP, replaced the value with "See OSC-8695 for value," and changed the reset to "NA."

Section 15.17 in the table under "Existing Hardwired Computer Points,"

" added asterisk to "Existing Physical Range" for 01A1416 and 01A1417.

Added note below the table, "*The hardwired input signal to the OAC is 0 to 10 VDC, representing 0 to 2500 psig."

Section 16.7 in the box under "New Algorithm Equations for Channel Actuation Functions,"

e replaced the value for PsP PRESS BYP of 865 psig with "(See OSC-8695 for value)".

Section 16.7 in the table under "Process Parameters for New Algorithm,"

" replaced the reset value for PsP PRESS with "Trip comparator auto-resets once pressure is above the auto-reset value; see OSC-8695 for the auto-reset value.

(See 16.8.3.)"

replaced the reset value for PSP PRESS RBYP with "Trip comparator auto-resets once pressure is below the auto-reset value, to allow manual bypass on decreasing pressure. See OSC-8695 for the auto-reset value."

Form 101.2 (R3-03) Calculation Number OSC-8623 Revision Numbero Number Revision Description 11 (cont.)

slightly changed the description of PsP PRESS BYP to clearly indicate that this is a reset value for PsP PRESS RBYP, replaced the value with "See OSC-8695 for value," and changed the reset to "NA."

Section 17.7 in the table under "Process Parameters for New Algorithm,"

" replaced the reset value for PsP PRESS with "Trip comparator auto-resets once pressure is below the auto-reset value; see OSC-8695 for the auto-reset value."

" corrected typographical error; added close parenthesis, ")" to the end of the description for variable TRIPRBHP.

Added the following clarifying note to the end of Section 20.8, regarding the OPEN interlock permissive to 1LPVAOOO1" "Note that in order to prevent overpressurization of the Low Pressure Injection System, caused by premature opening of the valve, the actual setpoint for the permissive is below 400 psig to ensure that the permissive is removed automatically (via reset) at 400 psig.

(See OSC-8695 for the permissive setpoint value.)"

Removed redundant reference to COLR under Section 28.2. The COLR is already listed as a reference under Section 28.11, and corrected revision level to match Cycle 24.

Oconee Nuclear Station Unit 1 Calculation # OSC-8623 RPS & ESFAS SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION for AREVA TELEPERM XS Revision 11

NUCLEAR SAFETY RELATED *

February 28, 2009 7

Page 2 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 NUCLEAR OVERPOWER (NEUTRON FLUX) TRIP 14 1.1 EXISTING AUTOMATIC TRIP FUNCTION DESCRIPTION 14

1.2 DESCRIPTION

OF FUNCTIONS RELATED TO EXISTING TRIP 14 1.3 EXISTING SHUTDOWN BYPASS FUNCTION 15 1.4 EXISTING ALGORITHM EQUATIONS FOR CHANNEL TRIP FUNCTIONS 15 1.5 NEW ALGORITHM EQUATIONS FOR CHANNEL ACTUATION FUNCTIONS 16 1.6 NEW DESIGN FEATURES 17 1.7 SAFETY CLASSIFICATION 18 1.8 RESPONSE TIME REQUIREMENTS 18 1.9 EXISTING INPUT SIGNALS FROM NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION 18 1.10 EXISTING OUTPUT SIGNALS 19 1.11 NEW INPUT SIGNALS FROM NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION 20 1.12 EXISTING HARDWIRED COMPUTER POINTS 21 1.13 NEW STATALARM PANEL CHANGES 21 1.14 REFERENCES 21 2.0 RESERVED 22 3.0 NUCLEAR OVERPOWER FLUX/FLOW/IMBALANCE TRIP 23 3.1 EXISTING AUTOMATIC TRIP FUNCTION DESCRIPTION 23

3.2 DESCRIPTION

OF EXISTING SYSTEM FUNCTIONS RELATED TO TRIP 24 3.3 EXISTING SHUTDOWN BYPASS FUNCTION 25 3.4 EXISTING SETPOINTS FOR TRIP FUNCTIONS 25 3.5 ALGORITHM EQUATIONS FOR TRIP FUNCTIONS 26 3.6 NEW DESIGN FEATURES 30 3.7 SAFETY CLASSIFICATION 30 3.8 RESPONSE TIME REQUIREMENTS 30 3.9 EXISTING INPUT SIGNALS 30 3.10 EXISTING OUTPUT SIGNALS 31 3.11 EXISTING HARDWIRED COMPUTER POINTS 32 3.12 NEW STATALARM PANEL CHANGES 33 3.13 REFERENCES 33 4.0 RCS HIGH PRESSURE TRIP 34 4.1 EXISTING AUTOMATIC TRIP FUNCTION DESCRIPTION 34

4.2 DESCRIPTION

OF FUNCTIONS RELATED TO EXISTING TRIP 34 4.3 EXISTING SHUTDOWN BYPASS FUNCTION 34 4.4 EXISTING SETPOINTS FOR TRIP FUNCTIONS 34 4.5 EXISTING ALGORITHM EQUATIONS FOR CHANNEL TRIP FUNCTIONS 35 4.6 NEW ALGORITHM EQUATIONS FOR CHANNEL ACTUATION FUNCTIONS 35 4.7 NEW DESIGN FEATURES 36 4.8 SAFETY CLASSIFICATION 37 4.9 RESPONSE TIME REQUIREMENTS 37 4.10 EXISTING INPUT SIGNALS 37 4.11 EXISTING OUTPUT SIGNALS 37 4.12 EXISTING HARDWIRED COMPUTER POINTS 38 4.13 NEW STATALARM PANEL CHANGES 38 4.14 REFERENCES 38 5.0 RCS LOW PRESSURE TRIP 39 5.1 EXISTING AUTOMATIC TRIP FUNCTION DESCRIPTION 39

5.2 DESCRIPTION

OF FUNCTIONS RELATED TO EXISTING TRIP 39 5.3 EXISTING SHUTDOWN BYPASS FUNCTION 39 5.4 EXISTING SETPOINTS FOR TRIP FUNCTIONS 39 5.5 EXISTING ALGORITHM EQUATIONS FOR CHANNEL TRIP FUNCTIONS 39 5.6 NEW ALGORITHM EQUATIONS FOR CHANNEL TRIP FUNCTIONS 40

Page 3 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued) 5.7 NEW DESIGN FEATURES 41 5.8 SAFETY CLASSIFICATION 41 5.9 RESPONSE TIME REQUIREMENTS 41 5.10 EXISTING INPUT SIGNALS 41 5.11 EXISTING OUTPUT SIGNALS 41 5.12 EXISTING HARDWIRED COMPUTER POINTS 42 5.13 NEW STATALARM PANEL CHANGES 42 5.14 REFERENCES 42 6.0 RCS VARIABLE LOW PRESSURE TRIP 43 6.1 EXISTING AUTOMATIC TRIP FUNCTION DESCRIPTION 43

6.2 DESCRIPTION

OF FUNCTIONS RELATED TO EXISTING TRIP 43 6.3 EXISTING SHUTDOWN BYPASS FUNCTION 43 6.4 EXISTING SETPOINTS FOR TRIP FUNCTIONS 44 6.5 EXISTING ALGORITHM EQUATIONS FOR TRIP FUNCTIONS 44 6.6 NEW ALGORITHM EQUATIONS FOR CHANNEL TRIP FUNCTIONS 45 6.7 NEW DESIGN FEATURES 47 6.8 SAFETY CLASSIFICATION 47 6.9 RESPONSE TIME REQUIREMENTS 48 6.10 EXISTING OUTPUT SIGNALS 48 6.11 EXISTING HARDWIRED COMPUTER POINTS 48 6.12 NEW STATALARM PANEL CHANGES 48 6.13 REFERENCES 48 7.0 RCS HIGH OUTLET TEMPERATURE TRIP 49 7.1 EXISTING AUTOMATIC TRIP FUNCTION DESCRIPTION 49

7.2 DESCRIPTION

OF FUNCTIONS RELATED TO EXISTING TRIP 49 7.3 EXISTING SHUTDOWN BYPASS FUNCTION 49 7.4 EXISTING SETPOINTS FOR TRIP FUNCTIONS 49 7.5 EXISTING ALGORITHM EQUATIONS FOR CHANNEL TRIP FUNCTIONS 50 7.6 NEW ALGORITHM EQUATIONS FOR CHANNEL TRIP FUNCTIONS. 50 7.7 NEW DESIGN FEATURES 51 7.8 SAFETY CLASSIFICATION 51 7.9 RESPONSE TIME REQUIREMENTS 52 7.10 EXISTING INPUT SIGNALS 52 7.11 EXISTING OUTPUT SIGNALS 52 7.12 EXISTING HARDWIRED COMPUTER POINTS 53 7.13 NEW STATALARM PANEL CHANGES 53 7.14 REFERENCES 53 8.0 REACTOR BUILDING HIGH PRESSURE TRIP 54 8.1 EXISTING AUTOMATIC TRIP FUNCTION DESCRIPTION 54

8.2 DESCRIPTION

OF FUNCTIONS RELATED TO TRIP 54 8.3 EXISTING SHUTDOWN BYPASS FUNCTION 54 8.4 EXISTING SETPOINTS FOR TRIP FUNCTIONS 54 8.5 EXISTING ALGORITHM EQUATIONS FOR CHANNEL TRIP FUNCTIONS 55 8.6 PROCESSING PARAMETERS FOR ALGORITHM 55 8.7 NEW DESIGN FEATURES 55 8.8 SAFETY CLASSIFICATION 56 8.9 RESPONSE TIME REQUIREMENTS 56 8.10 EXISTING INPUT SIGNALS 56 8.11 EXISTING OUTPUT SIGNALS 56 8.12 EXISTING HARDWIRED COMPUTER POINTS 57 8.13 NEW STATALARM PANEL CHANGES 57

Page 4 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued) 8.14 REFERENCES 57 9.0 LOSS OF BOTH MAIN FEEDWATER PUMPS TRIP 58 9.1 EXISTING AUTOMATIC TRIP FUNCTION DESCRIPTION 58

9.2 DESCRIPTION

OF FUNCTIONS RELATED TO EXISTING TRIP AND AUTOMATIC BYPASS 58 9.3 EXISTING SHUTDOWN BYPASS FUNCTION 59 9.4 EXISTING SETPOINTS FOR TRIP FUNCTIONS 59 9.5 EXISTING ALGORITHM EQUATIONS FOR CHANNEL TRIP FUNCTIONS 59 9.6 NEW ALGORITHM EQUATIONS FOR CHANNEL TRIP FUNCTIONS 60 9.7 NEW DESIGN FEATURES 61 9.8 SAFETY CLASSIFICATION 62 9.9 RESPONSE TIME REQUIREMENTS 63 9.10 EXISTING / NEW INPUT SIGNALS 63 9.11 EXISTING OUTPUT SIGNALS 63 9.12 EXISTING HARDWIRED COMPUTER POINTS 64 9.13 NEW STATALARM PANEL CHANGES 64 9.14 REFERENCES 64 10.0 MAIN TURBINE TRIP 65 10.1 EXISTING AUTOMATIC TRIP FUNCTION DESCRIPTION 65

10.2 DESCRIPTION

OF FUNCTIONS RELATED TO EXISTING TRIP AND AUTOMATIC BYPASS 65 10.3 EXISTING SHUTDOWN BYPASS FUNCTION 66 10.4 EXISTING SETPOINTS FOR TRIP FUNCTIONS 66 10.5 EXISTING ALGORITHM EQUATIONS FOR CHANNEL TRIP FUNCTIONS 66 10.6 NEW ALGORITHM EQUATIONS FOR CHANNEL ACTUATION FUNCTIONS 67 10.7 NEW DESIGN FEATURES 68 10.8 SAFETY CLASSIFICATION 69 10.9 RESPONSE TIME REQUIREMENTS 69 10.10 EXISTING / NEW INPUT SIGNALS 70 10.11 EXISTING OUTPUT SIGNALS 70 10.12 EXISTING HARDWIRED COMPUTER POINTS 70 10.13 NEW STATALARM PANEL CHANGES 71 10.14 REFERENCES 71 11.0 REACTOR COOLANT PUMP POWER/FLUX TRIP 72 11.1 EXISTING AUTOMATIC TRIP FUNCTION DESCRIPTION 72

11.2 DESCRIPTION

OF FUNCTIONS RELATED TO EXISTING TRIP 72 11.3 EXISTING SHUTDOWN BYPASS FUNCTION 72 11.4 EXISTING SETPOINTS FOR TRIP FUNCTIONS 72 11.5 EXISTING HARDWARE DESCRIPTION 73 11.6 RCPPM MODIFICATION HARDWARE DESCRIPTION 73 11.7 EXISTING ALGORITHM FOR CHANNEL TRIP FUNCTIONS 74 11.8 NEW ALGORITHM FOR CHANNEL TRIP FUNCTIONS 75 11.9 NEW DESIGN FEATURES 76 11.10 SAFETY CLASSIFICATION 76 11.11 RESPONSE TIME REQUIREMENTS 76 11.12 FAILURE DISCUSSION 77 11.13 EXISTING/NEW INPUT SIGNALS 77 11.14 EXISTING/NEW OUTPUT SIGNALS 78 11.15 NEW STATALARM PANEL CHANGES 80 11.16 REFERENCES 80 12.0 RESERVED 81 13.0 RPS / ESFAS OVERVIEW, NI REPLACEMENTS. RPS CHANNEL E 82 13.1 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION (NI) REPLACEMENT HARDWARE AND DESIGN FEATURES 82

Page 5 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued) 13.2 OTHER EXISTING RPS DESIGN FUNCTIONS 82 13.3 NEW RPS/ESFAS TXS DESIGN FEATURES 83 13.4 NEW RPS OAC POINTS 83 13.5 OTHER EXISTING RPS/ ESFAS DESIGN FUNCTIONS 83 13.6 CABINET PAINT 84 13.7 TRIP LOGIC DISCUSSION 84 13.8 ANALOG LEAD / LAG / FILTER 84 13.9 RPS/ESFAS CABINET TAG NUMBERS 84 13.10 MANUAL REACTOR TRIP 85 13.11 RPS CHANNEL E 85 13.12 NEW STATALARM PANEL CHANGES 86 13.13 REFERENCES 86 14.0 RPS BYPASS SWITCHES & FUNCTIONS 87 14.1 EXISTING RPS BYPASSES 87 14.2 EXISTING DUMMY BISTABLE 87 14.3 EXISTING MANUAL BYPASS 87 14.4 EXISTING SHUTDOWN BYPASS 88 14.5 EXISTING HIGH FLUX TRIP SETPOINT REDUCTION DURING REACTOR SHUTDOWN 88 14.6 NEW RPS BYPASS SWITCH FUNCTIONS 88 15.0 RCS PRESSURE LOW 90 15.1 EXISTING AUTOMATIC TRIP FUNCTION DESCRIPTION 90

15.2 DESCRIPTION

OF FUNCTIONS RELATED TO EXISTING ACTUATION 90 15.3 EXISTING MANUAL ACTUATION FUNCTION 90 15.4 EXISTING HPI BYPASS (INHIBIT) 91 15.5 EXISTING ASSOCIATED ACTUATION FUNCTIONS 91 15.6 EXISTING ALGORITHM EQUATIONS FOR CHANNEL ACTUATION FUNCTIONS 92 15.7 NEW ALGORITHM EQUATIONS FOR CHANNEL ACTUATION FUNCTIONS 93 15.8 NEW DESIGN FEATURES 94 15.9 SAFETY CLASSIFICATION 96 15.10 RESPONSE TIME REQUIREMENTS 96 15.11 EXISTING INPUT SIGNALS 96 15.12 EXISTING OUTPUT SIGNALS 97 15.13 NEW INPUT SIGNALS 97 15.14 NEW OUTPUT SIGNALS 98 15.15 EXISTING ACTUATED FIELD DEVICES (VIA EXISTING Ro CONTACTS) 98 15.16 NORMAL CONTROL AND DEVICE STATUS INDICATION 100 15.17 EXISTING HARDWIRED COMPUTER POINTS 101 15.18 NEW STATALARM PANEL CHANGES 101 15.19 REFERENCES 101 16.0 RCS PRESSURE LOW LOW 102 16.1 EXISTING AUTOMATIC TRIP FUNCTIONS 102

16.2 DESCRIPTION

OF FUNCTIONS RELATED TO EXISTING TRIP 102 16.3 EXISTING MANUAL ACTUATION FUNCTION 102 16.4 EXISTING LPI BYPASS (INHIBIT) 102 16.5 EXISTING ASSOCIATED ACTUATION FUNCTIONS 103 16.6 EXISTING ALGORITHM EQUATIONS FOR CHANNEL ACTUATION FUNCTIONS 103 16.7 NEW ALGORITHM EQUATIONS FOR CHANNEL ACTUATION FUNCTIONS 104 16.8 NEW DESIGN FEATURES 105 16.9 SAFETY CLASSIFICATION 107 16.10 RESPONSE TIME REQUIREMENTS 107 16.111 EXISTING INPUT SIGNALS 108

Page 6 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued) 16.12 EXISTING OUTPUT SIGNALS 108 16.13 NEW INPUT SIGNALS 108 16.14 NEW OUTPUT SIGNALS 109 16.15 EXISTING ACTUATED FIELD DEVICES (VIA EXISTING R 0 CONTACTS) 109 16.16 NORMAL CONTROL AND DEVICE STATUS INDICATION 109 16.17 EXISTING HARDWIRED COMPUTER POINTS 110 16.18 NEW STATALARM PANEL CHANGES 110 16.19 REFERENCES 110 17.0 REACTOR BUILDING PRESSURE HIGH 111 17.1 EXISTING AUTOMATIC TRIP FUNCTION 111

17.2 DESCRIPTION

OF FUNCTIONS RELATED TO EXISTING TRIP 111 17.3 EXISTING MANUAL TRIP FUNCTION 111 17.4 EXISTING BYPASS (INHIBIT) 111 17.5 EXISTING ASSOCIATED ACTUATION FUNCTIONS 11 17.6 EXISTING ALGORITHM EQUATIONS FOR CHANNEL ACTUATION FUNCTIONS 112 17.7 NEW ALGORITHM EQUATIONS FOR CHANNEL ACTUATION FUNCTIONS 113 17.8 NEW DESIGN FEATURES 114 17.9 SAFETY CLASSIFICATION 115 17.10 RESPONSE TIME REQUIREMENTS 115 17.11 EXISTING INPUT SIGNALS 116 17.12 EXISTING OUTPUT SIGNALS 116 17.13 NEW INPUT SIGNALS 116 17.14 NEW OUTPUT SIGNALS 117 17.15 EXISTING ACTUATED FIELD DEVICES (VIA EXISTING Ro CONTACTS) 117 17.16 EXISTING NORMAL CONTROL AND DEVICE STATUS INDICATION 117 17.17 EXISTING HARDWIRED COMPUTER POINTS 118 17.18 NEW STATALARM PANEL CHANGES 118 17.19 REFERENCES 118 18.0 REACTOR BUILDING PRESSURE HIGH HIGH 119 18.1 EXISTING AUTOMATIC TRIP FUNCTION 119

18.2 DESCRIPTION

OF FUNCTIONS RELATED TO EXISTING TRIP 119 18.3 EXISTING MANUAL ACTUATION FUNCTION 119 18.4 EXISTING BYPASS (INHIBIT) 119 18.5 EXISTING ASSOCIATED ACTUATION FUNCTIONS 119 18.6 EXISTING ALGORITHM EQUATIONS FOR CHANNEL ACTUATION FUNCTIONS 120 18.7 NEW ALGORITHM EQUATIONS FOR CHANNEL ACTUATION FUNCTIONS 120 18.8 NEW DESIGN FEATURES 121 18.9 SAFETY CLASSIFICATION 122 18.10 RESPONSE TIME REQUIREMENTS 122 18.11 EXISTING INPUT SIGNALS 122 18.12 EXISTING OUTPUT SIGNALS 123 18.13 NEW INPUT SIGNALS 123 18.14 NEW OUTPUT SIGNALS 123 18.15 EXISTING ACTUATED FIELD DEVICES (VIA EXISTING Ro CONTACTS) 123 18.16 EXISTING NORMAL CONTROL AND DEVICE STATUS INDICATION 124 18.17 EXISTING HARDWIRED COMPUTER POINTS 124 18.18 NEW STATALARM PANEL CHANGES 124 18.19 REFERENCES 124

Page 7 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued) 19.0 ESFAS EXISTING COMPUTERALARMS 125 19.1 EXISTING MISCELLANEOUS ESFAS COMPUTER POINTS 125 19.2 EXISTING NORMAL CONTROL CABINET 8 COMPUTER POINTS 126 19.3 EXISTING NORMAL CONTROL CABINET 9 COMPUTER POINTS 127 20.0 ESFAS RZ MODULE INDICATION AND CONTROLS REPLACEMENT 130 20.1 NEW COMPONENTS AND ARRANGEMENTS ON IVB2 130 20.2 ODD DEVICE STATUS PANEL ARRANGEMENT ON 1VB2 132 20.3 EVEN DEVICE STATUS PANEL ARRANGEMENT ON 1VB2 133 20.4 ODD DEVICE PUSHBUTTON AND CONTROL SWITCH ARRANGEMENTS ON 1VB2 134 20.5 EVEN DEVICE PUSHBUTTON AND CONTROL SWITCH ARRANGEMENTS ON 1VB2 135 20.6 NEW PUSHBUTTON AND CONTROL SWITCH ARRANGEMENTS ON 1UB2 136 20.7 HPI & LPI BYPASS AND ESFAS TRIP/RESET PUSHBUTTONS 138 20.8 WIDE RANGE RC PRESSURE SIGNAL AND 1LPI INTERLOCK 139 21.0 ESFAS EMERGENCY OVERRIDE PUSHBUTTONS 140 22.0 RPS / ESFAS OUTPUTS TO STATALARM PANELS 141 22.1 TXS REFLASH OF STATALARMS 141 22.2 ISAIPANEL 141 22.3 1SA2 PANEL 143 22.4 1SA5 PANEL 143 22.5 1SA7 PANEL 145 22.6 1SA18 PANEL 147 23.0 NEW RPS / ESFAS KEYLOCKS AND KEYSWITCHES 148 23.1 DOOR KEYS 148 23.2 KEYSWITCHES 148 23.3 RPS SHUTDOWN BYPASS KEYSWITCH 148 23.4 RPS MANUAL BYPASS KEYSWITCH 149 23.5 RPS LOGIC CHANNEL PARAMETER CHANGE ENABLE KEYSWITCH 150 23.6 RPS CHANNEL TRIP KEYSWITCH 150 23.7 ESFAS LOGIC CHANNEL PARAMETER CHANGE ENABLE KEYSWITCH 151 23.8 ESFAS VOTER PARAMETER CHANGE ENABLE KEYSWITCH 151 23.9 ESFAS VOTER MANUAL BYPASS KEYSWITCH 152 23.10 ESFAS LOGIC CHANNEL TRIP KEYSWITCH 153 23.11 RPS CHANNEL E PARAMETER CHANGE ENABLE KEYSWITCH 154 24.0 NEW RPS / ESFAS OAC COMPUTER INTERFACE 155 25.0 GENERAL RPS/ESFAS SYSTEM MONITORING, ALARMING, TESTING, CALIBRATION, &

FAILURE HANDLING REQUIREMENTS 156 25.1 CHANNEL CHECK (ANALOG INPUT DEVIATION FROM 2.MIN/2.MAx) 156 25.2 FUNCTIONAL TEST 157 25.3 CHANNEL CALIBRATION 158 25.4 ANALOG SIGNAL MONITORING 159 25.5 NEW OAC ALARMS 159 25.6 GSM SCREENS 160 25.7 FAILURE HANDLING REQUIREMENTS 161 26.0. GROUNDING REQUIREMENTS 163 26.1 TXS SYSTEM GROUNDING REQUIREMENTS 163 26.2' OCONEE GROUNDING REFERENCES 163 26.3 TXS GROUNDING REFERENCE 163

Page 8 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued) 27.0 ESFAS DOCUMENT REFERENCES 164 27.1 AREVA PROPOSAL 164 27.2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS & BASES 164 27.3 UFSAR 164 27.4 EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS 165 27.5 DESIGN BASIS DOCUMENT 165 27.6 DUKE AND VENDOR DRAWINGS 165 27.7 CALCULATIONS 178 27.8 STATION PROCEDURES 179 27.9 MISCELLANEOUS DOCUMENTS 182 28.0 RPS DOCUMENT REFERENCES 183 28.1 AREVA PROPOSAL 183 28.2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND BASES 183 28.3 SLCs 183 28.4 UFSAR 183 28.5 DESIGN BASIS DOCUMENT 184 28.6 EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS 184 28.7 DUKE AND VENDOR DRAWINGS 184 28.8 CALCULATIONS 189 28.9 STATION PROCEDURES 190 28.10 OPERATING PROCEDURES 192 28.11 MISCELLANEOUS DOCUMENTS 193 29.0 OPEN ITEMS / ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS 194 29.1 NSM 13090 (CLOSED ITEM) 194 29.2 ESFAS RESET (CLOSED ITEM) 194 29.3 ESFAS LPI DIVERSE SYSTEM MODIFICATION (CLOSED ITEM) 194 29.4 RPS CHANNEL E POWER RANGE NI (CLOSED ITEM) 194 29.5 A-MRC SOFTWARE PROGRAMMING BLOCK (CLOSED ITEM) 194 29.6 NEW OAC ALARMS (CLOSED ITEM) 194 29.7 OAC POINTS WHICH ALARM (CLOSED ITEM) 194 29.8 RESET VALUES FOR SETPOINTS (CLOSED ITEM) 195 29.9 DELETED. 195 29.10 GRAPHICAL SERVICE MONITOR SCREENS (CLOSED ITEM) 195 29.11 TcOLD RTD SCALING (RPS FUNCTION 2) (CLOSED ITEM) 195 29.12 THOT RTD SCALING (RPS FUNCTION 7) (CLOSED ITEM) 195 29.13 TRANSMITTER SCALING FOR RPS & ESFAS INPUTS (CLOSED ITEM) 195 29.14 ANALOG SIGNAL CHANNEL CHECK (CLOSED ITEM) 195 29.15 FLUX/DELTA FLUX/FLOW FUNCTION 3 (CLOSED ITEM) 195 29.16 TEMPERATURE COMPENSATED HIGH FLUX TRIP FUNCTION 2 (CLOSED ITEM) 196.

29.17 TEST MACHINE PURCHASE (CLOSED ITEM) 196 29.18 RBCU FANS RECEIVING ES-5 AND ES-6 SIGNALS (CLOSED ITEM) 196 29.19 RTD TRANSMITTER ACCURACY, TIME RESPONSE, AND QUALIFICATIONS (CLOSED ITEM) 196 29.20 FUNCTION 3 FLUX/FLOW/IMBALANCE TRIP ANALOG SCALING ISSUES (CLOSED ITEM) 196 30.0 DIVERSE LOW PRESSURE INJECTION ACTUATION SYSTEM 197 30.1 DIVERSE LPI ACTUATION SYSTEM FEATURES 197 30.2 NEW ALGORITHM FOR DLPIAS ACTUATION FUNCTIONS 197 30.3 PROCESS PARAMETERS FOR NEW ALGORITHM 198 30.4 DESIGN FEATURES 198 30.5 SAFETY CLASSIFICATION 200 30.6 RESPONSE TIME REQUIREMENTS 200 30.7 INPUT SIGNALS 201

Page 9 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued) 30.8 OUTPUT SIGNALS 201 30.9 ACTUATED FIELD DEVICES (VIA TXS Ro CONTACTS) 202 30.10 NEW STATALARM PANEL CHANGES 202 30.11 REFERENCES 202 30.12 DIVERSE LPI BYPASS/ENABLE & OVERRIDE/RESET 202 31.0 DIVERSE HIGH PRESSURE INJECTION ACTUATION SYSTEM 203 31.1 DIVERSE HPI ACTUATION SYSTEM FEATURES 203 31.2 NEW ALGORITHM FOR DHPIAS ACTUATION FUNCTIONS 203 31.3 PROCESS PARAMETERS FOR NEW ALGORITHM 204 31.4 DESIGN FEATURES 204 31.5 SAFETY CLASSIFICATION 206 31.6 RESPONSE TIME REQUIREMENTS 206 31.7 INPUT SIGNALS 207 31.8 OUTPUT SIGNALS 207 31.9 ACTUATED FIELD DEVICES (VIA TXS Ro CONTACTS) 208 31.10 NEW STATALARM PANEL CHANGES 209 31.11 REFERENCES 209 31.12 DIVERSE HPI BYPASS/ENABLE & OVERRIDE/RESET 209

Page 10 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description PURPOSE The Reactor Protection System (RPS) and Engineered Safety Feature Actuation System (ESFAS) is currently a Bailey Meter Company analog, solid state design. The RPS Flux/AFlux/Flow modules are digital AREVA STAR processor modules. The power range Nuclear Instrumentation (NI) portion of the RPS is made up of components manufactured by Westinghouse and Bailey. The source range/wide range Nuclear Instrumentation (NI) portion of the RPS is made up of components manufactured by Gamma-Metrics. The upper and lower NI chamber amplifier portions of the NI system are being replaced, as well as the +/-15 VDC and high voltage power supplies, reference Section 13. The replacement RPS &

ESFAS systems are AREVA TELEPERM XS (TXS) digital processor based systems.

The purpose of this calculation is to (1) capture the design functions and features of the existing Bailey design and (2) detail the new functions and features to be provided by the new TXS system. The functional description of RPS Reactor trip functions and ESFAS Actuation functions in the following sections covers the existing Bailey RPS and ESFAS functions. The new TXS RPS & ESFAS design features are discussed in the New Design Features section of each Functional Description. Where the requirements for new design features conflict with the description of existing Bailey functions, the requirements of the new design features take precedence. All other existing Bailey RPS and ESFAS functions described in this calculation should be included in the new design.

For the existing RPS & ESFAS functions, this document provides a high level description of the protective action, a description of the inputs required to perform the function, a description of the existing algorithm and a description of the outputs currently provided by the system. New proposed algorithms are provided for each RPS & ESFAS function. In the course of converting these functions to a detailed TXS application, the description of the functions provided here may be added to, changed or revised to meet the design and licensing requirements for the new combined RPS/ESFAS or Plant Protection System (PPS).

Note: The trip setpoints and actuation setpoints must adhere to the requirements of this specification. The remainder of the parameters provided in this functional description may be changed by project documentation. Refer to OSC-8695, "Unit I Software Parameters for TXS Plant Protection System" for all detailed design information related to any TXS parameter other than trip/actuation setpoints.

FORMAT As permitted by EDM 101, section 101.5.2, the sequential presentation of EDM 101.5.2 is not used. The general format of this calculation is a section for each function and feature of the RPS and ESFAS providing a description of the Bailey system, a description of what the TXS system will provide, and the QA condition of each function. All required content is included.

Page 11 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 I RPS & ESFAS Functional Description METHODOLOGY This calculation performs an evaluation of the existing Bailey RPS and ESFAS functions and features and details the new TXS RPS and ESFAS functions and features. There are no acceptance criteria for this evaluation and therefore no conclusions are stated.

TYPE This document is transmitted as a QA Condition 1 Engineering Calculation.

REFERENCES & DESIGN INPUTS See sections 27 and 28.

ASSUMPTIONS There are no assumptions made in this evaluation.

Key Acronyms and Definitions COLR ...................... Core Operating Limits Report DNB ......................... Departure from Nucleate Boiling DNBR ....................... Departure from Nucleate Boiling Ratio ESFAS ..................... Engineered Safety Features Actuation System - protection system designed to protect two of the four barriers to radionuclide release (nuclear fuel clad integrity and Reactor Building integrity) during certain accidents.

ESPS ....................... Engineered Safeguards Protection System - the term used in licensing documents (Technical Specifications and Final SafetyAnalysis Report) for the ESFAS.

HPI ........................... High Pressure Injection - Engineered Safeguards system designed to inject a low volume of borated water at a high pressure.

ICS ........................... Integrated Control System - control system that provides coordination of reactor controls, steam generator/feedwater controls and turbine controls under normal operating conditions.

LPI ........................... Low Pressure Injection - Engineered Safeguards system designed to inject a high volume of borated water against a low pressure.

LTOP ....................... Low Temperature Over-pressure Protection NI ............................. Nuclear Instrumentation - provides instrument input indicative of reactor power to RPS and ICS upon which both protective actions and control actions are based.

NNI ........................... Non-Nuclear Instrumentation - provides process instrument input (pressures, temperatures, flows) to RPS, ESFAS, and ICS upon which both protective actions and control actions are based.

OAC ......................... Operator Aid Computer ONS ......................... Oconee Nuclear Station

Page 12 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description PPS ......................... Plant Protection System - new system designation for combined TXS based RPS and ESFAS.

RCS ......................... Reactor Coolant System Ro .................. .................. ESFAS Actuation Output Relay RPS ........................ Reactor Protective System - protection system designed to protect the integrity of the reactor core and RCS by limiting energy input to the RCS.

S/D ........................... Shutdown Bypass TXS .......................... TELEPERM XS - safety related digital protection system being used for the new combined RPS and ESFAS protection systems TXS Instrument Channel ................... An arrangement of TXS components and modules as required to generate a single protective action signal. This term applies to RPS instrument channels A, B, C, D, E and ESFAS instrument channels A, B, C.

TXS Actuation Logic Channel .......... An arrangement of TXS components and modules where protective action signals from the TXS Instrument Channels are logically combined to generate actuation signals to a group of equipment to perform the safety function. This term applies to ESFAS actuation logic channels 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8.

TXS EVEN Voter ..... TXS Actuation Logic Channels 2, 4, 6, 8 TXS ODD Voter ....... TXS Actuation Logic Channels 1, 3, 5, 7

Page 13 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 1 RPS Function # 1 Nuclear Overpower (Neutron Flux) Trip RPS Each of the ten existing RPS Reactor Trip functions are discussed in the following sections. The Oconee Technical Specifications (TS) and TS Bases, the RPS Design Basis Document, existing RPS operating and calibration procedures and other references.(see Section 28) have been used to develop this System Functional Description document. Two sections in this calculation previously included functional descriptions of potential future modifications, the addition of a Temperature Compensated High Flux Trip (Section 2) and a RCS Delta Temperature Trip .(Section 12). These functional descriptions have been deleted from this calculation since the functions will not be implemented with this modification.

Page 14 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 1 RPS Function # 1 Nuclear Overpower (Neutron Flux) Trip 1.0 Nuclear Overpower (Neutron Flux) Trip 7 1.1 Existing Automatic Trip Function Description Neutron Flux is measured using the Power Range Nuclear Instrumentation (NI) located in each RPS channel cabinet. The NI System provides four QA-1 power range neutron flux channels (NI-5, 6, 7 & 8) to RPS channels A, B, C & D respectively. These NI inputs are shared with RPS Functions #3, #9, #10, and #11.

1.1.1 Nuclear Overpower High Setpoint.

The Nuclear Overpower (High) Setpoint trip provides protection for the design thermal overpower condition based on the measured out-of-core neutron leakage flux. When any of the NI-5, 6, 7 or 8 power signals reach the High Flux Trip Setpoint, the associated protective channel bistable is tripped. When any two or more RPS channels have tripped on Nuclear Overpower, a Reactor Trip is initiated.

Technical Specifications require that the reactor trip -< 105.5% Rated Thermal Power (RTP) (Allowable Value); actual RPS TRIP setpoint is 104.75% for conservatism.

1.1.2 Nuclear Overpower High Flux Trip Setpoint during Shutdown Bypass (S/D).

Prior to initiating shutdown bypass, the Nuclear Overpower High Flux Trip Setpoint must be manually reset to the S/D high flux trip setpoint of 4% RTP. The setpoint Allowable Value was chosen to be as low as practical and still lie within the range of the out of core instrumentation.

When any of the NI-5, 6, 7 or 8 power signals reach the S/D High Flux Trip Setpoint, the associated protective channel bistable is tripped. When any two or more RPS channels have tripped on Nuclear Overpower, a Reactor Trip is initiated. Technical Specifications require that the reactor trip < 5% RTP (Allowable Value); actual RPS TRIP setpoint is 4%

for conservatism.

1.2 Description of Functions Related to Existing Trip 1.2.1 Each QA-1 power range NI (nuclear flux measuring) channel has an uncompensated ion chamber (UCIC), with one upper and one lower detector. The upper chamber monitors flux in the upper part of the core, and the lower chamber monitors flux in the lower part of the core. Each chamber provides a signal to an associated linear amplifier. The outputs from each linear amplifier are inputs to a summing amplifier which then sums the two signals and provides a total power signal. The linear amplifier outputs are calibrated to agree with the heat balance calculation. Because thermal power lags the neutron power, tripping when the neutron power reaches the design overpower setpoint will limit THERMAL POWER to prevent exceeding fuel damage limits. Thus, the Nuclear Overpower high flux trip protects against violation of the DNBR and fuel centerline-melt Safety Limits.

Page 15 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section .1 RPS Function # 1 Nuclear Overpower (Neutron Flux) Trip 1.2.2 See RPS Trip Function #3 for a discussion of Power Imbalance determination.

1.3 Existing Shutdown Bypass Function 1.3.1 The High Flux (nuclear overpower) Trip is NOT bypassed when each RPS channel is placed in Shutdown Bypass.

1.3.2 See Section 14 for information on existing bypass functions and keyswitches and Section 23 for new TXS bypass functions and keyswitch functions.

1.4 Existing Algorithm Equations for Channel Trip Functions Nuclear Overpower (Neutron Flux) Trip CURRENT ALGORITHM

![!E (Dm 2 (D SP FLUX (a) (c m = measured Total Flux (% RTP) into each RPS channel A, B, C & D.

(b) (DSP FLUX = 104.75% RTP, High Flux Reactor Trip setpoint on increasing power - normal power operation. Shutdown High Flux setpoint is administratively controlled and manually reset to 4.0% RTP prior to placing RPS channel in Shutdown Bypass.

(c) No automatic Shutdown Bypass features.

Existing Process Parameters for Current Algorithm

. i Parameter Reset Logical ID eDscription Range or Units Ul 0m Measured Total Flux in each RPS channel. 0-125, N/A % RTP (sum of upper & lower chamber) 104.75 manual High Flux Reactor Trip Setpoint Automatically reset once 0 SP FLUX Tech Spec Allowable Value is _<105.5% RTP. Trip on power is % RTP increasing below power setpoint 4.0 , manual High Flux Reactor Trip Setpoint is administratively 4.0 manua sP reduced to _5% RTP (Tech Spec Allowable Value) prior Automatically reset once to placing the RPS inshutdown bypass. Trip on power is % RTP FLUX(S/D) increasing below I _ I I power setpoint

Page 16 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 1 RPS Function # 1 Nuclear Overpower (Neutron Flux) Trip 1.5 New Algorithm Equations for Channel Actuation Functions Nuclear Overpower (Neutron Flux) Trip PROPOSED ALGORITHM T D m2.Max ý (D SP FLUX(

(E-.

Where 0 indicates mode of Normal Operations (N), Shutdown Bypass (SID) or Variable (V)

(a) (IDm2.Max = Total Flux; 2 "dmaximum value of RPS Channel A, B, C and D.

(b) (DtSP FLUX(N) = 104.75% RTP; High Flux Reactor Trip setpoint on increasing power.

(C) ( m = [(I (upper chamber) + (D (lower chamber)] x Go (d) D sP FLUX(S/D) = 4.0% RTP when Shutdown Bypass enabled; High Flux Reactor Trip setpoint on increasing power.

(e) cI sp FLUX(V) = variable High Flux Trip setpoint function; enabled in software using the TXS Service Unit.

Process Parameters for New Algorithm Setpoints, coefficients, reset values, and algorithm variables shall be adjustable utilizing software using the TXS Service Unit. When an adjustable parameter can be entered from a GSM screen the GSM screen shall enforce the range limits on the entered value. The stated range limits on

'calculated values in the table below are the expected ranges of the calculated value and are not meant to imply limits unless otherwise specified.

LogicaI*ID Description Parameter Range or Re rset Vale Unts

,~~,

' ~ - ' ~ValueRet le Uns 0 m2.Max Second maximum Total Flux value of (D m 0 -125 NA % RTP Dm Total Flux (% Rated Thermal Power) 0 -125 NA % RTP

= ['D (upper)-+'I (lower)] X G+

oGain Factor for Total Flux (Range = 0.5 to 1.5) NA NA G* =,1.000 Upper Detector Chamber Nuclear Flux (D(upper chamber) (calibrated to reflect thermal power best 0-62.5 NA % RTP estimate)

Lower Detector Chamber Nuclear Flux

'D(lower chamber) (calibrated to reflect thermal power best 0-62.5 NA % RTP estimate)

Trip comparator Normal HighFlux Trip Setpoint on auto-resets once S Iincreasing power. 104.75 power is below the % RTP

' sp FLUX(N) Tech Spec Allowable Value is < 105.5% auto-reset value; see RTP. OSC-8695 for the auto-reset value.

Trip comparator SID Bypass High Flux Trip setpoint is auto-resets once

( FLUX(SD) automatically implemented bypass keyswitch is placed when the S/D to Bypass. 40 power is below auto-reset value; the see % RTP OSC-8695 for the auto-reset value.

Page 17 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 1 RPS Function # I Nuclear Overpower (Neutron Flux) Trip Logial DDecriParameter Range or

.Logical D Descrption Vlue Reset Value Units Trip comparator Variable High Flux Trip Setpoint on auto-resets once

( SPFLUXV) increasing power is administratively (Range = 0 to 125) power is below the % RTP controlled and enabled in software using 104.75 auto-reset value; see the TXS Service Unit. OSC-8695 for the auto-reset value.

1.6 New Design Features 1.6.1 Each RPS instrument channel (A, B, C & D) processes the associated NI flux signal value as well as the NI flux signal values from the other three instrument channels. For the High Flux channel trip, each RPS instrument channel selects the second maximum (2.Max) measured High Flux value (Om2.max) from all four channels. If the value of 4 m2.Ma, exceeds the High Flux trip setpoint (4sp FLuXt), the channel provides a Reactor Trip output signal. If two or more RPS instrument channels are in the tripped state, a reactor trip is generated via the 2/4 reactor trip relay logic. Following a reactor trip, the reactor trip breakers must be reset by the operator prior to restarting the unit.

1.6.2 An SID Bypass High Flux Trip setpoint is automatically implemented when the SID Bypass keyswitch is placed to BYPASS.,

1.6.3 A Variable High Flux Trip setpoint value feature shall be enabled in software using the TXS Service Unit. This feature will allow insertion of a Variable High Flux Trip setpoint lower than the Normal High Flux Trip setpoint (or the SID Bypass High Flux Trip setpoint when the S/D Bypass keyswitch is placed to Bypass). Use of the Variable High Flux Trip setpoint will be administratively controlled by procedure. The Normal High Flux Trip setpoint is still operable with this feature enabled.

1.6.4 New Nuclear Instrumentation will be provided as part of this modification, including linear amplifiers, power range test modules, low voltage and high voltage power supplies. The summing amplifier is located on the power range test module. See Section 13 for details of the new NI hardware replacement. Nuclear power (flux) is derived in the new TXS system software by summing the inputs from the linear amplifiers for Power Range Detector (NI-5, 6, 7, & 8) Upper Chamber and Lower Chamber inputs. The summing amp total power (flux) signals are not used as TXS analog inputs or in the software. This differs from the existing system, where total power input to the RPS was provided by the summing amp. The summing amp input to the new TXS system will only go to an isolator to provide isolated outputs to the ICS control system and indicators.

1.6.5 Analog Signal Monitoring discussion, see Section 25.4.

1.6.6 CHANNEL CHECK discussion, see Section 25.1.

Page 18 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 1 RPS Function # 1 Nuclear Overpower (Neutron Flux) Trip 1.6.7 An adjustable gain factor G#(Total Flux Gain) is included in the new design in order to allow the algorithm to be adjusted in the future if needed. The gain will be set to 1.000.

This algorithm is equivalent to that used in the existing AREVA STAR processor module and is the same Total Flux Gain as shown in Function 3.

1.7 Safety Classification This function is classified QA Condition 1 (Class 1 E).

1.8 Response Time Requirements The response time for the TXS rack/processing equipment shall be < 186 msec for Function 1.

This time does not include the sensor response time.

1.9 Existing Input Signals from Nuclear Instrumentation Reactor Power (Flux) values are shared with Functions 3, 9, 10 & 11.

ID Code Description Physical Range Electrical Range 1RPSDT0005 NI-5 UCIC Upper 0- 62.5% RTP 0- 10 VDC Chamber NI-5 UCIC Lower 1RPSDT0005 Chamber0 Chamber - 62.5% RTP 0 - 10 VDC 1RPSDT0006 NI-6 UCIC Upper 0- 62.5% RTP 0- 10 VDC Chamber NI-6 UClC Lower 1RPSDT0006 Chamber 0 - 62.5% RTP 0- 10 VDC NI-7 UCIC Upper 1RPSDT0007 Chamber 0- 62.5% RTP 0- 10 VDC I RPSDT0007 NI-7 UCIC Lower 0 - 62.5% RTP 0 - 10 VDC Chamber 1RPSDT0008 NI-8 UCIC Upper 0 - 62.5% RTP 0 - 10 VDC Chamber 1RPSDT0008 NI-8 UCIC Lower 0 -62.5% RTP 0 - 10 VDC Chamber NI-S Power Range Bi-Polar Power Supply 0 to 15 VDC 0 to 15 VDC Power Supply NI-S Power Range Bi-Polar Power Supply -15 to 0 VDC -15 toOVDC Power Supply NI-6 Power Range Bi-Polar Power Supply 0 to 15 VDC 0 to 15 VDC Power Supply NI-6 Power Range Bi-Polar Power Supply -15 to 0 VDC -15 to 0 VDC Power Supply NI-7 Power Range Bi-Polar Power Supply 0 to 15 VDC 0 to 1i5 VDC Power Supply NI-7 Power Range Bi-Polar Power Supply -15 to 0 VDC -15 to OVDC Power Supply NI-8 Power Power Range Supply Bi-Polar Power Supply 0 to 15 VDC 0 to 15 VDC

Page 19 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 1 RPS Function # 1 Nuclear Overpower (Neutron Flux) Trip ID Code Description Physical Range Electricai Range NI-8 Power Range Bi-Polar Power Supply -15 toO VDC -15 to 0 VDC Power Supply NI-5 Power Range High Voltage Power 300 -*800 VDC 300 - 800 VDC Power Supply Supply NI-6 Power Range High Voltage Power 300 - 800 VDC 300 - 800 VDC Power Supply Supply NI-7 Power Range High Voltage Power 300 - 800 VDC 300- 800 VDC Power Supply Supply NI-8 Power Range High Voltage Power 300 - 800 VDC 300 - 800 VDC Power Supply Supply I 1.10 Existing Output Signals Reactor Power (Flux) values are shared with Functions 3, 9, 10 & 11.

Existing ID Code Existing Description Exi.in ElR;ectrcal Detnt

.Physical Range~ Elnetia etnto 1 RPSDT0005 Analog Output Signal to ICS from NI-5 0 - 125% RTP 0 - 10 VDC ICS summing amp via SNV1 (see Note 1 )

1RPSDT0006 Analog Output Signal to ICS from NI-6 0 - 125% RTP 0 - 10 VDC ICS summing amp via SNV1 (see Note 1) 1RPSDT0007 Analog Output Signal to ICS from NI-7 0 - 125% RTP 0 - 10 VDC ICS summing amp via SNV1 (see Note 1) 1RPSDT0008 Analog Output Signal to ICS from NI-8 0-125%RTP 0-10VDC 105 summing amp via SNV1 (see Note 1)'

Analog Output Signal to Control Room 1RPSP1NI5 Indicator from NI-5 summing amp via 0 - 125% RTP 0 - 10 VDC Indicator on 1UB1 SNV1 (see Note 1)

Analog Output Signal to Control Room 1RPSP1NI6 Indicator from N176 summing amp via 0 - 125% RTP 0 - 10 VDC Indicator on 1 UB1 SNV1 (see Note 1)

Analog Output Signal to Control Room 1RPSP1NI7 Indicator from NI-7 summing amp via 0- 125% RTP 0 - 10 VDC Indicator on 1UB1 SNV1 (see Note 1)

Analog Output Signal to Control Room 1RPSP1N18 Indicator from NI-8 summing amp via 0 - 125% RTP 0 - 10 VDC Indicator on 1 UB1 SNV1 (see Note 1)

ISA1-8 RP NI-5 High Flux Trip Binary 145 VDC Statalarm 1SA1-20 RP NI-6 High Flux Trip Binary 145 VDC Statalarm 1SA1-32 RP NI-7 High Flux Trip Binary 145 VDC Statalarm 1SA1-44 RP N I-8 High Flux Trip Binary 145 VDC Statalarm 1SA5-7 NI Power Range 5 Power Supply Binary 145 VDC Statalarm Failure 1SA5-19 NI Power Range 6 Power Supply Binary 145 VDC Statalarm Failure 15A5-31 NI Power Range 7 Power Supply Binary 145 VDC Statalarm Failure 1SA5-43 NI Power Range.8 Power Supply Binary 145 VDC Statalarm Failure.

ER-160* R.P. Channel A Hi Flux Trip Binary 125 VDC Event Recorder

Page 20 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 1 RPS Function # 1 Nuclear Overpower (Neutron Flux) Trip Existing MDCode Existing Description Existing Electrical Destination esrpinPhysical

.xising. =:,=, Range Range, _ _ _

ER-169* R.P. Channel B Hi Flux Trip Binary 125 VDC Event Recorder ER-178* R.P. Channel C Hi Flux Trip Binary 125 VDC Event Recorder ER-188* R.P. Channel D Hi Flux Trip Binary 125 VDC Event Recorder Alarm

Contact Input Open to Note 1: The Power Range Test (PRT) Summing Amp provides a 4-20mA signal output to the TXS SNV1 module for isolation. The SNV1 module converts the 4-2OmA signal to a 0-20mA signal. A precision resistor 'will be used to convert the SNV1 output from a 0-20mA signal to a 0-10VDC (0-125% RTP signal for outputs to the ICS and % power indicator).

1.11 New Input Signals from Nuclear Instrumentation ID Code Description Physical Electrical Range Range 1RPSDT0005, 6, 7 & 8 NI-5,6,7 & 8 UCIC Upper & lower (Qty 8 signals) Upper & Lower Detector 0 - 10 VDC ON1 NIAF01 (3,5,7)HA02 - upper Upper & Lower Linear 0 - 62.5% RTP (linear Amplifier ON1NIAF01(3,5,7)HA03 - lower Amp output)

Linear Amplifier (Qty 8)

ON1NIPY01(3,5,7)HA05 NI-5, 6, 7 & 8 Power Range -15 VDC Power Bi-Polar Power Supply -15 to 0 VDC -1.364 to 0 VDC Supply (Qty 4)

ON1 NIPY01(3,5,7)HA05 NI-5, 6, 7 & 8 Power Range 15 VDC Power Bi-Polar Power Supply 0 to +15 VDC 0 to 1.364 VDC Supply (Qty 4)

ON1NIPY01(3,5,7)JA01 High Voltage Power NI-5, 6, 7 & 8 Power Range High Voltage Power Supply 0 - 1000 VDC 0- 1 VDC Supply Supply (Qty 4)

Page 21 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 1 RPS Function # 1 Nuclear Overpower (Neutron Flux) Trip 1.12 Existing Hardwired Computer Points The existing hardwired computer points listed below will be deleted and replaced with equivalent points using computer communications (OPC gateway to OAC). New OAC point IDs and descriptions (including reset/set state messages for binary points) will be issued during detailed modification design.

.Existing Existing Description (Reset/Set state Existing *tNew Point ID messagies for binary points) Physical Range Destination~

01 D2290 NI 5 PR TEST (FALSE) (TRUE) Binary Gateway 01 D2291 NI 6 PR TEST (FALSE) (TRUE) Binary Gateway 01 D2292 NI 7 PR TEST (FALSE) (TRUE) Binary Gateway O1D2293 NI 8 PR TEST (FALSE) (TRUE) Binary Gateway O1D2391 RPS CH A NI 5 HI FLUX (NOT TRIPPED) Binary Gateway (TRIPPED) 01D2392 RPS CH B NI 6 HI FLUX (NOT TRIPPED) Binary Gateway (TRIPPED) 01D2393 RPS CH C NI 7 HI FLUX (NOT TRIPPED) Binary Gateway (TRIPPED)

O1D2394 RPS CH D NI 8 HI FLUX (NOT TRIPPED) Binary Gateway (TRIPPED) 01A1544 NI 5 PR FLUX 0 - 125% RTP Gateway O1A1545 NI 6 PR FLUX 0- 125% RTP Gateway O1A1546 NI 7 PR FLUX 0 - 125% RTP Gateway O1A1547 NI 8 PR FLUX 0- 125% RTP Gateway O1A1558 NI 5 PR PS VOLTS 0 - 1000 VDC Gateway O1A1559 NI 6 PR PS VOLTS 0 - 1000 VDC Gateway O1A1560 NI 7 PR PS VOLTS 0 - 1000 VDC Gateway O1A1561 NI 8 PR PS VOLTS 0- 1000 VDC Gateway 01A1697 RPS CH A -15V PS VOLTS -15 to 0VDC Gateway O1A1698 RPS CH A +15V PS VOLTS 0 to 15 VDC Gateway 01A1699 RPS CH B -15V PS VOLTS -15 to 0 VDC Gateway O1A1701 RPS CH B +15V PS VOLTS 0 to 15 VDC Gateway O1A1703 RPS CH C -15V PS VOLTS -15 to 0 VDC Gateway OIA1704 RPS CH C +15V PS VOLTS 0 to 15 VDC Gateway 01A1706 RPS CH D -15V PS VOLTS -15 to 0 VDC Gateway O1A1707 RPS CH D +15V PS VOLTS 0 to 15 VDC Gateway 1.13 New Statalarm Panel Changes Statalarm Panel changes are shown in Section 22.

1.14 References See Section 28.

Page 22 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 2 RPS Function # 2 (Reserved)

I 12.0 Reserved I This RPS function number has been reserved for possible future use. This section previously included a functional description for a future Temperature Compensated High Flux Trip. This description has been deleted since the function will not be implemented with this modification.

Page 23 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 3 RPS Function # 3 Nuclear Overpower Flux/Flow/Imbalance Trip 13.0 Nuclear Overpower Flux/Flow/lmbalance Trip 3.1 Existing Automatic Trip Function Description Nuclear Overpower Flux/Flow Imbalance Trip based on reactor power, power imbalance and reactor coolant flow.

Reactor Power (Flux) inputs are shared with RPS Function #1.

The Flux/Flow/Imbalance trip shall provide protection against DNB or fuel centerline temperature limits during steady state and transient operation. The parameters monitored to generate the Flux/Flow/Imbalance trip are Reactor Coolant System (RCS) Flow, Power Range Neutron Flux and Power Range Delta Flux. The Flux/Flow/Imbalance trip defines the maximum allowable power (flux) level based on the measured RCS Flow and a Delta Flux Imbalance.

The Flux/Flow/Imbalance trip function is best understood by reference to Figure 3.1 "Flux/Flow/Imbalance Barn Curve." The following is a description of the Barn Curve:

3.1.1 The region between breakpoints B2 and B3, the "barntop," represents the maximum allowed reactor power limit, 6MAX(F). +MAx(F) varies with RCS Flow. When operating with a Delta Flux Imbalance in this region, the Flux/Flow/Imbalance trip condition is defined as total reactor power (flux) +M> 4MAx(F).

cPMAx(F) "barntop" moves down with decreasing total RCS flow and up with increasing flow, with an absolute upper limit of PMAX. This relationship is expressed in thetrip algorithm as (MAx(F) = FT x GFluXJFtow -- PMAX. PMAX is a constant that represents the absolute upper limit of ýMAx(F) and is the "Tech. Spec Barntop" from the Core Operating Limits Report (COLR) and station procedures.

3.1.2 When operating with a Delta Flux Imbalance in the region between breakpoints B1 and B2 (Slope M1), the Flux/Flow/Imbalance trip setpoint is lowered by the Delta Flux Imbalance as defined in the algorithm: reactor power (+m) > [Slope M1 x A4 + [+MAx(F) - Slope M1 x B2)).

3.1.3 When operating with a Delta Flux Imbalance in the region between breakpoints B3 and B4 (Slope M2), the Flux/Flow/Imbalance trip setpoint is lowered by the Delta Flux Imbalance as defined in the algorithm: reactor power (+m) > [Slope M2 x A+ + [+MAx(F) - Slope M2 x B3)).

3.1.4 With the inclusion of the term +MAx(F) in the Barn Curve slope M1 and M2 regions as described above, it can be seen that these regions of the Barn Curve, in addition to varying with the Delta Flux Imbalance, also varies with RCS Flow. Thus the entire Barn "roof' (barn top and slopes) effectively moves down as RC total flow decreases, and up as RCS total flow increases.

Page 24 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 3 RPS Function # 3 Nuclear Overpower Flux/Flow/Imbalance Trip 3.1.5 The Flux/Flow/Imbalance trip function also has trip setpoints based solely on maximum limits for Delta Flux Imbalance as defined by breakpoints B1 (negative Imbalance limit) and B4 (positive Imbalance limit) . These trip setpoints are defined in the trip algorithm as A4 < B 1 (negative Imbalance trip), and as A4 > B4 (positive Imbalance trip).

3.1.6 Whenever two or more RPS channels have tripped on any of the Flux/Flow/Imbalance trip conditions as described above, a Reactor Trip shall be initiated.

In addition to limiting the allowable core power distribution, the Flux/Flow/Imbalance trip function also provides DNB protection during partial pump coast-downs. The allowable power level for any given flow, assuming zero imbalance, is determined by multiplying the measured flow times the Flux/Flow ratio. This ratio is calculated by using the maximum flux trip setpoint allowed by the flux/flow trip divided by the measured RCS flow at 100% RTP conditions.

3.2 Description of Existing System Functions Related to Trip 3.2.1 In the existing RPS channels, power imbalance is determined in the Framatome STAR module. For each of the NI power range detectors, the top detector value minus the bottom detector value times the flux gain factor equals Delta Flux Imbalance. This power imbalance signal value is adjusted by procedure to agree with the power imbalance indicated by the incore instruments, since the incore power imbalance is more accurate (at steady state power).

3.2.2 Four delta-pressure transmitters measure RCS differential pressure across the flow element in each hot leg and provide the signal to each of the four RPS channels'. For the existing system, the 4-20 mA differential pressure signals from the transmitters are converted across a shunt resistor to 2-10 VDC signal for input. This voltage signal is acquired by a STAR processor module which converts the differential pressure to flow and combines the Loop A and Loop B flows into total RCS Flow.

3.2.3 The STAR system converts the RCS Loop A and B differential pressure signals to flow using the following equations:

Loop A: FA = [(APA)'] x [50%/(APAvG.A)-

Loop B: FB = [(APB)'] x [50%/(APAvB)A]

3.2.4 For the STAR system, APA and APB are the input signals with units in VDC, and APAVG-A and APAVG-B are constants set to 10.OOOVDC. Therefore the VDC units cancel by division and the result is a square root output in terms of % flow.

3.2.5 FA and FB units are in terms of % of flow, and denoted as % Total Flow Range (%TFR).

For each loop, a full scale differential pressure of 43.3 psid into the transmitter = 50%

TFR. For each loops signal to the OAC the relation between % TFR and kLB/HR is linear with 50%TFR = 90,000 kLB/HR.

Page 25 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 3 RPS Function # 3 Nuclear Overpower Flux/Flow/Imbalance Trip 3.2.6 Total Flow is calculated in the STAR as follows:

FT = FA + FB.

With both loops at full scale input, total flow =1 00%TFR. For the total RCS flow signal to the OAC, 100%TFR= 180,000 kLB/HR.

3.3 Existing Shutdown Bypass Function 3.3.1 This function is manually bypassed when the Shutdown Bypass Keyswitch is placed in Bypass.

3.3.2 See Section 14 for information on existing bypass functions and keyswitches and Section 23 for new TXS bypass functions and keyswitches.

3.4 Existing Setpoints for Trip Functions 3.4.1 Breakpoint and slope values for the Barn Curve are provided for each new fuel core cycle in the Core Operating Limits Report (COLR). Delta Flux Gain values and PMAX (Tech Spec Barntop) are also provided in the COLR. These values are incorporated in station instrument procedures and inserted into the STAR system prior to unit startup for the new core cycle.

3.4.2 PMAX is a constant that provides an absolute upper limit of PMAx(F). PMAX is the upper power value in the Maximum Allowable RPS Power Imbalance Limits from the COLR for each new fuel cycle and is referred to in station procedures as the Tech. Spec Barntop.. There are separate limits for four RC pump operation and for three RC pump operation, therefore for three pump operation at power the station must enter the three pump lower limit value into the STAR system.

3.4.3 After startup from each refueling or other long outage, station procedures establish a new RCS Total Flow Range (%TFR) value for 100% power operation. (i.e., baseline RCS flow).

The GFI.U/FFW (flux/flow gain factor) is then verified to be within the required tolerance, and if it is not a new gain value is calculated as follows:

GFIux/FIow = Normal Barntop (% RTP) / FT (% TFR)

The new gain value is then entered into the STAR system. [Note: an interim check/calculation at 73% power uses a different formula. The "Normal Barntop" is obtained from station procedures and is derived from the COLR "RPS Power Imbalance Setpoints" upper power limit (barntop) for four pump operation].

3.4.4 The Flux/Flow/Imbalance Trip Setpoint (4 MAx(F)) shall be capable of being reduced as required to meet the Technical Specification requirements to operate with a quadrant power tilt, dropped control rod or other condition by manually reducing the Flow Gain Setpoint GFIux&FIow. The Technical Specifications call for a 2% reduction of the Flux/Flow/Imbalance trip points for each 1% of tilt beyond the steady state limit, or a reduction to 65.5% of the Allowable Thermal Power.

Page 26 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 3 RPS Function # 3 Nuclear Overpower Flux/Flow/Imbalance Trip 3.4.5 4)MAx(F) is the maximum allowed power level based on total flow, not to exceed PMAX (thermal power upper limit). Since PMAX is adjustable, procedures exist to change PMAX if the limits change for cycle specific limits, burn-up dependent limits, or if the plant enters 3-pump operation.

3.5 Algorithm Equations for Trip Functions Nuclear Overpower Flux/Flow Imbalance Trip CURRENT ALGORITHM Flow Inputs: FT = [FA + FBI Where: FA = [(APA)"12 x [50%/(APAvG.A)"/ 2] (Loop A) 12 11 2 Where: FB = [(APB) / ] x [50%/(APAVG.B) ] (Loop B)

Maximum Allowed Thermal Power (Barntop):

4MAx(F) = FTx GFux/Fow < PMAX ForExample:

4)MAx(F) at Flow (FT) of 77.57 %TFR (4 RC Pump Operation) = 107.9% RTP EMAx(F) at Flow (FT) of 57.94 %TFR (3 RC Pump Operation) = 80.6% RTP

[Note: above examples based on GFIux/FIow of 1.391, and the COLR minimum for 3 pump flow being 74.7% of 4 pump flow]

4 Total Flux Calculated Input: *m = [(upper + lower] x G Imbalance (Delta Flux) Input: Aý = (*upper - +Iower) x GAý Flux/Flow/Imbalance Trip:

A Flux/Flow/Imbalance Trip exists for the following Conditions (a) Aý < B 1 (b) B31 5 A < B 2 AND ým > [SlopeM1 x A4 + [ýMAX(F) - Slope M1 x B2))

(C) 4m > 4MAX(F)

(d) B3 < Aý < B 4 AND 1M > [Slope M2 x A4 + [ýMAX(F) - Slope M2 x B3 ))

(e) A4 > B4 (f) With Shutdown Bypass enabled, the Flux/Flow/Imbalance Trip is bypassed.

Page 27 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 3 RPS Function # 3 Nuclear Overpower Flux/Flow/Imbalance Trip Nuclear Overpower Flux/Flow Imbalance Trip PROPOSED ALGORITHM Total RC Flow Inputs: FT = [FA + FBI Where: FA = [(APA)1/ 2 ] x [50%/(APAvG.A) 12] (Loop A)

Where: FB = [(APB)1/ 2] x [50%/(APAvG.B) 1 2] (Loop B)

Maximum Allowed Thermal Power (Barntop):

MAx(F) = minimum [FTx GFIux/FIow, PMAX ]

ForExample:

(MAx(F) at Flow (FT) of 77.57 %TFR (4 RC Pump Operation) = 107.9% RTP 4MAx(F) at Flow (FT) of 57.94 %TFR (3 RC Pump Operation) = 80.6% RTP

[Note: above examples based on GFIuxFIow of 1.391, and the COLR minimum for 3 pump flow being 74.7% of 4 pump flow]

Total Flux (Thermal Power) Calculated Input: *m = [Upper + (ILower] x Go Imbalance (Delta Flux) Input: A4 = (*upper - ýIower) X G*

TRIP CONDITIONS Flux/Flow/Imbalance Trip:

A Flux/Flow/Imbalance Trip exists for the following Conditions:

(a) A+ < B, (b) Bj < Aý5 B2 AND *m > [Slope M1 x A+ + [MAX(F) - Slope Mi x B 21]

(C) )m > )MAX(F)

(d) B 3 - A B4 AND +m> [Slope M2 x A( + [+MAX(F) - Slope M2 x B3 ))

(e) Aý > B 4 (f) With Shutdown Bypass enabled, the Flux/Flow/Imbalance Trip is bypassed.

Page 28 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 3 RPS Function # 3 Nuclear Overpower Flux/Flow/Imbalance Trip Process Parameters for New Algorithm Setpoints, coefficients, reset values, and algorithm variables shall be adjustable utilizing software using the TXS Service Unit. When an adjustable parameter can be entered from a GSM screen the GSM screen shall enforce the range limits on the entered value. The stated range limits on calculated values in the table below are the expected ranges of the calculated value and are not meant to imply limits unless otherwise specified.

.:Logical ID Description Parameter Range or Value Units M Total Flux (% Rated Thermal Power) 0 - 125 % RTP

= [0 (upper) + 0 (lower)] X G+

(Range = 0.5 to 1.5)

,Gain Factor for Total Flux 4 (G( = 1.000) N/A Upper Detector Chamber Nuclear 0 (upper) Flux (calibrated to reflect thermal 0 to 62.5 % RTP power best estimate)

Lower Detector Chamber Nuclear 0 (lower) Flux (calibrated to reflect thermal 0 to 62.5 % RTP power best estimate)

ADl Delta Flux =

Flux = -62.5 to + 62.5 % RTP

((Wpper - 0Dower) x G.ý (Range = 0.5 to 8)

Gain Factor for Delta Flux, A0 G*,A = 4.17* (N 1-5)

(each RPS channel has a separate GA4 B= 4.19* (NI-6) N/A GA* gain value) c = 4.11* (N17)

GA+ D = 4.21* (NI-8)

Barntop 4MAx(F) Maximum Allowed Thermal Power 0 to 125 % RTP

= FTx GFux/Flow -5 PMAX (Constant setting range PMA Upper Limit of Maximum Allowed = 0 to 125) % RTP Thermal Power (constant) PMAx constant = 109.4 Loop A RCS Delta Pressure APA (2 pumps in Loop A) 0 to 43.3 psid APB Loop B RCS Delta Pressure 0 to 43.3 psid (2 pumps in Loop B)

Measured Loop A RCS Flow % Total Flow Range FA (2 pumps in Loop A) 0 to 50 (TFR)

FB Measured Loop B RCS Flow 0 to 50 % TFR (2 pumps in Loop B)

Total Loop RCS Flow FT (4 pumps in Loop A & B) 0 to 100 % TFR Coefficient - Average Loop A RCS APAVG-A Delta Pressure at 50% Total Flow 43.3 psid Range Coefficient - Average Loop B RCS APAVG-B Delta Pressure at 50% Total Flow 43.3 psid Range

Page 29 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 3 RPS Function # 3 Nuclear Overpower Flux/Flow/Imbalance Trip Logical ID Description ;Paameter Range orValue Units Flux/flow Gain factor = Normal 0.30 to 1.50 % RTP/

GIuxJow Barntop (% RTP) / FT (% TFR) (GFLUXIFLOW = 1.391)* % TFR B1 Break Point 1 Negative Imbalance - 62.5 to 0 % Imbalance Reactor Trip Setpoint (Bi = -33.0)*

(B- 62.5 to 0 % Imbalance B2 Break Point 2 (A4 Value) 2 = -12.9)*

B3 Break Point 3 (A4 Value) 0- 62.5 (B3 = +14.4)* % Imbalance Break Point 4 Positive Imbalance 0 - 62.5 B4 Reactor Trip Setpoint (B4 = +33.0)* % Imbalance Slope M1 Slope from Break Point B, to Break Point B 2 0.25 to 3 % RTP/

(Slope M1 = 0.942)* % Imbalance to Break M2 to (Slope-0.25 -3 %% RTP/

Slope M2 PointPoint Slope from Break B4 B3 = -0.942)* Imbalance

The parameter settings provided above must be updated for each new fuel cycle as required by the Core Operating Limits Report (COLR) and station procedures.

(DM% Thermal Power

-33 +33 Delta Flux

% Imbalance FIGURE 3.1 Flux/Flow/Imbalance Barn Curve

Page 30 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 3 RPS Function # 3 Nuclear Overpower Flux/Flow/Imbalance Trip 3.6 New Design Features 3.6.1 Each RPS instrument channel receives Flux/Flow/Imbalance trip function signals from the other channels over fiber optic communications cables. If an RPS channel sees two or more channels of Flux/Flow/Imbalance trip function in the tripped condition, a channel trip will occur. If two or more RPS instrument channels are in the tripped state, a reactor trip is generated via the 2/4 reactor trip relay logic. Following a reactor trip, the reactor trip breakers must be reset by the operator prior to restarting the unit.

3.6.2 With Shutdown Bypass enabled, the Flux/Flow/Imbalance Trip is bypassed.

3.6.3 RCS Flow Loops A & B averages use at least 20 data points for each instrument. (See Section 25.6.4) 3.6.4 Analog Signal Range Limit Monitoring discussion, see Section 25.4.

3.6.5 CHANNEL CHECK discussion, see Section 25.1.

3.6.6 Refer to STAR Instruction Manual 01-1228962-00 and 01-1228962-04 (latest Appendix B Flux/Delta Flux Flow Trip revision) for additional information on how the existing STAR system scales variables and implements the Flux/Flow/Imbalance algorithms. ONS procedures are also available for reference.

3.7 Safety Classification This function is classified QA Condition 1 (Class 1E).

3.8 Response Time Requirements The response time for the TXS rack/processing equipment shall be -<769 msec for the Flow input signal portion of Function 3. The response time for the TXS rack/processing equipment shall be

-5186 msec for NI portion of Function 3. The channel response time does not include the sensor response time.

Note that the current RPS STAR Module processor has a response time of < 150 msec with a 594 msec filter on the input for RCS Flow per the STAR Technical Manual. The RCS flow filtering shall be accounted for in the new TXS system using the hardware signal filtering capabilities of the SAA1 (up to 188 ms time constant, adjustable), software filtering, or both.

3.9 Existing Input Signals ID Code Description, Physical Range Electrical Range 1RCFT0014B Reactor Coolant System differential 0.0 to 43.3 psid 4- 20 mA (RC14A-DPT1) pressure Loop A (Channel A) 1RCFT0014C Reactor Coolant System differential 0.0 to 43.3 psid 4 - 20 mA (RC14A-DPT2) pressure Loop A (Channel B) 1RCFT0014D Reactor Coolant System differential 0.0 to 43.3 psid 4-20mA (RC14A-DPT3) pressure Loop A (Channel C)

Page 31 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 3 RPS Function # 3 Nuclear Overpower Flux/Flow/Imbalance Trip ID Code Description Phsia R Electrical Range 1RCFT0014E Reactor Coolant System differential 0.0 to 43.3 psid 4-20 mA (RC14A-DPT4) pressure Loop A (Channel D) 1RCFT0015B Reactor Coolant System differential 0.0 to 43.3 psid 4-20 mA (RC14B-DPT1) pressure Loop B (Channel A) 1RCFT0015C Reactor Coolant System differential 0.0 to 43.3 psid 4-20 mA (RC14B-DPT2) pressure Loop B (Channel B) 1 RCFT0015D Reactor Coolant System differential 0.0 to 43.3 psid 4 - 20 mA (RC14B-DPT3) pressure Loop B (Channel C) 1RCFT0015E Reactor Coolant System differential 0.0 to 43.3 psid 4 - 20 mA (RC14B-DPT4) pressure Loop B (Channel D) 3.10 Existing Output Signals

1. Existing Eitn ID Code Existing Description Rne Electrical Destination Range>

1SAl-3 RP ChannelAAFlux/Imb/Flow Trip Binary 145 VDC Statalarm I SA1-15 RP Channel B Flux/Imb/Flow Trip Binary 145 VDC Statalarm 1SA1-27 RP Channel C Flux/Imb/Flow Trip Binary 145 VDC Statalarm 1SA1-39 RP Channel D Flux/Imb/Flow Trip Binary 145 VDC Statalarm Binary 125 VDC Rveorde ER-1S61 R.P. Channel A Power Imbalance/Flow Ratio Trip Event Recorder Binary 125 VDC Red ER-170* R.P. Channel B Power Imbalance/Flow Ratio Trip Event Recorder Binary 125 VDC Red ER-179* R.P. Channel C Power Imbalance/Flow Ratio Trip Event Recorder Binary 125 VDC Red ER-189* R.P. Channel D Power Imbalance/Flow Ratio Trip 1 RCFT0014B RP Reactor Coolant System Flow AP 0- 43.3 psid 0- 10 VDC ICS (RC14A-DPT1) Loop A Output to ICS (Channel A) 1 RCFT0014C RP Reactor Coolant System Flow AP 0- 43.3 psid 0- 10 VDC ICS (RC14A-DPT2) Loop AOutput to ICS (Channel B) 1RCFTOO15B RP Reactor Coolant System FlowAP- 43.3 psid 0 - 10 VDC ICS (RC14B-DPT1) Loop B Output to ICS (Channel A) 1RCFT001SC RP Reactor Coolant System Flow AP 0 - 43.3 psid 0 - 10 VDC ICS (RC14B-DPT2) Loop B Output to ICS (Channel B) 1RPSP1CNI5 NI- Detector Flux Differential -62.5 to +62.5 % 0oto Indicator) RTP S(Dixson 0 - 10 VDC ICo 1RPSP1CN16 NI-6 Detector Flux Differential -62.5 to +62.5 % 0oto 0 - 10 VDC Room ICor A(D (Dixson Indicator) B4p 0 - 10 VDC Control Control 1RPSP1NI7 NI-7 Detector Flux Differential -62.5 to +62.5 % 0oom AO1 (Dixson Indicator) RTP Indicator 1RPSP1NI8 NI-8 Detector Flux Differential -62.5 to +62.5 % 0oom AD (Dixson Indicator) RTP Indicator c I u Indicator

Contact Input Open to Alarm

Page 32 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. I I RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 3 RPS Function # 3 Nuclear Overpower Flux/Flow/Imbalance Trip 3.11 Existing Hardwired Computer Points The existing hardwired computer points listed below will be deleted and replaced with equivalent points using computer communications (OPC gateway to OAC). New OAC point IDs and descriptions (including reset/set state messages for binary points) will be issued during detailed modification design.

Existing Existing Description (Reset/Set .Existing Physical New Point ID state messages for binary points) Range Destination 01 D2355 RPS CH A FLOW/FLUX (NOT Binary Gateway TRIPPED) (TRIPPED) 01D2429 RPSTRIPPED)

CH B FLOW/FLUX (NOT Binary Gateway (TRIPPED)

O1D2430 RPS CH C FLOW/FLUX (NOT TRIPPED) (TRIPPED) Binary Gateway O1D2431 RPSTRIPPED)

CH D FLOW/FLUX (NOT (TRIPPED) Binary Gateway 01 D2408 RPS CH A RC FLOW (NOT IN Binary Gateway*

TEST) (IN TEST) 01D2409 RPS CH B RCOFLOW (NOT IN Binary Gateway*

TEST) (IN TEST)

O1D2410 RPS CH C RC FLOW (NOT IN Binary Gateway*

TEST) (IN TEST) 01 D2411 RPS CH D RC FLOW (NOT IN Binary Gateway*

TEST) (IN TEST)

RPS CH A TOTALRCS FLOW 0 - 180,000 kLB/Hr Gateway 01A1549 O1A1550 RC LOOP A FLOW 1 0 - 90,000 kLB/Hr Gateway O1A1551 RC LOOP B FLOW 1 0 - 90,000 kLB/Hr Gateway O1A0877 RPS CH B TOTAL RCS FLOW 0 - 180,000 kLB/Hr Gateway O1A0878 RC LOOP A FLOW 2 0 - 90,000 kLB/Hr Gateway O1A0879 RC LOOP B FLOW 2 0- 90,000 kLB/Hr Gateway O1A1420 RPS CH C TOTAL RCS FLOW 0- 180,000 kLB/Hr Gateway 01A1421 RC LOOP A FLOW 3 0 - 90,000 kLB/Hr Gateway O1A1422 RC LOOP B FLOW 3 0- 90,000 kLB/Hr Gateway 01A1712 RPS CH D TOTAL RCS FLOW 0 - 180,000 kLB/Hr Gateway 01A1713 RC LOOP A FLOW 4 0 - 90,000kLB/Hr Gateway 01A1714 RC LOOP B FLOW 4 0 - 90,000 kLB/Hr Gateway O1A1280 NI 5 DETECTOR FLUX DIFF -62.5 to +62.5 % RTP Gateway 01A1281 NI 6 DETECTOR FLUX DIFF -62.5 to +62.5 % RTP Gateway O1A1282 NI 7 DETECTOR FLUX DIFF -62.5 to +62.5 % RTP Gateway O1A1283 NI 8 DETECTOR FLUX DIFF -62.5 to +62.5 % RTP Gateway These computer points may be provided by a summary Test Enable (see Section 25.2.3) point with individual pseudo points being created at the OAC.

Page 33 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 3 RPS Function # 3 Nuclear Overpower Flux/Flow/Imbalance Trip 3.12 New Statalarm Panel Changes Statalarm Panel changes are shown in Section 22.

3.13 References See Section 28.

Page 34 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 4 RPS Function # 4 RCS High Pressure Trip 14.0 RCS High Pressure Trip 4.1 Existing Automatic Trip Function Description High RCS Pressure Trip Reactor Coolant System Pressure inputs are shared with RPS Functions #5 and #6.

Reactor Coolant System (RCS) pressure transmitters 1RCPT0017P, 18P, 19P and 20P provide inputs to the RPS protective channels A, B, C and D respectively. When any of these signals reach the High Pressure Trip Setpoint, the associated protective channel bistable is tripped. If two or more protective channel bistables are in the tripped state, a reactor trip is generated.

Tech Specs requires that the reactor trip before 2355 psig (allowable value) to prevent the RCS from exceeding the safety limit of 2750 psig. Actual RPS trip setpoint is 2345 psig for conservatism.

4.2 Description of Functions Related to Existing Trip The trip bistables have toggle switches associated with them and are required to be manually reset when the bistable changes from its non-tripped state to its tripped state. In addition the trip bistables have indicating lamps associated with them (output lamp and memory lamp). The bistable lamps and toggle switches general operation are to provide a dim lamp when the bistable is in the non-tripped condition and provide a bright lamp when in the tripped condition. The toggle switches are required to be manually toggled to clear the bistable and reset the lamps.

4.3 Existing Shutdown Bypass Function 4.3.1 When the channel is placed in Shutdown (S/D) Bypass, the High RCS Pressure Trip setpoint is changed to less than 1720 psig (allowable value, actual RPS setpoint is 1710 for conservatism). S/D bypass for each RPS channel is manually initiated once the plant has been maneuvered past the low RCS pressure trip setpoint.

4.3.2 See Section 14 for information on existing bypass functions and keyswitches and Section 23 for new TXS bypass functions and keyswitch functions.

4.4 Existing Setpoints for Trip Functions 4.4.1 The High RCS Pressure Trip setpoint during normal operation is 2345 psig.

4.4.2 With Shutdown Bypass enabled, the High RCS Pressure Trip setpoint is reduced to 1710 psig.

4.4.3 Trip occurs on increasing RCS Pressure.

Page 35 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 4 RPS Function # 4 RCS High Pressure Trip 4.5 Existing Algorithm Equations for Channel Trip Functions RCS High Pressure Trip CURRENT ALGORITHM Trip Pm > PsP PRESSO (a) Pm = measured RCS pressure into each RPS channel A (B, C and D).

(b) PsP PRESS(N) = 2345 psig, High Pressure Reactor Trip setpoint - normal Power Operation.

(C) PSP PRESS(S/D) = 1710 psig, High Pressure setpoint - Shutdown Bypass enabled.

Existing Process Parameters for Current Algorithm Logical lD.i ; Description Range or Val..*e Units

~Value Pm Measured Reactor Coolant System Pressure 1700- 2500 N/A psig Normal High RCS Pressure Reactor Trip Setpoint 2345 Manual psig PsP PRESS(N) Tech Spec Allowable Value is:< 2355 psig.

S/D Bypass High RCS Pressure Reactor Trip Setpoint 1710 Manual psig PsP PRESS(S/D) Tech Spec Allowable Value is < 1720 psig.

4.6 New Algorithm Equations for Channel Actuation Functions RCS High Pressure Trip PROPOSED ALGORITHM Tri: Pm2.Max 2- PsP PRESSO (a) Pm2.iax = RC pressure, 2 "dmaximum value of pressure from RPS channel A, B, C and D.

(b) PsP PRESS(N) = 2345 psig, High Pressure setpoint - normal Power Operation.

(C) PSP PRESS(S/D) = 1710 psig, High Pressure setpoint - Shutdown Bypass enabled.

Page 36 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 4 RPS Function # 4 RCS High Pressure Trip Process Parameters for New Algorithm Setpoints, coefficients, reset values, and algorithm variables shall be adjustable utilizing software using the TXS Service Unit. When an adjustable parameter can be entered from a GSM screen the GSM screen shall enforce the range limits on the entered value. The stated range limits on calculated values in the table below are the expected ranges of the calculated value and are not meant to imply limits unless otherwise specified.

Parameter R Logical ID: DescriptionRagorVlq stVlu Uns Pm2.Max Second maximum RCS pressure 1700 -2500 N/A psig Trip comparator auto-resets Normal High RCS Pressure Reactor Trip once pressure Setpoint is below the PsPPRESSN Tech Spec Allowable Value is *2355 psig. 2345auto-reset psig value; see OSC-8695 for the auto-reset value.

Trip comparator Shutdown/Bypass High RCS Pressure Reactor auto-resets Trip Setpoint is automatically enabled when the once pressure PsP PRESS(SID) S/D bypass keyswitch is placed to Bypass. 1710 is below the psig Tech Spec Allowable Value is <1720 psig. value; see OSC-8695 for the auto-reset value.

4.7 New Design Features 4.7.1 Each RPS instrument channel (A, B, C & D) processes the associated RCS pressure signal value as well as the RCS pressure signal values from the other three instrument channels. For the High RCS Pressure channel trip, each RPS channel selects the second maximum (2.Max) measured High pressure value (Pm2.Max) from all four channels. If the value of Prm2.Max exceeds the High RC Pressure trip setpoint (PsP PRESS(N)) [or P sP PRESS(S/D) for Shutdown/Bypass plant conditions], the channel provides a channel trip output signal.

If two or more RPS instrument channels are in the tripped state, a reactor trip is generated via the 2/4 reactor trip relay logic. Following a reactor trip, the reactor trip breakers must be reset by the operator prior to restarting the unit.

4.7.2 An S/D Bypass High RCS Pressure trip setpoint is automatically implemented when the S/D Bypass keyswitch is placed to BYPASS.

4.7.3 The trip comparators associated with the new TXS design are software driven and do not require to be manually reset. The new TXS design does not provide local indication for each comparator condition. However, the comparator condition is viewable via the maintenance work station.

Page 37 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 4 RPS Function # 4 RCS High Pressure Trip 4.7.4 Analog Signal Monitoring discussion, see Section 25.4.

4.7.5 CHANNEL CHECK discussion, see Section 25.1.

4.8 Safety Classification This function is classified QA Condition 1 (Class 1E).

4.9 Response Time Requirements The response time for the TXS rack/processing equipment shall be < 185 msec for Function 4.

This time does not include the sensor response time.

4.10 Existing Input Signals Note .RC Pressure Input Signals are shared with Functions 5 and 6.

ID Code i', , Description Physical Range Electrical Range 1RCPT0017P RC Pressure Ch. A 1700 - 2500 psig 4 - 20 mA (RC1A-PT1)

IRCPT0018P RC Pressure Ch. B 1700- 2500 psig 4 - 20 mA (RCIA-PT2) 1RCPT0019P RC Pressure Ch. C 1700- 2500 psig 4 -20 mA (RClB-PT1) 1RCPT0020P RC Pressure Ch. D 1700- 2500 psig 4 - 20 mA (RCl B-PT2) 4.11 Existing Output Signals Existing Existing ID Code. , Existing Description Ehxisltange Electrical Destination Physical Range .Range _________

1SA1-6 RP Channel A High Press Trip Binary 145 VDC Statalarm 1SA1-18 RP Channel B High Press Trip Binary 145 VDC Statalarm 1SAl-30 RP Channel C High Press Trip Binary 145 VDC Statalarm 1SAl-42 RP Channel D High Press Trip Binary 145 VDC Statalarm Event ER-1 63* R.P. Channel A Hi Press Trip Binary 125 VDC Recorder R.P. Channel B Hi Press Trip Binary 125 VDC Red ER 172* Recorder Event Binary 125 VDC Red ER 181* R.P. Channel C Hi Press Trip Recorder Event ER-191" R.P. Channel D Hi Press Trip Binary 125 VDC Recorder 1RCPT0017P RP Reactor Coolant System Pressure - Loop A 1700-2500psig 0-10VDC CS (RC1A-PT1) Output to ICS (Channel A- Isolated Output) 1 2 Ig-0_10 VDC _ICS 1RCPT0018P RP Reactor Coolant System Pressure - Loop A 1700 - 2500 psig 0 - 10 VDC CS (RC1A-PT2) Output to ICS (Channel B- Isolated Output) 1020s 0-0D I

Contact Input Open to Alarm

f Page 38 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 4 RPS Function # 4 RCS High Pressure Trip 4.12 Existing Hardwired Computer Points The existing hardwired computer points listed below will be deleted and replaced with equivalent points using computer communications (OPC gateway to OAC). New OAC point IDs and descriptions (including reset/set state messages for binary points) will be issued during detailed modification design. [Note that 01A1688, 01A1689, 01A1690 & 01A1691 remain hardwired (HW), in support of the station Core Thermal Power (CTP) calculation requirements, and will also be available on the Gateway.]

Existing Point ID. Existing Description (ReseiSet statermessages Existing Physical New for binary points) Range Destination 01 D2372 RPS CH A HI PRESS (NOT TRIPPED) Binary Gateway (TRIPPED) 01D2373 RPS CH B HI PRESS (NOT TRIPPED) Binary Gateway (TRIPPED) 01 D2374 RPS CH C HI PRESS (NOT TRIPPED) Binary Gateway (TRIPPED) 01 D2376 RPS CH D HI PRESS (NOT TRIPPED) Binary Gateway (TRIPPED) 01 D2404 RPS CH A RC PRESS (NOT IN TEST) (IN TEST) Binary Gateway*

01D2405 RPS CH B RC PRESS (NOT IN TEST) (IN TEST) Binary Gateway*

01D2406 RPS CH C RC PRESS (NOT IN TEST) (IN TEST) Binary Gateway*

01D2407 RPS CH D RC PRESS (NOT IN TEST) (IN TEST) Binary Gateway*

O1D1246 RPS CH A SD BYPASS HIGH RCS PRESS TRIP Binary Gateway (NOT TRIP) (TRIP)

O1D1248 RPS CH B SD BYPASS HIGH RCS PRESS TRIP Binary Gateway (NOT TRIP) (TRIP)

O1D1249 RPS CH C SD BYPASS HIGH RCS PRESS TRIP Binary Gateway (NOT TRIP) (TRIP)

O1D1250 RPS CH D SD BYPASS HIGH RCS PRESS TRIP Binary Gateway (NOT TRIP) (TRIP)

O1A1688 RC LOOP A NR PRESS 1 (RPS CH A) 1700 - 2500 psig** Gateway/HW O1A1689 RC LOOP A NR PRESS 1 (RPS CH B) 1700 - 2500 psig** Gateway/HW 01A1690 RC LOOP A NR PRESS 1 (RPS CH C) 1700 - 2500 psig** Gateway/HW O1A1691 RC LOOP A NR PRESS 1 (RPS CH D) 1700 - 2500 psig** Gateway/HW

These computer points may be provided by a summary Test Enable (see Section 25.2.3) point with individual pseudo points being created at the OAC.

- The hardwired input signal to the OAC is 0 to 10 VDC, representing 1700 to 2500 psig.

4.13 New Statalarm Panel Changes Statalarm Panel changes are shown in Section 22.

4.14 References See Section 28.

Page 39 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 5 RPS Function # 5 RCS Low Pressure Trip 5.0 RCS Low Pressure Trip 5.1 Existing Automatic Trip Function Description Low RCS Pressure Trip Reactor Coolant System pressure inputs are shared with RPS Function 4.

When any of these signals reach the Low Pressure Trip Setpoint, the associated protective channel bistable is tripped. If two or more protective channel bistables are in the tripped state, a reactor trip is generated.

Tech Specs require reactor trip before 1800 psig (allowable value) to prevent DNB. Actual RPS setpoint is 1810 psig for conservatism.

5.2 Description of Functions Related to Existing Trip Tech Specs requires reactor trip < 1800 psig RCS pressure to prevent power production at low pressures, so that the DNB is maintained greater than or equal to requirements for those design accidents that result in a pressure reduction.

5.3 Existing Shutdown Bypass Function 5.3.1 The Low RCS Pressure Trip is bypassed when each RPS channel is placed in Shutdown Bypass.

5.3.2 See Section 14 for information on existing bypass functions and keyswitches and Section 23 for new TXS bypass functions and keyswitch functions.

5.4 Existing Setpoints for Trip Functions 5.4.1 The Low RCS Pressure Trip setpoint during normal operation is 1810 psig.

5.4.2 With Shutdown Bypass enabled, the Low RCS Pressure Trip is bypassed.

5.4.3 Trip occurs on decreasing RCS Pressure.

5.5 Existing Algorithm Equations for Channel Trip Functions RCS Low Pressure Trip CURRENT ALGORITHM Channel Trip: Pm < PSPpRESS (a) Pm = measured RCS pressure into each RPS channel A (B, C and D).

(b) PSP PRESS " 1810 psig, Low Pressure Reactor Trip setpoint - normal Power Operation.

(c) With Shutdown Bypass enabled, the RCS Low Pressure Trip is bypassed.

Page 40 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 5 RPS Function # 5 RCS Low Pressure Trip Existing Process Parameters for Current Algorithm Paramneter RESET Logical ID3 Description ~Range or ~Value' Units Value Pm Measured Reactor Coolant System Pressure 1700- 2500 NA psig Low RCS Pressure Reactor Trip Setpoint Psp PRESS Tech Spec Allowable Value is >-11 1800 psig. 1810 Manual aul psig pi 5.6 New Algorithm Equations for Channel Trip Functions RCS Low Pressure Trip PROPOSED ALGORITHM Channel Trip: Pm2.Min < PsP PRESS (a) Pm2.Min = RC pressure, 2nd minimum value of RPS Channel A, B, C & D.

(b) PsP PRESS = 1810 psig.

(c) With Shutdown Bypass enabled, the RCS Low Pressure Trip is bypassed.

Process Parameters for New Algorithm Setpoints, coefficients, reset values, and algorithm variables shall be adjustable utilizing software using the TXS Service Unit. When an adjustable parameter can be entered from a GSM screen the GSM screen shall enforce the range limits on the entered value. The stated range limits on calculated values in the table below are the expected ranges of the calculated value and are not meant to imply limits unless otherwise specified.

Logicall DecitinDng/au RESET Units Desciptin Rnge~lue Vallue Pm2.Min Second minimum RCS pressure 1700- 2500 NA psig Trip comparator auto-resets once Low RCS Pressure Reactor Trip Setpoint pressure is PsP PRESS Tech Spec Allowable Value is 2!1800 psig. 1810 above the psig auto-reset value; see OSC-8695 for the auto-reset value.

Page 41 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 5 RPS Function # 5 RCS Low Pressure Trip 5.7 New Design Features 5.7.1 Each RPS instrument channel (A, B, C & D) processes the associated RCS pressure signal value as well as the RCS pressure signal values from the other three RPS instrument channels. For the Low RCS Pressure channel trip, each RPS channel selects the second minimum (2.Min) measured Low pressure value (Pm2.Min) from all four channels. If the value of Pm2.Min falls below the Low RC Pressure trip setpoint (PsP PRESS),

the channel provides a channel trip output signal. If two or more RPS instrument channels are in the tripped state, a reactor trip is generated via the 2/4 reactor trip relay logic. Following a reactor trip, the reactor trip breakers must be reset by the Operator prior to restarting the unit.

5.7.2 This function is manually bypassed when the Shutdown Bypass Keyswitch is placed in Bypass.

5.7.3 Analog Signal Range Limit Monitoring discussion, see Section 25.4.

5.7.4 CHANNEL CHECK discussion, see Section 25.1.

5.8 Safety Classification This function is classified QA Condition 1 (Class 1E).

5.9 Response Time Requirements The response time for the TXS rack/processing equipment shall be 5 185 msec for Function 5.

This time does not include the sensor response time.

5.10 Existing Input Signals Pressure Inputs shared with RPS Function 4.

5.11 Existing Output Signals Existing Existing IDCode Existing Description Physical Electrical Destination R1angge Range 1SA1-2 RP Channel A Low Press Trip Binary 145 VDC Statalarm 1SA1-14 RP Channel B Low Press Trip Binary 145 VDC Statalarm 1SA1-26 RP Channel C Low Press Trip Binary 145 VDC Statalarm 1SAl-38 RP Channel D Low Press Trip Binary 145 VDC Statalarm Event ER-164* R.P. Channel A Lo Press Trip Binary 125 VDC Red Recorder Event Red ER-173* R.P. Channel B Lo Press Trip Binary 125 VDC Recorder Event ER-182* R.P. Channel C Lo Press Trip Binary 125 VDC Red Recorder Event ER-192* R.P. Channel D Lo Press Trip Binary 125 VDC Red Recorder

Contact Input Open to Alarm

Page 42 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 5 RPS Function # 5 RCS Low Pressure Trip 5.12 Existing Hardwired Computer Points The existing hardwired computer points listed below will be deleted and replaced with equivalent points using computer communications (OPC gateway to OAC). New OAC point IDs and descriptions (including reset/set state messages for binary points) will be issued during detailed modification design.

Existing Existing Description (ReseV/Set state messages for Existing Physical New Point ID binary points) Range <Destination 01D2356 RPS CH A LO PRESS (NOT TRIPPED) (TRIPPED) Binary Gateway 01D2357 RPS CH B LO PRESS (NOT TRIPPED) (TRIPPED) Binary Gateway 01D2358 RPS CH C LO PRESS (NOT TRIPPED) (TRIPPED) Binary Gateway 01D2359 RPS CH D LO PRESS (NOT TRIPPED) (TRIPPED) Binary Gateway 5.13 New Statalarm Panel Changes Statalarm Panel changes are shown in Section 22.

5.14 References See Section 28.

Page 43 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 6 RPS Function # 6 RCS Variable Low Pressure Trip 16.0 RCS Variable Low Pressure Trip 6.1 Existing Automatic Trip Function Description RCS Variable Low Pressure Trip (based on RCS Outlet Temperature)

Reactor Coolant System Pressure inputs are shared with RPS Function #4.

Reactor Coolant System Hot Leg Temperature inputs are shared with RPS Function #7.

The pressure trip setpoint is calculated based on the measured Hot Leg Temperature. The measured RCS pressure is an input to the bistable, if the measured RC pressure is below the calculated pressure setpoint, a Trip signal is generated. If two or more protective channels are in the tripped state, a reactor trip is generated.

Technical Specifications requires that the reactor trip before the RCS pressure exceeds the setpoint generated by the curve: RCS Pressure < [(11.14 x THOT) - 4706]. The actual RPS Trip setpoint curve is RCS Pressure < [(11.14 x THOT) - 4696] for conservatism.

6.2 Description of Functions Related to Existing Trip 6.2.1 This Trip prevents DNB by preventing significant production of power should RCS pressure decrease to an unacceptable value for the RCS outlet temperature present, or should THOT increase to an unacceptable value for the RCS pressure present.

6.2.2 This function causes a trip prior to the normal low RCS pressure trip point if THOT remains high, or prior to the normal high THOT trip point if RCS pressure remains low.

6.2.3 Using the formula [(11.14 x THOT) - 4696], the RPS develops a curve for every possible THOT/RCS pressure combination between the low RCS pressure trip value of 1810 psig and the high RCS temperature trip value of 617'F (plant setpoint).

6.2.4 The required Variable Low RCS Pressure/Temp trip setpoint curves are provided in each unit's respective Core Operating Limits Report.

6.3 Existing Shutdown Bypass Function 6.3.1 The Variable Low RCS Pressure Trip is bypassed when each RPS channel is placed in Shutdown Bypass.

6.3.2 See Section 14 for information on existing bypass functions and keyswitches and Section 23 for new TXS bypass functions and keyswitch functions.

Page 44 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 6 RPS Function # 6 RCS Variable Low Pressure Trip 6.4 Existing Setpoints for Trip Functions 6.4.1 The Variable Low RCS Pressure Trip setpoint curve during normal operation is [(11.14 x THOT) - 4696].

6.4.2 The Variable Low RCS Pressure Trip function is bypassed when each RPS channel is placed in Shutdown Bypass.

6.5 - Existing Algorithm Equations for Trip Functions RCS Variable Low Pressure Trip CURRENT ALGORITHM Trri: Pm -5 PVAR = (11.14 x THOTm) - 4696 into each RPS channel A, B, C and D.

Pm = measured RCS pressure into each RPS channel A, B, C, D.

THOTm = measured RCS temperature Ch. A, B, C, D.

PVAR = Variable Low Pressure Trip Setpoint Note: With Shutdown Bypass enabled, the RCS Variable Low Pressure Trip is bypassed Existing Process Parameters for Current Algorithm Pressure Inputs shared with RPS Function 4. Temperature Inputs shared with RPS Function 7.

LogicalID , Description Rang Vale metr Reset Value Units THOTm Hot Leg Temperature (measured) 520 - 620 N/A °F Variable Low Pressure Trip Setpoint PVAR Tech Spec Allowable Value is shown in variable (11.14 x THOTm) - 4696 Manual psig pressure-temperature figure.

Pm Reactor Coolant System Pressure (measured) 1700- 2500 N/A psig

Page 45 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 6 RPS Function # 6 RCS Variable Low Pressure Trip 6.6 New Algorithm Equations for Channel Trip Functions RCS Variable Low Pressure Trip PROPOSED ALGORITHM T Pm < PVAR = [(Kvp x THOTm) - P0]

(a) Pm = measured RCS pressure (b) THOTm = measured RCS temperature (c) Kvp = Constant (see table)

(d) Po = Constant (see table)

(e) PVAR = Variable Low Pressure Trip Setpoint Note: With Shutdown Bypass enabled, the RCS Variable Low Pressure Trip is bypassed Process Parameters for New Algorithm Pressure Inputs are shared with RPS Function 4. Temperature Inputs are shared with RPS Function 7.

Setpoints, coefficients, reset values, and algorithm variables shall be adjustable utilizing software using the TXS Service Unit. When an adjustable parameter can be entered from a GSM screen the GSM screen shall enforce the range limits on the entered value. The stated range limits on calculated values in the table below are the expected ranges of the calculated value and are not meant to imply limits unless otherwise specified.

Logical ID Description Parangetr Reset Value

Units Kwp (settable)Low Pressure constant Variable 11.14 N/A psig/°F Variable Low Pressure constant P_ (settable) 4696.0 N/A psig THOTm Hot Leg Temperature (measured) 520 - 620 N/A °F Trip comparator Variable Low Pressure Trip Setpoint auto-resets at the PVAR Tech Spec Allowable Value is shown in (11.14 X THOTm) - 4696 setpoint value +

hysteresis; see OSC- psig variable pressure-temperature figure. 8695 for the hysteresis value.

Reactor Coolant System Pressure PM (measured) 1700 -2500 N/A psig FUNCTION 6 DISCUSSION - RCS VARIABLE LOW PRESSURE TRIP When the actual measured RCS Pressure Pm is less than or equal to PVAR in two or more RPS instrument channels, a reactor trip shall occur. PVAR is the trip setpoint which is a variable that

Page 46 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 6 RPS Function # 6 RCS Variable Low Pressure Trip relates to Temperature. Note that the diagram below shows the variable low RCS Pressure trip boundary lines as being limited by other trip functions for Low RCS Pressure trip of 1810 psig, High RCS Pressure trip of 2345 psig and High RCS Outlet Temperature of 617°F.

The variable low RCS Pressure trip provides protection against exceeding steady state DNB Limits. RCS Pressure and Temperature conditions are monitored and the reactor is tripped when the equivalent core exit pressure and temperature near a DNB Limit. This trip is equivalent to a floating low pressure trip dependent upon measured core outlet temperature. The range of pressure-temperature conditions for which the variable low RCS Pressure trip function provides DNB protection is limited by the low RCS pressure and the high RCS outlet temperature trip functions. The variable low RCS Pressure trip setpoint is determined via a synthesis of steady-state thermal-hydraulic analyses. The locus of pressure-temperature conditions at which the DNBR limit is violated is calculated for both 3 & 4 RCP operation. The trip setpoint is determined by adjusting the safety limit to account for measurement uncertainty, pressure tap locations and additional safety margins such that:

A combined temperature / pressure function of PVAR < [11.14 x THOTm] - 4706 (Tech Spec Values)

To obtain:

A combined temperature / pressure function of PVAR < [11.14 x THOTm] - 4696 (Plant setpoints)

Page 47 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 6 RPS Function # 6 RCS Variable Low Pressure Trip 2400

. . 2345 - - - - --

2300 RCS 2200------ - - - - - - - - - --- - B Pressure Normal Operating 2100 1/

/

2000 - 617 PSIG /

1900 / PVAR 1800 -

1810 -- - ,-

A 1700 I 540 560 580 600 620 Vessel Outlet Temperature Th VARIABLE PRESSURE-TEMPERATURE 6:'7 New Design Features 6.7.1 Each RPS instrument channel receives its associated RCS Pressure and RCS Hot Leg Temperature input and calculates an RCS Variable Low Pressure function signal based on the algorithm. Each RPS instrument channel also receives the calculated RCS Variable Low Pressure function signals from the other channels. Each channel shall select the 2.Min value of the RCS Variable Low Pressure function signals to determine if a Variable Low Pressure Trip condition exists for that channel. If two or more RPS instrument channels are in the tripped state, a reactor trip is generated via the 2/4 reactor trip relay logic. Following a reactor trip, the reactor trip breakers must be reset by the operator prior to restarting the unit.

6.7.2 This function is manually bypassed when the Shutdown Bypass Keyswitch is placed in Bypass.

6.7.3 Analog Signal Monitoring discussion, see Section 25.4.

6.7.4 CHANNEL CHECK discussion, see Section 25.1.

6.8 Safety Classification This function is classified QA Condition 1 (Class 1 E).

Page 48 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 I RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 6 RPS Function # 6 RCS Variable Low Pressure Trip 6.9 Response Time Requirements 6.9.1 The response time for the TXS rack/processing equipment shall be < 185 msec for pressure change input for Function 6. This time does not include the sensor response time.

6.9.2 The response time for the TXS rack/processing equipment shall be < 425 msec for temperature change input for Function 6.

6.10 Existing Output Signals ID odeExisting Existing IDCode Existing Description Physical Electrical Destination 1SA1-5 RP Channel A Press/Temp Trip Binary 145 VDC Statalarm 1SAl-17 RP Channel B Press/Temp Trip Binary 145 VDC Statalarm 1SAl-29 RP Channel C Press/Temp Trip Binary 145 VDC Statalarm 1SAl-41 RP Channel D Press/Temp Trip Binary 145 VDC Statalarm ER-165* R.P. Channel A Press./Temp Ratio Trip Binary 125 VDC Event Recorder ER-174* R.P. Channel B Press/Temp Ratio Trip Binary 125 VDC Event Recorder ER-183* R.P. Channel C Press/Temp Ratio Trip Binary 125 VDC Event Recorder ER-193" R.P. Channel D Press/Temp Ratio Trip Binary 125 VDC Event Recorder

Contact Input Open to Alarm 6.11 Existing Hardwired Computer Points The existing hardwired computer points listed below will be deleted and replaced with equivalent points using computer communications (OPC gateway to OAC). New OAC point IDs and descriptions (including reset/set state messages for binary points) will be issued during detailed modification design.

Existing Existing Description (Reset/Se~tstate miessages for Existingw e Physical Nw Po.RintID~ Ibinary points) Destination 01 D2377 RPS CH A PRESS/TEMP (NOT TRIPPED) Binary Gateway (TRIPPED) 01 D2378 RPS CH B PRESS/TEMP (NOT TRIPPED) Binary Gateway (TRIPPED) 01 D2379 RPS CH C PRESS/TEMP (NOT TRIPPED) Binary Gateway (TRIPPED) 01 D2380 RPS CH D PRESS/TEMP (NOT TRIPPED) Binary Gateway (TRIPPED) 6.12 New Statalarm Panel Changes Statalarm Panel changes are shown in Section 22.

6.13 References See Section 28.

Page 49 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 7 RPS Function # 7 RCS High Outlet Temperature Trip 17.0 RCS High Outlet Temperature Trip 7.1 Existing Automatic Trip Function Description RCS High Outlet Temperature Trip Reactor Coolant System Hot Leg Temperature inputs are shared with RPS Function #6.

Reactor Coolant System Hot Leg temperature RTD elements 1RCRD0001A, 2B, 3A and 4B provide Reactor Coolant Hot Leg Temperature inputs to the RPS. When any of these signals reach the High Temperature Trip Setpoint, the associated protective channel bistable is tripped.

If two or more protective channel bistables are in the tripped state, a reactor trip is generated.

Tech Specs require that the reactor trip before 618'F (allowable value). Actual RPS trip setpoint is at 617°F for conservatism.

7.2 Description of Functions Related to Existing Trip 7.2.1 The RCS High Outlet Temperature trip, in conjunction with the RCS Low Pressure and RCS Variable Low Pressure trips, provides protection for the DNBR Safety Limits. A trip is initiated whenever the reactor vessel outlet temperature approaches the conditions necessary for DNB. Portions of each RCS High Outlet Temperature trip channel are common with the RCS Variable Low Pressure trip. The RCS High Outlet Temperature trip provides steady state protection for the DNBR Safety Limit.

7.2.2 The RCS High Outlet Temperature trip sets the maximum RCS outlet temperature at which the reactor can operate before exceeding steady state or transient DNB limits. The trip setpoint Allowable Value is selected to ensure that a trip occurs before hot leg temperatures reach the point beyond which the RCS Low Pressure and Variable Low Pressure trips are analyzed.

7.3 Existing Shutdown Bypass Function 7.3.1 The RCS High Outlet Temperature Trip setpoint is NOT bypassed when each RPS channel is placed in Shutdown Bypass.

7.3.2 See Section 14 for information on existing bypass functions and keyswitches and Section 23 for new TXS bypass functions and keyswitches.

7.4 Existing Setpoints for Trip Functions 7.4.1 The RCS High Outlet Temperature setpoint during normal operation is 6177F.

7.4.2 This function is not bypassed when the Shutdown Bypass Keyswitch is placed in Bypass.

7.4.3 Trip actuates on Increasing Reactor Coolant System Hot Leg Temperature.

Page 50 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 7 RPS Function # 7 RCS High Outlet Temperature Trip 7.5 Existing Algorithm Equations for Channel Trip Functions RCS High Outlet Temperature Trip CURRENT ALGORITHM TriD: THOTm - Tsp TEMP (a) THOTm = measured RCS Temperature into each RPS channel A, B, C and D.

(b) Tsp TEMP = 617 -F setpoint.

Existing Process Parameters for Current Algorithm Parameter RESET~

LogicaliID Description Range or, Valu~e Units K Value THOTm Hot Leg Temperature (measured) 520 - 620 NA 'F manual reset once °F TSPTEMP High Temperature Reactor Trip Setpoint 617 temperature is below setpoint 7.6 New Algorithm Equations for Channel Trip Functions.

RCS High Outlet Temperature Trip PROPOSED ALGORITHM Ti:THOTm2.Max -- Tsp TEMP (a) THOTm2.Max = RC temperature, 2nd maximum value of temperature from RPS channel A, B, C and D.

(b) TSp TEMP -- 617 *F.

Process Parameters for New Algorithm Setpoints, coefficients, reset values, and algorithm variables shall be adjustable utilizing software using the TXS Service Unit. When an adjustable parameter can be entered from a GSM screen the GSM screen shall enforce the range limits on the entered value. The stated range limits on calculated values in the table below are the expected ranges of the calculated value and are not meant to imply limits unless otherwise specified.

Parameter RESET Logical ID Description Rag rVleUnits Value THOT~ . Second maximum Hot Leg 520 - 620 NA 'F Temperature Trip comparator auto-resets once High Temperature Reactor Trip temperature is Tsp TEMP Setpoint 617 below the auto- oF Tech Spec Allowable Value is < 618'F. resetvalue; see OSC-8695 for the auto-reset value.

Page 51 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 7 RPS Function # 7 RCS High Outlet Temperature Trip 7.7 New Design Features 7.7.1 New TXS system temperature transmitter converts standard 100-ohm platinum RTD resistance input into 4 - 20 mADC input to the TXS analog input channel. TXS scaling software shall be capable of adjusting the scaling of the standard 100-ohm platinum RTD input values to represent the actual RCS THOT RTD resistance curve for each channel.

7.7.2 Each RPS instrument channel (A, B, C & D) processes the associated Hot Leg Outlet Temperature (THOTm) signal value as well as the THOT signal values from the other three instrument channels. For the RCS Outlet Temperature channel trip, each RPS channel selects the second maximum (2.Max) THOT Value from all four channels (THOTm2.Max). If the value of THOTm2.Max is greater than or equal to 617'F (Tsp TEMP), the channel provides a channel trip output signal. If two or more RPS instrument channels are in the tripped state, a reactor trip is generated via the 2/4 reactor trip relay logic. Following a reactor trip, the reactor trip breakers must be reset by the operator prior to restarting the unit.

7.7.3 With Shutdown Bypass enabled, there is no effect to the RCS Hot Leg Outlet Temperature Trip function, since the setpoint comparator is not bypassed via the S/D bypass keyswitch. It remains active and armed.

7.7.4 Analog Signal Monitoring discussion, see Section 25.4.

7.7.5 CHANNEL CHECK discussion, see Section 25.1.

7.8 Safety Classification This function is classified QA Condition 1 (Class 1 E).

Page 52 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 7 RPS Function # 7 RCS High Outlet Temperature Trip 7.9 Response Time Requirements The response time for the TXS rack/processing equipment shall be < 425 msec for Function 7.

This time does not include the sensor response time.

7.10 Existing Input Signals RC THOT Temperature Inputs are shared with Function 6.

ID.Descriptio.n Code.

. . .. ... .. Physical Range ElectricalRange 1RCRD0001A RC Hot Leg A Temperature Ch. A 520 - 620 *F RTD 204 to 2240*

1RCRD0002B RC Hot Leg A Temperature Ch. B 520 - 620 TF RTD 204 to 2240*

1 RCRD0003A RC Hot Leg B Temperature Ch. C 520 - 620 *F RTD 204 to 2240*

1RCRD0004B RC Hot Leg B Temperature Ch. D 520 - 620 'F RTD 204 to 2240*

Approximate values. The specific resistance/temperature data for each RTD serial number/ID will be provided in OSC-8695 Unit 1 Software Parameters Calculation.

7.11 Existing Output Signals Existing . Existing ID Code Existing Description Physical ElectricalH Destination' Range Range.

1SA1-4 RP Channel A High Temp Trip Binary 145 VDC Statalarm 1SA1-16 RP Channel B High Temp Trip Binary 145 VDC Statalarm 1SA1-28 RP Channel C High Temp.Trip Binary 145 VDC Statalarm ISA1 -40 RP Channel D High Temp Trip Binary 145 VDC Statalarm Event R.P. Channel A Hi Temp Trip Binary 125 VDC Red ER-166*

Recorder R.P. Channel B Hi Temp Trip Binary 125 VDC Red ER-175* Recorder Event ER-184" R.P. Channel C Hi Temp Trip Binary 125 VDC Evn Event Recorder ER-194* R.P. Channel D Hi Temp Trip Binary 125 VDC Red Recorder

Contact Input Open to Alarm

Page 53 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 7 RPS Function # 7 RCS High Outlet Temperature Trip 7.12 Existing Hardwired Computer Points The existing hardwired computer points listed below will be deleted and replaced with equivalent points using computer communications (OPC gateway to OAC). New OAC point IDs and descriptions (including reset/set state messages for binary points) will be issued during detailed modification design. [Note that G1A1692, G1A1693, 01A1694 & O1A1695 remain hardwired (HW), in support of the station Core Thermal Power (CTP) calculation requirements and will also be available on the Gateway.]

Existing Existing Description (Reset/Set state Existing Physical. New Point ID , messages for binary pIoints): Range Destination O1D2368 RPS CH A HI TEMP (NOT TRIPPED) Binary Gateway (TRIPPED)

G1D2369 RPS OH B HI TEMP (NOT TRIPPED) Binary Gateway (TRIPPED) 01D2370 RPS CH C HI(TRIPPED)

TEMP (NOT TRIPPED) Binary Gateway 01D2371 RPS CH D HI TEMP (NOT TRIPPED) Binary Gateway (TRIPPED)

GO1D2400 RPS CH A RC TEMP (NOT IN TEST) (IN OlD240 TEST) Binary Gateway*

O1D2401 RPS CH B RC TEMP (NOT IN TEST) (IN Binary Gateway*

TEST)

O1D2402 RPS CH C RC TEMP (NOT IN TEST) (IN Binary Gateway*

TEST)

G1D2403 RPS CH D RC TEMP (NOT IN TEST) (IN Binary Gateway*

TEST)

OGA1692 RPS CH A HOT LEG A TEMP 520 - 620 *F** Gateway/HW*

01A1693 RPS CH B HOT LEG A TEMP 520 - 620 oF** Gateway/HW*

G1A1694 RPS CH C HOT LEG B TEMP 520 - 620 *F** Gateway/HW*

OGA1695 RPS CH D HOT LEG B TEMP 520 - 620 *F** Gateway/HW*

These computer points may be provided by a summary Test Enable (see Section 25.2.3) point with individual pseudo points being created at the OAC.

- The existing hardwired input signal to the OAC is 0 to 100 mVDC, representing 520 to 620'F.

These inputs will be changed to 0 to 10 VDC per EC0000090482.

7.13 New Statalarm Panel Changes Statalarm Panel changes are shown in Section 22.

7.14 References See Section 28.

Page 54 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 8 RPS Function # 8 Reactor Building High Pressure Trip 18.0 Reactor Building High Pressure Trip 8.1 Existing Automatic Trip Function Description Reactor Building High Pressure Channel Trip Reactor Building High pressure is monitored by four Reactor Building pressure switches 1BSPS0065, 0066, 0067 and 0068, which provide inputs to the RPS protective channels A, B, C and D respectively. The normally closed contact is wired to the RPS Channels and the switches open on increasing RB pressure.

When any of these signals reach the High Pressure Trip Setpoint, the associated protective channel bistable is tripped. If two or more protective channel bistables are in the tripped state, a reactor trip is generated.

Tech Specs require that the reactor trip before 4 psig (allowable value). Actual RPS trip setpoint is 3.5 psig for conservatism.

8.2 Description of Functions Related to Trip The Reactor Building High Pressure trip provides an early indication of a high energy line break (HELB) inside the RB. By detecting changes in the RB pressure, the RPS can provide a reactor trip before the other system parameters have varied significantly. Thus, this trip acts to minimize accident consequences. It also provides a backup for RPS trip instruments exposed to an RB HELB environment. (Ref. OSS-0254.00-00-2002) 8.3 Existing Shutdown Bypass Function 8.3.1 The Reactor Building High Pressure Trip is NOT automatically bypassed when the RPS channel is placed in Shutdown Bypass.

8.3.2 See Section 14 for information on existing bypass functions and keyswitches and Section 23 for new TXS bypass functions and keyswitch functions.

8.4 Existing Setpoints for Trip Functions 8.4.1 The Reactor Building High Pressure Trip is a contact input from field mounted pressure switches.

8.4.2 The Reactor Building High Pressure Trip is NOT bypassed when each RPS channel is placed in Shutdown Bypass via the S/D keyswitch.

8.4.3 Deleted

Page 55 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 8 RPS Function # 8 Reactor Building High Pressure Trip 8.5 Existing Algorithm Equations for Channel Trip Functions Reactor Building High Pressure Trip CURRENT ALGORITHM Trip PSRB PRESS = open contact (a) PS RB PRESS = open contact from Reactor Building Pressure Switches in each RPS channel A, B, C & D.

(b) Two or more channel bistables tripped = Reactor Trip.

(c) No automatic Shutdown Bypass features.

Reactor Building High Pressure Trip PROPOSED ALGORITHM Trip: PSRB PRESS --2 out of 4 open contact signals (a) PSRB PRESS = open contact from Reactor Building Pressure Switches in each RPS channel A, B, C & D.

(b) Two or more channels tripped = Reactor Trip.

(c) No automatic Shutdown Bypass features.

8.6 Processing Parameters for Algorithm Logical ID [Description j ,Value -Units PSRB PRESS Reactor Building Pressure switch contact input Binary Open contact input 8.7 New Design Features 8.7.1 The TXS RPS system uses a 2 out of 4 logic scheme on contact only signals. The 2/4 logic scheme is slightly different from the existing design, since a failed pressure switch will not cause a channel trip. The 2/4 logic within each RPS looks for a second open contact from the other field devices to initiate a channel trip. This logic eliminates a single failure from tripping an RPS channel and will only provide a reactor trip when there is valid Reactor Building High Pressure (2 out of 4). A single open contact will be annunciated via the respective channel's Trouble Statalarm and via the OAC computer.

Following a reactor trip, the reactor trip breakers must be reset by the operator prior to restarting the unit.

8.7.2 This function is not bypassed when the Shutdown Bypass Keyswitch is placed in Bypass.

8.7.3 Deleted 8.7.4 CHANNEL CHECK discussion, see Section 25.1.

Page 56 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 8 RPS Function # 8 Reactor Building High Pressure Trip 8.8 Safety Classification This function is classified QA Condition 1 (Class 1E).

8.9 Response Time Requirements The response time for the TXS rack/processing equipment shall be !- 150 msec for Function 8.

This time does not include the sensor response time.

8.10 Existing Input Signals (contact inputs wetted by RPS - 120 VAC)

ID Code Description Physical RangeEectriclRang Contact inputs 1BSPS0065 RB Pressure Switch Channel A (RB Pressure High / open contact /

RB Pressure Not-High) closed contact Contact input 1BSPS0066 RB Pressure Switch Channel B (RB Pressure High / open contact /

RB Pressure Not-High) closed contact Contact input 1BSPS0067 RB Pressure Switch Channel C (RB Pressure High / open contact /

RB Pressure Not-High) closed contact 1BSPS0068 Contact input RB Pressure Switch Channel D (RB Pressure High / open contact /

RB Pressure Not-High) closed contact 8.11 Existing Output Signals Existinig Existing ID Code Existing Description Physical, Electrical Destination

-- -Range Range 1SA1-9 RP Channel A R.B. High Press Trip Binary 145 VDC Statalarm 1SA1-21 RP Channel B R.B. High Press Trp Binary 145 VDC Statalarm 1SA1-33 RP Channel C R.B. High Press Trip Binary 145 VDC Statalarm 1SA1-45 RP Channel D R.B. High Press Trip Binary 145 VDC Statalarm ER-167* R.P. Channel A Hi RB Press Trip Binary 125 VDC Event Recorder ER-176* R.P. Channel B Hi RB Press Trip Binary 125 VDC Event Recorder ER-185* R.P. Channel C Hi RB Press Trip Binary 125 VDC Event Recorder ER-195" R.P. Channel D Hi RB Press Trip Binary 125 VDC Event Recorder

Contact Input Open to Alarm

Page 57 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 8 RPS Function # 8 Reactor Building High Pressure Trip 8.12 Existing Hardwired Computer Points The existing hardwired computer points listed below will be deleted and replaced with equivalent points using computer communications (OPC gateway to OAC). New OAC point IDs and descriptions (including reset/set state messages for binary points) will be issued during detailed modification design.

Existing Existing Description (ResetSet state Existing New Point ID messages for binary points) ~ Physical Range Destination 0101451 RPS CH A HI RB PRESS (NOT TRIPPED)

(TRIPPED) Binary Gateway O1D1452 RPS CH B HI RB PRESS (NOT TRIPPED) Binary Gateway (TRIPPED)

O1D1453 RPS CH C HI RB PRESS (NOT TRIPPED) Binary Gateway (TRIPPED)

O1D1454 RPS CH D HI RB PRESS (NOT TRIPPED) Binary Gateway (TRIPPED)

O1D1455 RPS CH A HI RB PRESS (NOT IN TEST) (IN Binary Gateway*

TEST)

O1D1456 RPS CH B HI RB PRESS (NOT IN TEST) (IN Binary Gateway*

TEST) 0101457 RPS CH C HI RB PRESS (NOT IN TEST) (IN TEST) Binary Gateway*

O1D1458 RPS CH-D HI RB PRESS (NOT IN TEST) (IN Binary Gateway*

TEST) Bina__y _ Gateway*

I nese computer points may be providea by a summary i est Enable (see Section 25.2.3) point with individual pseudo points being created at the OAC.

8.13 New Statalarm Panel Changes Statalarm Panel changes are shown in Section 22.

8.14 References See Section 28.

Page 58 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 9 RPS Function # 9 Loss of Both Main Feedwater Pumps Trip 19.0 Loss of Both Main Feedwater Pumps Trip 9.1 Existing Automatic Trip Function Description Loss of Both Main Feedwater Pumps Reactor Power (Flux) inputs are shared with RPS Function #1.

An Anticipatory Reactor Trip shall be generated by the RPS in the event of a trip of both Main Feedwater Pump Turbines (MFWPTs). This trip limits the extent of overheating of the Reactor Coolant System, which could occur following a loss of both Main Feedwater Pumps.

The trip is required to be automatically armed at > 2% RTP (allowable value); actual trip enabling setpoint is 1.75% RTP for conservatism. The trip is automatically blocked when RTP is < 0.5%

RTP.

The RPS receives contact inputs from the pressure switches that monitor the turbine hydraulic oil pressure of both MFWPTs. The Technical Specifications require that the pressure switches trip at

< 75 psig (allowable value). The current plant setpoint for this trip is< 85 psig. Each MFWPT has four hydraulic oil pressure switches; one for each RPS channel A, B, C and D, for a total of 8 inputs. The switch inputs from both MFWPTs are arranged so that a Trip of both MFWPTs produces a trip from that RPS channel. When any two or more RPS channels sense loss of hydraulic oil pressure, indicating both MFWPTs are tripped, a Reactor Trip is initiated.

9.2 Description of Functions Related to Existing Trip and Automatic Bypass The loss of both Main Feedwater Pump Turbines (Hydraulic Oil Pressure) sensed by two or more RPS channels initiates a Reactor Trip at high power levels. The trip provides an early reactor trip in anticipation of the loss of heat sink associated with the loss of main feedwater pumps. This trip was added in accordance with NUREG-0737 following the Three Mile Island Unit 2 accident.

This trip provides a reactor trip at high power levels for a loss of both main feedwater pumps to minimize challenges to the Power Operated Relief Valve (PORV).

While most trip functions have separate annunciators for each RPS channel, the Main Feedwater pump turbine trip function uses a common annunciator for all four channels ("FWPT/Reactor Trip P.S. Alert" - P.S. stands for "pressure switch"). This Annunciator is alarmed if either main feedwater pump turbine A AND/OR B is tripped in any channel. This Annunciator is NOT blocked by the Bypass function (NI below 0.5% RTP).

The Main Feedwater Pump Turbine trip function is blocked on power decrease at 0.5% RTP and the "FWPT/Reactor Channel Trip Bypass" annunciator is alarmed. "This annunciator is also shared by all four channels. In the current design, this annunciator will alarm when the first channel NI is below 0.5% RTP during a power decrease, however the reactor trip function is not truly disabled at this point, since the other three channels are still capable of performing the required reactor trip function (2/4 logic). Effectively, three channels must be at or below 0.5%

RTP during a power decrease for the FWPT reactor trip function to actually be bypassed.

Page 59 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 9 RPS Function # 9 Loss of Both Main Feedwater Pumps Trip 9.3 Existing Shutdown Bypass Function 9.3.1 The Loss of Both Main Feedwater Pumps Trip is NOT bypassed when the RPS channel is placed in Shutdown Bypass via the keyswitch. As noted above, this trip is automatically bypassed on decreasing power at 0.5% RTP.

9.3.2 See Section 14 for information on existing bypass functions and keyswitches and Section 23 for new TXS bypass functions and keyswitch functions.

9.4 Existing Setpoints for Trip Functions 9.4.1 The Trip of Both Main Feedwater Pump Turbines are contact inputs from field mounted pressure switches.

9.4.2 The Main Feedwater Pump Trip is automatically enabled when reactor power is at or above 1.75% power.

9.4.3 The Main Feedwater Pump Trip is automatically bypassed when reactor power is decreasing less than or equal to 0.5% power.

9.5 Existing Algorithm Equations for Channel Trip Functions Reactor power (RTP) inputs are shared with RPS Function #1.

Loss of Main Feedwater Pumps Trip CURRENT ALGORITHM Channel Trip: [(PSMFPTA = open contact) AND (PSMFPTB = open contact)]

AND 4rm > ýSP FLUX(ENABLE)

Automatic Trip Bypass: 1m < 1psP FLUX(BYPASS)

(a) PSMFPTA = contact input from MFWP turbine A into RPS channel A, B, C and D.

(b) PSMFPTB = contact input from MFWP turbine B into RPS channel A, B, C and D.

= measured total flux (RTP%) in each RPS channel A, B, C and D.

(d)Osp FLUX(ENABLE) = 1.75% RTP (Adjustable), Enables Reactor Trip function on increasing power.

(q)Osp FLUX(BYPASS) = 0.5% RTP (Adjustable), Bypasses Reactor Trip function on decreasing power.

Page 60 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 9 RPS Function # 9 Loss of Both Main Feedwater Pumps Trip Existing Process Parameters for Current Algorithm Parameter RET Logical ID Description Range or UntRESET U

Value Value PSMFPTA Contact input from MEW PT A pressure contact open MFNAtrppdIntA switch to Channel A,B,C,D of the RPS contact closed N tripped/no MFWPT B contact open / NArp tripped t PSMFPTB Contact input from MFWPT B pressure switch to Channel A,BC,D of the RPS contact closed NA tripped / not Measured Total Flux (% Rated Thermal 0-125 NA %RTP Power)

Automatically Enables the reactor Trip Auto reset

sP FLUX(ENABLE) function on increasing reactor power (Enabled) when reactor power is at or above 1.75 once power is at or below 0.5.

the setpoint See below.

Automatically Bypasses the reactor Trip Auto reset function (Blocked) when reactor power 0.5 at or above % RTP

+SP FLUX(BYPASS) decreases to or below the setpoint (This is a 1.5 See reset value) 1.75. See I above.

9.6 New Algorithm Equations for Channel Trip Functions Loss of Main Feedwater Pumps Trip PROPOSED ALGORITHM TriD: [> 2/4 (PSMFPTA = open contact signals) AND

> 2/4 (PSMFPTB = open contact signals)] AND 0m2.Max 2! OSP FLUX(ENABL5)

Automatic Trip Bypass: Om2.Max < OSP FLUX(BYPASS)

(a) PSMFPTA = contact input signals from MFWP turbine A into RPS channel A, B, C and D.

(b) PSMFPTB = contact input signals from MFWP turbine B into RPS channel A, B, C and D.

(c) om2.Ma. = total flux (% RTP); 2 nd maximum value of Channel A, B, C, D.

(d.)OSP FLUX(ENABLE) = 1.75% RTP (Adjustable); Enables Reactor Trip function on increasing power.

(q)(sP FLUX(BYPASS) (See OSC-8695 for value) (Adjustable); this is the Reset value of the trip Enable comparator for 4 SP FLUX (ENABLE). Bypasses the reactor trip function on decreasing power.

Page 61 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 9 RPS Function # 9 Loss of Both Main Feedwater Pumps Trip Process Parameters for New Algorithm Setpoints, coefficients, reset values, and algorithm variables shall be adjustable utilizing software using the TXS Service Unit. When an adjustable parameter can be entered from a GSM screen the GSM screen shall enforce the range limits on the entered value. The stated range limits on calculated values in the table below are the expected ranges of the calculated value and are not meant to imply limits unless otherwise specified.

LogicalI D Description Parameter RVane RESET Value Units;,

MFWPT rpet A Contact input from MFWPT A pressure switches contact open NA PSMFPTA to Channel A,B,C,D of the RPS contact closed NA tripped / not tripped MFWPT rpet B Contact input from MFWPT B pressure switches contact open NA PSMFPTB to Channel A,B,C,D of the RPS contact closed NA tripped / not tripped trn2.Max Second maximum total flux value 0 to 125 NA % RTP Trip comparator auto-resets once power is Automatically enables the reactor Trip function below the auto-

SP FLUX(ENABLE) on Increasing Reactor Power at or above the 1.75 reset value; see % RTP enable value. OSC-8695 for the auto-reset value.

Automatically bypasses the reactor Trip function See OSC-8695 for

SP FLUX(BYPASS) on decreasing Reactor Power at or below the value. NA % RTP value. (This is the reset value for 4sp FLUX(ENABLE)).

9.7 New Design Features 9.7.1 Each RPS instrument channel (A, B, C & D) monitors the associated reactor power (rnm) signal value as well as the reactor power signals from the other three instrument channels. Each RPS instrument channel selects the second maximum (2.Max) measured reactor power value (Om2.Max) from all four channels. On increasing reactor power, if the 4

value of 1m2.Max is equal to or greater than SP FLUX(ENABLE), the Loss of Both Main Feedwater Pump Turbine Reactor Trip function is enabled in that RPS instrument channel.

9.7.2 Each RPS instrument channel A, B, C & D monitors both MFWPT A and B hydraulic oil pressure switch contact inputs. The status of these eight (8) contact inputs is shared between channels over fiber optic communication links. If the reactor trip function is enabled (as discussed in 9.7.1 above) and both FWPTs are tripped, as indicated by 2/4 FWPT A AND 2/4 FWPT B hydraulic oil pressure switch contacts open, then that RPS instrument channel produces a trip signal. If two or more RPS instrument channels are in the tripped state, a reactor trip is generated via the 2/4 reactor trip relay logic. Following a reactor trip, the reactor trip breakers must be reset by the operator prior to restarting the unit.

Page 62 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 9 RPS Function # 9 Loss of Both Main Feedwater Pumps Trip 9.7.3 On decreasing reactor power, the reactor power comparator using the 2.Max NI signal shall reset whenever the 2.Max signal is at or below the reset value, ýsp FLUX(BYPASS) (see OSC-8695 for the reset value). With 4 channels operable, this effectively results in the FWPT trip function being Bypassed when 3 or more channels are at or below the reset value, $sP FLUX(BYPASS). If one channel is in Manual Bypass via the channel bypass switch, the FWPT trip function is effectively bypassed during power decrease whenever 2 of the remaining 3 channels are at or below the reset value, ýsP FLUX(BYPASS)-

9.7.4 The Main Feedwater pump trip function uses a common annunciator for all four channels

("FWPT/Reactor Trip P.S. Alert", this alarm will be moved from 1SA18 to 1SA5, see Section 22). The annunciator is alarmed when 2/4 pressure switch contacts are open on FWPT 'A' AND/OR when 2/4 pressure switch contacts are open on FWPT 'B'. This alarm is NOT blocked by the Bypass function (2.MAX NI signal at or below the reset value, +sP FLUX(BYPASS)).

9.7.5 The "FWPT/Reactor Trip Bypass" annunciator is also shared by all four channels. This annunciator shall alarm whenever the FWPT reactor trip function is NOT enabled, i.e.,

(m2.Max is -- +SP FLUX(BYPASS). (Note that the sP FLUX(BYPASS) value is simply the Reset value of the +sp FLUX(ENABLE) comparator.) With all four channels operable, at least three channels must be below the Bypass value before the FWPT/reactor trip function is disabled and the Bypass Annunciator is alarmed. The Bypass alarm will therefore only be received when the trip function is actually bypassed - this is an improvement over the original design (see section 9.2).

9.7.6 Deleted 9.7.7 Deleted 9.7.8 The Loss of Both Main Feedwater Pump Turbine Reactor Trip function is NOT bypassed when the RPS channel is placed in Shutdown bypass via the keyswitch. This trip is automatically bypassed on decreasing power at < +sP FLUX(BYPASS) (same as existing system).

9.7.9 Deleted 9.8 Safety Classification This function is classified QA Condition 1 (Class 1E).

Page 63 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 9 RPS Function # 9 Loss of Both Main Feedwater Pumps Trip 9.9 Response Time Requirements The response time for the TXS rack/processing equipment will be < 500 msec for Function 9.

This time does not include the sensor response time. (Note - No response time is required by the RPS Equipment Specification for this function. The safety analyses do not credit reactof trip on a loss of both Main Feedwater Pumps Trip. The value above is established to provide acceptance criteria for testing of the new system.)

9.10 Existing / New Input Signals (contact inputs wetted by RPS, 120 VAC)

ID Code Description . 7Physical Ran'ge ElectricalzRanIge:.

I RPSPS0400 MFWPT A to RPS A Contact input (MFWPT A tripped / open contact /

MFWPT A not-tripped) closed contact 1RPSPS0401 MFWPT A to RPS B Contact input (MFWPT A tripped / open contact /

MFWPT A not-tripped) closed contact 1RPSPS0402 MFWPT A to RPS C Contact input (MFWPT A tripped / open contact /

MFWPT A not-tripped) closed contact 1RPSPS0403 MFWPT A to RPS D Contact input (MFWPT A tripped / open contact I MFWPT A not-tripped) closed contact 1RPSPS0404 MFWPT B to RPS A Contact input (MFWPT B tripped / open contact /

MFWPT B not-tripped) closed contact 1 RPSPS0405 MFWPT B to RPS B Contact input (MFWPT B tripped / open contact /

MFWPT B not-tripped) closed contact 1RPSPS0406 MFWPT B to RPS C Contact input (MFWPT B tripped / open contact /

MFWPT B not-tripped) closed contact 1RPSPS0407 MFWPT B to RPS D Contact input (MFWPT B tripped / open contact /

MFWPT B not-tripped) closed contact 9.11 Existing Output Signals Existing Existing IDCode . Existing Description Physical Electrical Destination SRange Range' 1SA18-19 (Note 1) RPS FWPT/Reactor Trip P.S. Alert Binary 145 VDC Statalarm (Common to all 4 Channels) 1SA18-20 (Note 1) RPS FWPT/Reactor Channel Trip Bypass Binary 145 VDC Statalarm (Common to all 4 Channels)

ER-383* R.P. Ch. A MFP Trip Binary 125 VDC Event Recorder ER-385* R.P. Ch. B MFP Trip Binary 125 VDC Event Recorder ER-387* R.P. Ch. C MFP Trip Binary 125 VDC Event Recorder ER-389* R.P. Ch. D MFP Trip Binary 125 VDC Event Recorder Note 1 these existing Statalarms will be moved as indicated in Section 22.

Contact Input Open to Alarm, also Event Recorder points are automatically bypassed when Main Feedwater Pump Trip is bypassed.

Page 64 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 9 RPS Function # 9 Loss of Both Main Feedwater Pumps Trip 9.12 Existing Hardwired Computer Points The existing hardwired computer points listed below will be deleted and replaced with equivalent points using computer communications (OPC gateway to OAC). New OAC point IDs and descriptions (including reset/set state messages for binary points) will be issued during detailed modification design.

Existing Existing Description (Reset/Set state Existing New Point ID messages for binary points) Physical Range Destination 01D2347 FWPT / REACTOR CH A (NOT Binary Gateway TRIPPED) (TRIPPED) 01 D2348 FWPT / REACTOR CH B (NOT Binary Gateway TRIPPED) (TRIPPED) 01 D2349 FWPT / REACTOR CH C (NOT Binary Gateway TRIPPED) (TRIPPED) 01D2350 FWPT / REACTOR TRIPPED) CH D (NOT (TRIPPED) Binary Gateway 01 D2140 FWPT / REACTOR CH A (NOT Binary Gateway BYPASS) (BYPASS) BinayGaewa 01D2141 FWPT / REACTOR CH B (NOT Binary Gateway BYPASS) (BYPASS) 01D2142 FWPT / REACTOR CH C (NOT Binary Gateway BYPASS) (BYPASS) 01D2143 FWPT / REACTOR CH D (NOT Binary Gateway O1__D21_3 BYPASS) (BYPASS) 9.13 New Statalarm Panel Changes Statalarm Panel changes are shown in Section 22.

9.14 References See Section 28.

Page 65 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 10 RPS Function # 10 Main Turbine Trip 10.0 Main Turbine Trip 10.1 Existing Automatic Trip Function Description Main Turbine Trip Reactor power (% RTP) inputs are shared with RPS Function #1.

An Anticipatory Reactor Trip shall be generated by the RPS in the event of a trip of the Main Turbine (loss of Hydraulic Fluid Pressure). This trip is activated at higher power levels. This prevents challenging the High RCS Pressure Trip. The trip is enabled at> 30.0% RTP (allowable value); actual setpoint is 29.75 % RTP for conservatism. The trip is automatically inhibited on decreasing reactor power at - 27.75 % RTP.

The RPS receives contact inputs from the pressure switches that monitor the Main Turbine Hydraulic Fluid pressure. The Main Turbine has four hydraulic fluid pressure switches: one for each RPS channel, A, B, C & D. When any two or more RPS channels sense the Main Turbine is tripped, a reactor trip is initiated.

10.2 Description of Functions Related to Existing Trip, and Automatic Bypass 10.2.1 The Main Turbine hydraulic fluid pressure switches have Normally Open contacts held closed by the hydraulic fluid system pressure. The switches open on loss of hydraulic fluid pressure on decreasing pressure. The Technical Specification requires a reactor trip at < 800 psig (allowable value). The current plant setpoint for this trip is -850 psig.

10.2.2 The trip lowers the probability of an RCS Power Operated Relief Valve (PORV) actuation for turbine trip cases.

10.2.3 While most trip functions have separate annunciators for each RPS channel, the Main Turbine trip function uses a common annunciator for all four channels

("Gen. Turb/Reactor Trip P.S. Alert"). This annunciator is alarmed if the hydraulic fluid pressure switch contact to any channel opens to indicate a main turbine trip. This annunciator is NOT blocked by the Bypass function (NI below 27.75%% RTP).

10.2.4 The Main Turbine Trip/Reactor Trip function is automatically blocked on power decrease at 27.75% RTP and the "Gen. Turb/Reactor Trip Channel Bypass" annunciator is alarmed. This annunciator is also shared by all four channels. In the current design, this annunciator will alarm when the first channel NI is below 27.75% RTP during a power decrease, however the reactor trip function is not truly disabled at this point, since the other three channels are still capable of performing the required reactor trip function (2/4 logic). Effectively, three channels must be at or below 27.75% RTP during a power decrease for the Main Turbine reactor trip function to actually be bypassed.

Page 66 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 10 RPS Function # 10 Main Turbine Trip 10.3 Existing Shutdown Bypass Function 10.3.1 The Main Turbine Trip is NOT bypassed when the RPS channel is placed in Shutdown Bypass. As noted above, this trip is automatically bypassed on decreasing power at 27.75% RTP.

10.3.2 See Section 14 for information on existing bypass functions and keyswitches and Section 23 for new TXS bypass functions and keyswitch functions.

10.4 Existing Setpoints for Trip Functions 10.4.1 The Anticipatory Reactor Trip on a Main Turbine Trip is a contact input from the field mounted pressure switches.

10.4.2 The Main Turbine Trip is automatically enabled when reactor power is increasing at or above 29.75 % RTP.

10.4.3 The Main Turbine Trip is automatically bypassed when reactor power decreases at or below 27.75% RTP.

10.5 Existing Algorithm Equations for Channel Trip Functions Main Turbine Trip CURRENT ALGORITHM Channel Trip: [(PSEHC = open contact)] AND ým > ýSP FLUX(ENABLE)

Automatic Trip Bypass: ým < 4sP FLUX(BYPASS)

(a) PSEHC = contact input from Main Turbine hydraulic fluid Pressure switch in each RPS channel A, B, C, D.

(b) ým = measured reactor power (% RTP) in each RPS channel A, B, C, D.

(C) (SP FLUX (ENABLE) = 29.75% RTP (Adjustable); Enables Reactor Trip function on increasing power.

(d) +SP FLUX (BYPASS) = 27.75% RTP (Adjustable); Bypasses Reactor Trip function on decreasing power.

Page 67 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 10 RPS Function # 10 Main Turbine Trip Existing Process Parameters for Current Algorithm Logical ID Description I.Value Ut tRange

~RangeValue, Value~

Main Turbine Contact inputs from EHC oil pressure contact open /

PSEHC switches, CH. A, B, C & D contact closed NA tripped / not tripped Measured Total Flux (% Rated Thermal 0 to 125 NA % RTP Power)

Automatically Enables Trip function on Auto reset once tsP FLUX(ENABLE) Increasing Reactor Power at or above the 29.75 power is below % RTP setpoint. setpoint.

See below.

Automatically resets Main Turbine Trip -Automatically Enable at 27.75 decreasing Reactor enables Trip on tSP FLUX(BYPASS) Power and inhibits the Main Turbine Trip 27.75 increasing % RTP function. (This is a reset value.) reactor power.

See above 10.6 New Algorithm Equations for Channel Actuation Functions Main Turbine Trip PROPOSED ALGORITHM Channel Trip: [(PS EHC2> 2/4 open contact signals)] AND E1

m2.Max Ž (SP FLUX (ENABLE)

Automatic Trip Bypass: 4 1m2.Max <5 SP FLUX (BYPASS)

(a) PSEHC = contact input signals from Main Turbine hydraulic fluid Pressure switch in each RPS channel A, B, C, D.

(b) 4lm2.Max = Total Flux (% RTP); 2 nd maximum value of RPS Channel A, B, C, and D.

(C) 4SP FLUX (ENABLE) = 29.75% RTP (Adjustable); Enables Reactor Trip function on increasing power.

(d) PSP FLUX (BYPASS) (See OSC-8695 for value) (Adjustable). This is the Reset value of the trip Enable comparator for (D SP FLUX (ENABLE). Bypasses Reactor Trip function on decreasing power.

Page 68 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 10 RPS Function # 10 Main Turbine Trip Process Parameters for New Algorithm Setpoints, coefficients, reset values, and algorithm variables shall be adjustable utilizing software using the TXS Service Unit. When an adjustable parameter can be entered from a GSM screen the GSM screen shall enforce the range limits on the entered value. The stated range limits on calculated values in the table below are the expected ranges of the calculated value and are not meant to imply limits unless otherwise specified.

Logical ID Loia D ecitin..Parameter

.Description Range or Value RESET

Value Unit Contact inputs from EHC oil pressure Main Turbine PSEHC Channel A, B, C &D of the switches to RScontact open /

contact closed NA MainpTurbine tripped I not RPS tripped

m2.Max Second maximum total flux value 0 to 125 NA % RTP Trip comparator auto-resets Automatically enables Main Turbine Trip 29.75 once power is 4SP FLUX(ENABLE) on Increasing Reactor Power at 29.75. below the auto- % RTP reset value; see OSC-8695 for the auto-reset value.

Automatically resets Main Turbine Trip

ýsP FLUX(BYPASS) Enable on decreasing Reactor Power and See OSC-8695 NA % RTP inhibits the Main Turbine Trip function. for value.

(This is the reset value for 4SP FLUX(ENABLE))

10.7 New Design Features 10.7.1 Each RPS instrument channel (A, B, C & D) monitors the associated reactor power (4m) signal value as well as the reactor power signals from the other three instrument channels. Each RPS channel selects the second maximum (2.Max) measured reactor power value (0m2.Max) from all four channels. On increasing reactor power, if the value of 4

m2.Max is equal to or greater than OsP FLUX(ENABLE), the Main Turbine Trip reactor Trip function is enabled in that RPS instrument channel.

10.7.2 Each TXS channel A, B, C & D monitors one of four hydraulic fluid pressure switch contact inputs. The status of these 4 contact inputs is shared between channels over fiber optic communications links. If the reactor Trip function is enabled (as discussed in 10.7.1 above) and 2/4 Main Turbine hydraulic fluid pressure switch contacts are open, then that RPS instrument channel produces a Trip signal. If two or more RPS instrument channels are in the tripped state, a reactor trip is generated via the 2/4 reactor trip relay logic. Following a reactor trip, the reactor trip breakers must be reset by the operator prior to restarting the unit.

Page 69 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 10 RPS Function # 10 Main Turbine Trip 10.7.3 On decreasing reactor power, the reactor power comparator using the 2.Max NI signal shall reset whenever the 2.Max signal is at or below the reset value, ýsP FLUX(BYPASS) (see OSC-8695 for the reset value). With 4 channels operable, this effectively results in the Main Turbine reactor trip function being Bypassed when 3 or more channels are at or below the reset value, *sP FLUX(BYPASS)" If one channel is'in Manual Bypass via the channel bypass switch, the trip function is effectively bypassed during power decrease whenever 2 of the remaining 3 channels are at or below the reset value, Dsp FLUX(BYPASS).

10.7.4 The Main Turbine trip function uses a common annunciator for all four channels

("Gen. Turb/Reactor Trip P.S. Alert", this alarm will be moved from 1SA18 to 1SA5, see Section 22). The annunciator shall be alarmed when 1/4 hydraulic fluid pressure switch contacts are open. This alarm is NOT blocked by the Bypass function (2.MAX NI signal at or below the reset value, ýsP FLUX(BYPASS)"

10.7.5 The "Gen. Turb/Reactor Trip Bypass" annunciator is also shared by all four channels.

This annunciator shall alarm whenever the Main Turbine reactor trip function is NOT enabled, i.e., mr,2.Max is < the reset value, ýsP FLUX(BYPASS). (Note that the reset value, ýsp FLUX(BYPASS) is simply the Reset value of the *SP FLUX(ENABLE) comparator.) With all four channels operable, at least three channels must be below the Bypass value before the Main Turbine/reactor trip function is disabled and the Bypass Annunciator is alarmed.

The Bypass alarm will therefore only be received when the trip function is actually bypassed - this is an improvement over the original design (see Section 10.2).

10.7.6 The Main Turbine Trip/Reactor Trip function is NOT bypassed when the RPS channel is placed in Shutdown bypass via the keyswitch. This trip function is automatically bypassed on decreasing power at the reset value, OsP FLUX(BYPASS) (same as existing system).

10.7.7 Deleted 10.7.8 Deleted 10.7.9 Deleted 10.8 Safety Classification This function is classified QA Condition 1 (Class 1E).

10.9 Response Time Requirements The response time for the TXS rack/processing equipment will be < 500 msec for Function 10.

This time does not include the sensor response time. (Note - No response time is required by the RPS Equipment Specification for this function. The safety analyses do not credit react6r trip on a Main Turbine Trip. The value above is established to provide acceptance criteria for testing of the new system.)

Page 70 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 10 RPS Function # 10 Main Turbine Trip 10.10 Existing / New Input Signals (contact inputs wetted by RPS, 120 VAC) ii Code Description Physical Range- Electrical Range RPS Gen Turbine EHC Oil Pressure (to RPS A) Contact input open contact /

1RPSPS0408 (NO Contact, OPENS to trip) (Main Turbine Tripped / closed contact Not Tripped)

RPS Gen Turbine EHC Oil Pressure (to RPS B) Contact input open contact 1RPSPS0409 (NO Contact, OPENS to trip) (Main Turbine Tripped / open contact Not Tripped) closed contact RPS Gen Turbine EHC Oil Pressure (to RPS C) Contact input open contact 1RPSPS0410 (NO Contact, OPENS to trip) (Main Turbine Tripped / open contact Not Tripped) closed contact 1RPSPS0411 RPS Gen Turbine EHC Oil Pressure (to RPS D) Contact input open contact (NO Contact, OPENS to trip) (Main Turbine Tripped / open contact Not Tripped) closed contact 10.11 Existing Output Signals ID Cde.ExisingExisting Existing>

. Physical Electrical 'Destination IDCd xsigDescription ;Range Range 1SAl 8-25 (Note 1) RPS Gen Turb/React Trip P.S. Alert Binary 145 VDC Statalarm (Common to all 4 Channels) 1SA18-26 (Note 1) RPS Gen. Turb /React Channel Trip Bypass Binary 145 VOC Statalarm (Common to all 4 Channels)

Event Red ER-384* R.P. Ch. A Gen. Turb. Trip Binary 125 VDC Recorder Event ER-386* R.P. Ch. B Gen. Turb. Trip Binary 125 VDC Red Recorder Event Red ER-388* R.P. Ch. C Gen. Turb. Trip Binary 125 VDC Recorder Event ER-390* R.P. Ch. D Gen. Turb. Trip Binary 125 VDC Red i L Recorder Note 1 these existing Statalarms wiii be moved as indicated inSection 22.

Contact Input Open to Alarm also Event Recorder points are automatically bypassed when Main Turbine Trip is bypassed.

10.12 Existing Hardwired Computer Points (

The existing hardwired computer points listed below will be deleted and replaced with equivalent points using computer communications (OPC gateway to OAC). New OAC point IDs and descriptions (including reset/set state messages for binary points) will be issued during detailed modification design.

Existing Description Ne Existing Point ID (Reset/Set state messages for Existing Physical Range Dewn E b inary points) -i :=.. Desti.at.on-0 1D2150 TURB / REACTOR CH A (NOT Binary Gateway TRIPPED) (TRIPPED) BinaryGateway TURB / REACTOR CH B (NOT O1D2151 TRIPPED) (TRIPPED) Binary Gateway

Page 71 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 10 RPS Function # 10 Main Turbine Trin

-r Existing DescriptionNe Existing Point ID (Reset/Set state messages for Existing Physical Range Dest*inatio Destination binary: points) 01 D2152 TURB / REACTOR CH C (NOT Binary Gateway TRIPPED) (TRIPPED) BinaryGateway O1D2153 TURB / REACTOR CH D (NOT Binary Gateway TRIPPED) (TRIPPED) 01D2154 TURB / REACTOR CH A (NOT Binary Gateway BYPASS) (BYPASS) 01D2155 TURB / REACTOR CH B (NOT Binary Gateway BYPASS) (BYPASS) BinaryGateway 01D2156 TURB / REACTOR CH C (NOT Binary Gateway BYPASS) (BYPASS) 01D2157 TURB / REACTOR CH D (NOT Binary Gateway BYPASS) (BYPASS) BinaryGateway 10.13 New Statalarm Panel Changes Statalarm Panel changes are shown in Section 22.

10.14 References See Section 28.

Page 72 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 11 RPS Function # 11 Reactor Coolant Pump Power/Flux Trip 11.0 Reactor Coolant Pump Power/Flux Trip 11.1 Existing Automatic Trip Function Description Reactor Coolant Pump Power Monitor/Flux Trip Reactor power (% RTP) analog signal inputs are shared with RPS Function #1.

The Reactor Coolant Pump Power/Flux Trip shall generate a reactor trip signal if fewer than 3 reactor coolant pumps are operating AND reactor power is greater than 2% RTP (allowable value); actual RPS Trip setpoint is enabled at ,1.5% RTP increasing for conservatism.

Each reactor coolant pump has a Reactor Coolant Pump Power Monitor (RCPPM) that monitors the power and breaker status of the pump motor to determine if the pump is running. Each RCPPM provides contact outputs to all four RPS channels.

11.2 Description of Functions Related to Existing Trip This trip function is credited in the safety analysis for accidents in which there is a loss of electrical power to the reactor coolant pumps (pump coast-down events). The Reactor Coolant Pump Power/Flux Trip provides protection against power operation with less than three (3) reactor coolant pumps in operation. This trip provides protection against DNB by initiating a reactor trip shortly after loss of power to the reactor coolant pumps. The Power/Imbalance/Flow Trip provides a backup trip function for this trip. The RCPPM output relays also provide contact signals to the Steam Generator Level Control system for control functions.

11.3 Existing Shutdown Bypass Function 11.3.1 The Reactor Coolant Pump Power Monitor/Flux Trip is bypassed when the Shutdown Bypass switch is placed to Bypass.

11.3.2 See Section 14 for information on existing bypass functions and keyswitches and Section 23 for new TXS bypass functions and keyswitch functions.

11.4 Existing Setpoints for Trip Functions Per Tech Specs, if reactor power is above 2% RTP, RPS will trip the reactor if two Reactor Coolant Pumps are lost. The actual setpoint is 1.5%.

Page 73 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 11 RPS Function # 11 Reactor Coolant Pump Power/Flux Trip 11.5 Existing Hardware Description The Reactor Coolant Pump Power Monitor (RCPPM) is a solid-state detection, relay output, four channel power monitor system. Each of the four (4) reactor coolant pump motors has a separate RCPPM to detect a sustained reduction of Reactor Coolant Pump power consumption:

1. RCP Monitor Al

2. RCP Monitor A2

3. RCP Monitor B1

4. RCP Monitor B2 Upon reduction of power to any pump motor, the associated monitor channel will provide a trip signal to each of the four (4) reactor protection system channels. The system also monitors the position of the RCP motor circuit breaker and, upon opening of the breaker, will also produce an output signal to the RPS within a nominal 100 to 550 milliseconds (adjustable) after loss or reduction of power to the RCP motors. The RCPPM system cabinet contains all four (4) channels with physical metal barrier compartments between each channel and between each output relay within each channel.

The existing RCPPM utilizes a single watt transducer for each pump. The watt transducer provides an analog signal to a bistable trip device, which on a loss of power to the pump, de-energizes the coils of four relays wired in parallel. These relays provide contacts to the RPS for the Pump Power/Flux Trip function and contacts to the Steam Generator Level Control system.

'For each pump, the four output relays provide an isolated contact to the four RPS channels. A single failure of the watt transducer could prevent the detection of a loss of power to a pump; therefore the present design does not allow credit to be taken for this trip function for a double pump coast-down event in the Safety Analysis.

Each RCPPM channel contains the following components:

1. One (1) AC watt transducer

2. One (1) electronic trip module

3. One (1) time delay relay for producing a delayed output adjustable from 100 to 550 milliseconds.

4. Four (4) auxiliary relays, each with electrically separate output contacts. These relays are continuously energized as long as power is available to the RCP motors, and the pump requires power in excess of the preset trip setting

5. A test switch and relay for testing

6. Indicating lights 11.6 RCPPM Modification Hardware Description The RCPPM will be modified as part of the ONS RPS/ES modification. The existing RCPPM circuitry does not have the needed, redundancy to allow Safety Analysis to credit the pump

Page 74 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 11 RPS Function # 11 Reactor Coolant Pump Power/Flux Trip monitors during RCP coast-down events. Therefore, the existing RCPPM equipment will be replaced with equipment that has the desired redundancy and will be qualified via testing and/or analysis. Each Reactor Coolant Pump Power Monitor will be modified to include the following new redundant components:

1. Two (2) new AC watt transducers

2. Two (2) new electronic trip modules

3. Two (2) new time delay relays (adjustable)

The existing output/isolation relays in each RCPPM will be used to provide inputs to the TXS RPS.

11.7 Existing Algorithm for Channel Trip Functions CURRENT ALGORITHM Reactor Coolant Pump Power/Flux Trip Trip: < 3 RCPs running & ým > 1.5% RTP

= Measured Reactor Power (Flux)

Note: With Shutdown Bypass enabled, the RC Pump Power/Flux Trip is bypassed Existing Process Parameters for Current Algorithm Logical ID Description :Parameter RESET 'Unit.

,Ran~georValue Value 4m Measured Total Flux (sum of upper & lower chamber)

Page 75 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 11 RPS Function # 11 Reactor Coolant Pump Power/Flux Trip 11.8 New Algorithm for Channel Trip Functions NEW ALGORITHM Reactor Coolant Pump Power/Flux Trip Trip: < 3 RCPs running & 4 m2.Max ý) sp (a) ým2.iax = Total Flux (% RTP); 2 nd maximum value of RPS Channels A, B, C and D.

(b) 4[SP FLUX (trip) = 1.5% RTP; Total Flux Setpoint for Pump/Flux Trip.

(C) (SP FLUX (reset) (See OSC-8695 for value). Total Flux Reset value for Pump/Flux Trip.

Note: With Shutdown Bypass enabled, the RC Pump Power/Flux Trip is bypassed.

Process Parameters for New Algorithm Setpoints, coefficients, reset values, and algorithm variables shall be adjustable utilizing software using the TXS Service Unit. When an adjustable parameter can be entered from a GSM screen the GSM screen shall enforce the range limits on the entered value. The stated range limits on calculated values in the table below are the expected ranges of the calculated value and are not meant to imply limits unless otherwise specified.

Parameter RESET Logical ID Decription Range or Value Unit Value Second maximum Reactor Power 4'm2.Max (flux).

1, see (Shared inputs for that section withdetails Function of 0 to 125 NA % RTP inputs)

Trip comparator auto-resets once Reactor Power (flux) Setpoint for power is below

SP FLUX(trip) Pump/Flux Trip 1.5 the auto-reset value; see OSC- % RTP 8695 for the auto-reset value.

Reactor Power (flux) (Reset for See OSC-

S RectrPoer(lu) Rse fr FU~rse) 8695 for NA % RTP

SP FLUX(reset) Pump/Flux Trip, ýSP FLUX(trip)) value.

Page 76 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 11 RPS Function # 11 Reactor Coolant Pump Power/Flux Trip 11.9 New Design Features 11.9.1 The RCPPM Trip is enabled above 1.5%. The TXS RPS system uses a 2 out of 4 pumps tripped logic scheme for the RCPPM Trip, with each channel receiving contact inputs from each of the four RC pumps. In the new design, with the interchannel communication between the four RPS channels, the CRD trip relays are not de-energized until 2/4 RPS channels receive the 2/4 RC pumps tripped signal. Once 2/4 RPS channels receive the 2/4 RC pumps tripped signal, all four channels' CRD trip relays will de-energize causing a Reactor trip. Following a reactor trip, the reactor trip breakers must be reset by the operator prior to restarting the unit.

11.9.2 The Reactor Coolant Pump Power Monitor/Flux Trip is bypassed when the Shutdown Bypass switch is placed to Bypass.

11 .10 Safety Classification This function is classified QA Condition 1 (Class 1E).

11.11 Response Time Requirements 11.11.1 The response time for each redundant RCPPM instrument string is set to a nominal 500 msec by adjustment of the time delay relay per procedures (IP/O/A/305-1A, 1B, 1C, 1D)

(480 - 520 msec). Safety Analysis assumes up to a 525 msec sensor delay for pump power supply loss.

11.11.2 Each redundant RCPPM instrument string consists of a watt transducer, comparator, and a time delay relay. Either redundant instrument string can de-energize the four (4) output relays (1 per RPS channel) which provide electrically separate output contacts to the RPS. Time response for the string is set to a nominal 500 msec by adjustment of the time delay relay, and includes the time from a simulated loss of PT signal to the time the output relays to RPS actuate. The RCPPM instrument string time response does not include the TXS rack time response requirements (provided separately below).

11.11.3 The response time for the TXS rack/processing equipment shall be for < 141 msec.

(Power Supply Loss portion of Function 11.)

11.11.4 The response time for the TXS rack/processing equipment shall be for < 186 msec. (Flux Change portion of Function 11.)

Page 77 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 11 RPS Function # 11 Reactor Coolant Pump Power/Flux Trip 11.12 Failure Discussion The modified RCPPM design protects against loss of function due to a single component failure as follows:

11.12.1 A loss of control power to the reactor coolant pump power monitoring circuit will cause the four normally energized output relays to de-energize, resulting in a "loss of pump power" trip signals to the RPS (fail-safe). A single failure to the de-energized state of the trip comparator, time delay relay, or a single output relay will result in a "loss of pump power" trip signal (fail-safe).

11.12.2 A single failure of a trip comparator or time delay relay would not prevent detection 0f a loss of pump power since there is a redundant string.

11.12.3 A single failure of a watt transducer to the high output state will not prevent the other watt transducer string from functioning to detect a loss of pump power.

11.12.4 A single failure of a watt transducer to the low output state will result in a "loss of pump power" trip signal to the RPS.

11.12.5 The existing pump PTs and CTs are shared by the redundant watt transducers. The failure mode of a CT is low, which would result in "loss of pump power" trip signals to RPS. A PT failure low (shorted output windings) would yield the same result. A PT failure high (shorted turns in the PT primary) would not prevent circuit operation, since during an actual loss of pump power condition, both primary and secondary PT voltage would go to zero, resulting in a "loss of pump power" trip signal to RPS.

11.13 Existing/New Input Signals Note: Nuclear Power Range total power (flux) inputs for this function are shared with Function 1 and are listed in that section.

'I1DCode Description PhysicalI Ra6ge Electrica[Ra`ne*: :.

1RC RL1A Reactor Coolant Pump 1Al Binary (relay contact,

- Monitor Relay 1A open to trip) 1RC RL1B Reactor Coolant Pump 1Al Binary (relay contact,

- Monitor Relay 1B open to trip) 1RC - RL1C Reactor Coolant Pump 1A1 BinaIry (relay contact, Monitor Relay 1C open to trip) 1RC - RLID Reactor Coolant Pump Monitor Relay 1D 1Al Binary (relay open contact, to trip) 1RC RL2A Reactor Coolant Pump 1A2 Binary (relay contact,

- Monitor Relay 2A open to trip) 1RC RL2B Reactor Coolant Pump 1A2 Binary (relay contact, 1 Monitor Relay 2B open to trip)

Reactor Coolant Pump 1A2 Binary (relay contact, 1RC_RL2C Monitor Relay 2C open to trip) 1RC RL2D Reactor Coolant Pump 1A2 Binary (relay contact, 1 Monitor Relay 2D open to trip)

Page 78 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 11 RPS Function # 11 Reactor Coolant Pumn Power/Flux Trin -- r ID Code Description Physical Range El ectrical Range 1RC RL3A Reactor Coolant Pump 1B1 Binary (relay contact, 1 Monitor Relay 3A open to trip)

Reactor Coolant Pump 1B1 (relay contact, Monitor Relay 3B open to trip)

Reactor Coolant Pump 1B1 Binary (relay contact, 1RCRL3C Monitor Relay 3C open to trip) 1RC RL3D Reactor Coolant Pump 1B1 Binary (relay contact, 1 Monitor Relay 3D open to trip)

Reactor Coolant Pump 1B2 Binary (relay contact, 1RC_RL4A Monitor Relay 4A open to trip) 1RC RL4B Reactor Coolant Pump 1B2 Binary(relay contact, 1 Monitor Relay 4B open to trip)

Reactor Coolant Pump 1B2 Binary (relay contact, 1RC_RL4C .Monitor Relay 4C open to trip)

Reactor Coolant Pump 1B2 Binary (relay contact, 1RC_RL4D Monitor Relay 4D open to trip) 11.14 Existing/New Output Signals The following existing Statalarms will be spared out (no longer used) since they alarmed the contact power from the existing Bailey contact monitor. This function is replaced by the TXS systems contact power/breaker monitoring (alarmed to Trouble Annunciator, OAC via gateway, etc.)

Exis,tinhg ,

ID Coi Electrical Range Destination ie N/A Statalarm 1SA5-16 RP Channel B RC Pump Monitor PS Failure Binary N/A Statalarm 1SA5-28 . RP Channel C RC Pump Monitor PS Failure Binary N/A Statalarm 1SA5-40 RP Channel D RC Pump Monitor PS Failure Binary N/A Statalarm The following existing RPS system outputs are to be provided by the new TXS system except as noted in the table:

ID Code Description Physical Range EDect'rical Destination Range 1SA1-7 RP Channel A RCP/Flux Trip Binary N/A Statalarm 1SA1-19 RP Channel B RCP/Flux Trip Binary N/A Statalarm 1SA1 -31 RP Channel C RCP/Flux Trip Binary N/A Statalarm 1SA1-43 RP Channel D RCP/Flux Trip Binary N/A Statalarm RC Pump Monitor Sys. Chan. #1 Trip 1SA7-34 (Moved from 1SA7-33) Binary N/A Statalarm Not connected to TXS RC Pump Monitor Sys. Chan. #1 Test 1SA7-09 (Moved from 1SA7-34) Binary N/A Statalarm Not connected to TXS RC Pump Monitor Sys. Chan. #2 Trip 1SA7-35 (Moved from 1SA7-39) Binary N/A Statalarm Not connected to TXS

Page 79 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 11 RPS Function # 11 Reactor Coolant Pump Power/Flux Trip Eectrical ID.Code Description Physical Range Rang. Destination RC Pump Monitor Sys. Chan. #2 Test 1SA7-18 (Moved from 1SA7-40) Binary N/A Statalarm Not connected to TXS RC Pump Monitor Sys. Chan. #3 Trip 1SA7-43 (Moved from 1SA7-41) Binary N/A Statalarm Not connected to TXS RC Pump Monitor Sys. Chan. #3 Test 1SA7-27 (Moved from 1SA7-42) Binary N/A Statalarm Not connected to TXS RC Pump Monitor Sys. Chan. #4 Trip 1SA7-44 (Moved from 1SA7-43) Binary N/A Statalarm Not connected to TXS RC Pump Monitor Sys. Chan. #4 Test 1SA7-36 (Moved from 1SA7-44) Binary N/A Statalarm Not connected to TXS 01D2360 RCP 1A1 POWER MONITOR CH (Info Only) (NOT TRIP) (TRIP)(Info Only -located in Binary N/A OAC RCP Power Monitor Cabinet & not RPS)

RCP 1A2 POWER MONITOR CH O1D2361 (NOT TRIP) (TRIP) N/A OAC (Info Only) (Info Only - located in RCP Power Monitor Binary Cabinet & not RPS)

RCP 11B1 POWER MONITOR CH 01 D2362 (NOT TRIP) (TRIP)

(Info Only) (Info Only - located in RCP Power Monitor Binary N/A OAC Cabinet & not RPS)

RCP 1 B2 POWER MONITOR CH 01 D2363 (NOT TRIP) (TRIP) N/A OAC (Info Only) (Info Only - located in RCP Power Monitor Binary Cabinet & not RPS) 01D2381 RPS CH B RCP/FLUX (NOT TRIPPED) (TRIPPED) Binary N/A Gateway 01D2382 RPS CH A RCP/FLUX (NOT TRIPPED) (TRIPPED) Binary N/A Gateway

01D2383 RPS CH C RCP/FLUX (NOT TRIPPED) (TRIPPED) Binary N/A Gateway RPS CH D RCP/FLUX 01 D2384 (NOT TRIPPED) (TRIPPED) Binary N/A Gateway 01D2412 RPS CH A PUMP MONITOR Binary N/A To be Deleted (NOT IN TEST) (IN TEST) 01D2413 RPS CH B PUMP MONITOR Binary N/A To be Deleted (NOT IN TEST) (IN TEST)

RPS CH.C PUMP MONITOR O1D2414 (NOT IN TEST) (IN TEST) Binary N/A To be Deleted RPS CH D PUMP MONITOR O1D2415 (NOT IN TEST) (IN TEST) Binary N/A To be Deleted RCP 1Al POWER MONITOR 01D1859 (NOT IN TEST) (IN TEST) Binary N/A OAC (Info Only - located in RCP Power Monitor Cabinet & not RPS)

RCP 1A2 POWER MONITOR 01D1860 (NOT IN TEST) (IN TEST) Binary N/A OAC (Info Only - located in RCP Power Monitor Cabinet & not RPS)

Page 80 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 11 RPS Function # 11 R~eator Coolant Punmn Pnwer/Fhnx~ Trin ID Code Description . . Physical Range PElectrical

.Destination Range RCP IB1 POWER MONITOR O1D1949 (NOT IN TEST) (IN TEST) Binary N/A OAC (Info Only - located in RCP Power Monitor Cabinet & not RPS)

RCP 1B2 POWER MONITOR 01D2274 (NOT IN TEST) (IN TEST) N/A OAC (Info Only - located in RCP Power Monitor Binary Cabinet & not RPS)

O1A0876 RPS CH A RCP CONTACT SIGNAL 0- 162.5% N/A To be Deleted 01A1419 RPS CH B RCP CONTACT SIGNAL 0- 162.5% N/A To be Deleted O1A1423 RPS CH C RCP CONTACT SIGNAL 0- 162.5% N/A To be Deleted O1A1567 RPS CH D RCP CONTACT SIGNAL 0- 162.5% N/A To be Deleted ER-162* R.P. Channel A RCP/Flux Ratio Trip Binary . N/A Event Recorder ER-171* R.P. Channel B RCP/Flux Ratio Trip Binary N/A Event Recorder ER-180* R.P. Channel C RCP/Flux Ratio Trip Binary N/A Event Recorder ER-190* R.P. Channel D RCP/Flux Ratio Trip Binary N/A Event Recorder 01A1696 (Info RP Ch. A Contact Monitor Aux PS -300 to 0 VDC N/A To be Deleted (Info Only)

O1A1700 (Info RP Ch. B Contact Monitor Aux PS -300 to 0 VDC N/A To be Deleted (Info Only)

O1A1702 (Info RP Ch. C Contact Monitor Aux PS -300 to 0 VDC N/A To be Deleted O1A1 705 (Info Only) RP Ch. D Contact Monitor Aux P -300 to 0 VDC N/A To be Deleted

Contact Input Open to Alarm, also Event Recorder is automatically bypassed when Trip is bypassed.

11.15 New Statalarm Panel Changes Statalarm Panel changes are shown in Section 22.

11.16 References See Section 28.

Page 81 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 12 RPS Function # 12 (Reserved) 12.0 Reserved This RPS function number has been reserved for possible future use. This section previously included a functional description for a future RCS Delta Temperature Trip. This description has been deleted since the function will not be implemented with this modification.

Page 82 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 13 RPS/ESFAS Overview, NI Replacements, RPS Channel E 13.0 RPS / ESFAS Overview, NI Replacements, RPS Channel E 13.1 Nuclear Instrumentation (NI) Replacement Hardware and Design Features 13.1.1 New Nuclear Instrumentation equipment supplied for RPS channels A, B, C and D:

13.1.1.1 Bipolar Power Supply Module 13.1.1.2 High Voltage Control Module 13.1.1.3 Power Range Test Module and Line Filter 13.1.1.4 2 Linear Amplifiers (one each for upper and lower detectors, input scaling:

10- 2 Amps, voltage output range: 0 - 11.52 volts, equivalent to 0 - 72%

reactor power) 13.1.1.5 Summing amplifier (input scaling 0 - 10.0 volts from each linear amp, equivalent to 0 - 62.5% reactor power, output scaling: 4 - 20 mA equivalent to 0 - 125% reactor power) 13.1.1.6 Detector High Voltage Power Supply 13.1.2 The equipment above is being replaced in the RPS system and will be installed in the TXS cabinets. Existing field cabling and connectors will be reused. Special care to assure the lengths of cables reach the equipment in new cabinet locations is required.

13.1.3 For RPS Channels A, B, C and D, the High Voltage Power Supplies and the NI +/-15 VDC Power Supplies will be monitored by TXS. Calculation OSC-8695, "Unit 1 Software Parameters for TXS Plant Protection System" shall establish high and low limits for each NI power supply input. Exceeding these limits for a channel shall result in an alarm to annunciators 1SA5-6, 18, 30 and 42. The TXS shall also provide individual alarm signals to the OAC for any power supply that exceeds its limits.

13.1.4 The existing Wide Range Nuclear Instrumentation (WRNI) monitors (Gamma-Metrics) will be relocated from cabinets RPS-A1/B1/C1/D1 to cabinets 1PPSCA002/4/6/8. This will provide separation of the WRNI from the TXS logic processor. Cabinets 1PPSCA002/4/6/8 will contain WRNI, power supply, input/output and interposing equipment. Existing field cables and interconnection cables will be reused.

13.1.5 This is an installation and cabinet layout note. The existing WRNI uses double fuses to isolate safety related (1E) 120VAC power for indicators and relays. New fuse blocks and fuses will be installed in the new TXS cabinets 1PPSCA002/4/6/8 by the modification to the cabinets on site. Space should be reserved for these fuse blocks in each cabinet.

13.2 Other Existing RPS Design Functions 13.2.1 Each channel of the existing system contains a Manual Bypass feature that is required in the new design. Reference Section 14.3 for a description of the existing Manual Bypass feature and Section 23.4 for a description of the new Manual Bypass feature.

Page 83 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 13 RPS/ESFAS Overview, NI Replacements, RPS Channel E 13.2.2 Two Banana plugs are available for testing of the CRD Under-Voltage Relays in each RPS channel in the Bailey design. This feature of the existing RPS is not required in the new system.

13.3 New RPS/ESFAS TXS Design Features Each RPS/ESFAS cabinet will have the capability of being tested (via the TXS maintenance test machine, if desired). When the TXS maintenance test machine is plugged into an analog or digital input card, the cabinet will provide an annunciator alarm for the operator (excluding RPS Channel E, which will only alarm to the OAC). The channel in test alarm will also be transmitted to the OAC via the gateway.

13.4 New RPS OAC Points ID Code Electrical Description Physical Range Rn Destination, 01X4646 RPS Channel A inTest Binary N/A Gateway 01X4647 RPS Channel B inTest Binary N/A Gateway 01X4648 RPS Channel C in Test Binary N/A Gateway 01X4649 RPS Channel D in Test Binary N/A Gateway 01X4650 RPS Channel E inTest Binary N/A Gateway 13.5 Other Existing RPS/ ESFAS Design Functions 13.5.1 Other functions include the ES interface for the HPI and LPI Bypass Permit alarm, LPI valve LP1 interlock and WR Pressure recording. The ESFAS only sends one signal to the Integrated Control System (ICS) cabinets for the HPI and LPI Bypass Permit alarm, LP1 interlock, and WR Pressure recording interface. The signal comes from ESFAS Cabinet 1, Row 9, Terminal Board 3, Terminations 1 and 2. That signal can be originated from the RCS wide range pressure transmitter from either Channel A or B, depending on the position of an amphenol connector which is located in Channel A. The Channel B RCS wide range signal is hard wired from ESFAS Cabinet 2, Row 9, Terminal Board 3, Terminations 4 and 5 to ESFAS Cabinet 1, Row 9, Terminal Board 3, Terminations 4 and

5. The existing plug connections that change which signal goes to the ICS cabinet is shown on drawing OM 201.J-0004 001.

13.5.2 Reference Sections 15.8.2, 15.4, and 20.7 for a description of the HPI Bypass Permit, Sections 16.8.2, 16.4, and 20.7 for a description of the LPI Bypass Permit, and Section 20.8 for details of the new TXS design for switching the WR pressure signals to the ICS cabinet and the LP1 interlock.

Page 84 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 13 RPS/ESFAS Overview, NI Replacements, RPS Channel E 13.5.3 The wetting voltage for status inputs (dry contacts) on the OAC is 24 VDC. The input cards sense current. When a contact is closed, the cards limit the current to roughly 5 mA. When the contact is open, the current goes to 0 mA.

13.6 Cabinet Paint The TXS RPS and ESFAS Cabinets shall be an ANSI 61 color.

13.7 Trip Logic Discussion The RPS Trip Logic shall meet the intent of the 2 out of 4 Boolean Logic shown below:

A = Channel A B = Channel B C = Channel C D = Channel D A trip will occur in the RPS when any combination of 2 Channels in trip occurs:

TRIP = AB + BD + AC + BC + AD + CD (Where "+" means "OR").

13.8 Analog Lead Lag / Filter Analog Lead / Lag / Filters shall be provided downstream of A-MRC block to allow for future filtering of noise if necessary. The Analog Lead / Lag / Filter function is designed to allow a delay, which shall be set to zero (0) unless otherwise specified by OSC-8695, Unit 1 Software Parameters for TXS Plant Protection System.

13.9 RPS/ESFAS Cabinet Tag Numbers ONS Equipment Equipment New Equipment Old Eqcuipment Unit System Type Suiffix Suffix 1 PPS CA 0001 RPS-A1 1 PPS CA 0002 RPS-A2 1 PPS CA 0003 RPS-B1 1 PPS CA 0004 RPS-B2 1 PPS CA 0005 RPS-C1 1 PPS CA 0006 RPS-C2 1 PPS CA 0007 RPS-D1 1 PPS CA 0008 RPS-D2 1 PPS, CA 0009 ESF-1 1 PPS CA 0010 ESF-2 1 PPS CA 0011 ESF-3 1 PPS CA 0012 ESF-4 1 PPS CA 0013 ESF-5 1 PPS CA 0014 ESF-6 1 PPS CA 0015 ESF-7 1 PPS CA 0016 RPS-E 1 PPS CA 0017 ESF-8 1 PPS CA 0018 ESF-9

Page 85 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 13 RPS/ESFAS Overview, NI Replacements, RPS Channel E 13.10 Manual Reactor Trip 13.10.1 Manual Reactor Trip Switch The manual reactor trip switch is located on 1UB1.

13.11 RPSChannelE The RPS Channel E functions are classified Non-i E 13.11.1 Reactor Power NI-9 was originally used for control functions to ICS. Recent Duke modifications have changed the original scheme such that NI-7 & NI-8 have replaced the NI-9 functions, and will come off of isolated, spare outputs of Channels C & D (See Duke Modification OD101542, which deletes NI-9 from the system, for more information). As a result, cables 1 IS-575 & -576 will need to be re-connected from Channels C & D for the ICS.

13.11.2 Reactor Coolant Pressure 1RCPT166P (1700 - 2500 psig) is used for control functions to ICS.

13.11.3 Reactor Coolant Flow (DP) 1RCFT0014P and 1RCFT0015P monitor reactor coolant flow and provide signals to ICS.

13.11.4 Channel E Input Signals ID__________

Code,____Description _____ Physical Range Electrical Range 1 RCFT0014P RC14A-DPT5 RC Flow Channel E 0 to 43.3 psid 4 - 20 mADC 1 RCFTOO15P RC14B-DPT5 RC Flow Channel E 0 to 43.3 psid 4 - 20 mADC 1 RCPT01 66P RC3B-PT4 RP Reactor Coolant System 1700 - 2500 psig 4 - 20 mADC Pressure - Loop B Output to ICS

Page 86 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 13 RPS/ESFAS Overview, NI Replacements, RPS Channel E 13.11.5 Channel E Output Signals

ID Code Description Physical.Range Destinatcon Ran~ge >etnt NI PR RECORDER FLUX O1D2299 (NOT HI) (HI) Hardwired OAC (Point to be supplied from new recorder, Binary N/A point This is NOT a TXS RPS output.)

1SA5-53 1E RPS TROUBLE Binary 145 VDC Statalarm (new descriptor) 1SA5-54 SPARE Binary 145 VDC delete SPARE 1SA5-55 (Not a TXS output, now a spare. Used to be NI Power Range 9 Power Supply Binary 145 VDC delete Failure) 1RCPT0166P Narrow Range RCS Pressure - Loop B 1700- 2500 0 - 10 VDC ICS Output to ICS psig 1RCFT0014P RP Reactor Coolant System differential 0to 43.3 psid 0- 10VDC CS pressure - Loop A Output to ICS IRCFT0015P RP Reactor Coolant System differential 0to 43.3 psid 0- 10VDC ICS 1RCFT0015P___ pressure - Loop B Output to ICS 13.12 New Statalarm Panel Changes Statalarm Panel changes are shown in Section 22.

13.13 References See Section 28.

Page 87 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 14 RPS Bypass Switches & Functions 14.0 RPS BYPASS SWITCHES & FUNCTIONS 14.1 Existing RPS Bypasses The existing RPS is designed with three types of bypasses: Dummy Bistable, Manual Bypass and Shutdown Bypass. The bypass functions and switches for the new TXS system are detailed in Section 23.

14.2 Existing Dummy Bistable The dummy bistable is used to bypass one or more functions (bistable trips) associated with one RPS Channel. The STAR Module uses jumpers to jumper out the trip contact. The jumpers fall under the same administrative controls as dummy bistables.

A dummy bistable is used if a bistable in an RPS channel fails tripped. Dummy bistables may be used in only one RPS channel at a time (by procedure and per Tech Specs) and use of the dummy bistable makes that protective function inoperable for that channel.

If an RPS channel is in Manual Bypass, no other RPS channel may contain a dummy bistable (by procedure and per Tech Specs). Inserting a dummy bistable in the place of a failed (tripped) bistable allows that RPS channel to be reset, thus allowing the remainder of the functions in that RPS channel to be returned to service. This is more conservative than manually bypassing the entire RPS channel. For an RPS channel with a dummy bistable installed, only the affected function(s) is inoperable. The installation of the STAR hardware in the nuclear overpower flux/flow imbalance trip string requires the use of jumpers to bypass the trip string. The installation of these jumpers does not require the removal of the STAR processor module. Therefore, the protective channel is not forced into a tripped condition. 1SA5, window 49 (-50, -51, -52) alarms "RP Channel A (B, C, D) Dummy Bistable Inserted".

14.3 Existing Manual Bypass The existing RPS has a Manual Bypass feature which allows operations to take an entire RPS channel out of service for maintenance and/or testing. A Manual Bypass keyswitch located in each RPS cabinet (A2, B2, C2, and D2) on the Reactor Trip Module, bypasses all automatic trip functions associated with that channel. With an RPS channel in Manual Bypass, all RPS functional trips are reduced to two-out-of-three trip logic. More than one RPS channel could physically be placed in Manual Bypass at a time, however administrative-controls allow only one RPS channel to be placed in Manual Bypass at a time. There is only one key for each unit for this function and the units have different keys.

Page 88 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 14 RPS Bypass Switches & Functions 14.4 Existing Shutdown Bypass The existing RPS has a Shutdown Bypass feature which allows certain RPS protective functions for a channel to be bypassed with a keyswitch located in that channel's RPS cabinet (A2, B2, C2, or D2). The Shutdown Bypass function provides the capability to perform CRD testing, zero power physics testing, and startup procedures.

Placing the Shutdown Bypass keyswitch to "Bypass" does the following:

14.4.1 bypasses the Low Pressure Trip, 14.4.2 bypasses the Variable Low Pressure Trip, 14.4.3 bypasses the Flux/Flow/lmbalance Trip, 14.4.4 bypasses the RC Pump Power Monitor Trip, 14.4.5 enables a high RCS pressure trip set point of 1710 psig (Tech. Spec. allowable value of <

1720 psig).

The normal high pressure trip of 2345 psig (Tech. Spec. allowable value of _<2355 psig) is not bypassed, but is nonfunctional because RPS will trip before the higher setpoint can be reached.

14.4.6 Existing Hardwired Computer Points The existing hardwired computer points listed below will be deleted and replaced with equivalent points using computer communications (OPC gateway to OAC). New OAC point IDs and descriptions (including reset/set state messages for binary points) will be issued during detailed modification design.

Existing Existing Description (ResetSt i Existing Physical New Point ID state messages for binary points) R~ange. Destinationv 01D1251 RPS CH A SD BYPASS (NOT Binary Gateway BYPASS) (BYPASS)

OID1252 RPS CH B SD BYPASS (NOT Binary Gateway BYPASS) (BYPASS) 01D1253 RPS CH C SD BYPASS (NOT Bina Gateway I BYPASS) (BYPASS) BinaryGateway O1D1254 RPS CH D SD BYPASS (NOT Binary Gateway BYPASS) (BYPASS) BinaryGateway 14.5 Existing High Flux Trip Setpoint Reduction During Reactor Shutdown The High Flux Trip setpoint is recalibrated by procedure to < 4% RTP (Tech. Spec. allowable value of 5%), once the RPS is in Shutdown Bypass.

14.6 New RPS Bypass Switch Functions See Section 23.

Page 89 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description ESFAS Functional Requirements ENGINEERED SAFETY FEATURES ACTUATION SYSYTEM This system is described in the UFSAR and Technical Specifications as the Engineered Safeguards Protective System (ESPS). Each of the four existing ESFAS Actuation functions are discussed in the following sections. The Oconee Technical Specifications (TS) and TS Bases, the ESFAS Design Basis Document, existing ESFAS operating and calibration procedures and other references (see Section 27) have been used to develop this System Functional Requirements Description document.

Page 90 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 15 ESFAS Function #1 ESFAS Actuation on RCS Pressure Low 15.0 RCS Pressure Low (High Pressure Injection, Reactor Building (RB) Non-Essential Isolation, Keowee Start, Load Shed and Standby Breaker Input, and Keowee Standby Bus Feeder Breaker Input -

Existing Digital Logic Channels 1 & 2) 15.1 Existing Automatic Trip Function Description Reactor Coolant System Pressure - Low Reactor Coolant System Pressure inputs are shared with ESFAS Functional Trip #2.

Reactor Coolant System (RCS) pressure transmitters 1RCPT0021P, 23P and 22P (0 to 2500 psig range) provide inputs to the ESFAS protective channels A, B and C respectively. When any of these signals reach the RCS Pressure Low Setpoint, the associated protective channel bistable is tripped. If two or more protective channel bistables are in the tripped state, a Channel 1 and Channel 2 ESFAS Actuation is generated.

Tech Specs require that the RCS Pressure - Low actuation be enabled at or above 1750 psig.

Actual ESFAS BYPASS is automatically removed at 1740 psig for conservatism, see 15.4 below.

Tech Specs also require that the RCS Pressure - Low actuation (on decreasing pressure) occur before 1590 psig, (allowable value); actual ESFAS actuation setpoint is 1600 psig for conservatism.

Reactor Building (RB) Pressure - High A High Reactor Building Pressure signal (ESFAS Function #3) shall also provide an actuation signal to ESFAS Actuation Channels 1 and 2.

15.2 Description of Functions Related to Existing Actuation The purpose of High Pressure Injection (HPI) System initiation is to assure that sufficient water from the borated water storage tank (BWST) flows into the Reactor Coolant System (RCS) to control reactor coolant inventory and to provide core cooling during certain loss-of-coolant-accidents (LOCAs). HPI System initiation also helps to control core reactivity through the injection of boron into the RCS. Also, the HPI System is required following a steam line break (SLB) to assure core reactivity control. Initiation of HPI also actuates the starting of the emergency power system (Keowee Hydro Station) to assure the availability of power to operate the required safety equipment in the event of a Loss of Offsite Power (LOOP).

15.3 Existing Manual Actuation Function A manual actuation of the High Pressure Injection and Reactor Building Non-Essential Isolation (Channels 1 and 2) shall be capable of being initiated from the main control board TRIP/RESET pushbutton switches. This manual actuation is independent of the automatic ESFAS Channel 1 and 2 automatic actuation system and shall be capable of actuating all channel related field components regardless of any failures of the automatic system. The TRIP latching logic is internal in the ES system.

Page 91 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 15 ESFAS Function #1 ESFAS Actuation on RCS Pressure Low 15.4 Existing HPI BYPASS (INHIBIT)

The HPI BYPASS (INHIBIT) permissive bistables (monitoring analog pressure inputs A, B & C) allow manual bypass of the HPI TRIP function on decreasing reactor coolant pressure below the HPI BYPASS setpoint.

The HPI BYPASS (INHIBIT) is required to be automatically removed on increasing reactor coolant pressure at the HPI BYPASS REMOVAL setpoint of 1750 psig, (allowable value). Actual HPI BYPASS REMOVAL setpoint is 1740 psig for conservatism.

Once the HPI BYPASS (INHIBIT) has been automatically removed, the operator must again manually bypass HPI on decreasing pressure. This bypass does not prevent actuation of the High Pressure Injection on High Reactor Building pressure. Bypassing is under administrative control.

Since the ESFAS has three analog input channels, there are three High Pressure Injection BYPASS switches. Two of the three switches must be operated to initiate a bypass. Once a bypass has been initiated, the condition is indicated by the plant annunciator system and by lamps associated with the bypass switches.

15.5 Existing Associated Actuation Functions A High Reactor Building Pressure signal (ESFAS Function #3) shall also provide an actuation signal to ESFAS Actuation Channels 1 and 2.

Page 92 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 I RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 15 ESFAS Function #1 ESFAS Actuation on RCS Pressure Low 15.6 Existing Algorithm Equations for Channel Actuation Functions RCS Pressure Low CURRENT ALGORITHM Channel Trip: Pm < PsP PRESS OR TRIPRBHP Remove HPI Trip BYPASS: Pm > PsP PRESS RBYP Allow HPI Trip BYPASS: Pm < PsP PRESS BYP (a) Pm = measured RCS pressure in each ESFAS channel A, B and C.

(b) PSP PRESS = HPI Trip; setpoint 1600 psig, decreasing.

(C) PSP PRESS RBYP = Remove HPI BYPASS; setpoint 1740 psig, increasing.

(d) PsP PRESS BYP = Allow Manual HPI BYPASS; setpoint 1740 psig, decreasing.

(e) TRIPRBHP = Reactor Building HIGH pressure actuation; see ESFAS Function #3 in Section 17.

(f) 2 out of 3 channels tripped = ESFAS Channels 1 & 2 Actuation Existing Process Parameters for Current Algorithm L*ogicali ID* DescriptionParameter Reset Value Units Logial I~ DecripionRange or Value Pm Measured Reactor Coolant System Pressure in each 0-2500 N/A psig ESFAS-channel.

1600 manual reset ESFAS Actuation Trip setpoint on decreasing pressure. Automatically Trip once pressure PsP PRESS Tech Spec Allowable Value is 1590 psig. on decreasing is above psig pressure setpoint 1740 Remove HPI Trip Bypass on increasing pressure. Tech Automatically

PSPPRESSRBYP Spec Allowable Value is 2 1750. remove bypass <1740 manual psig on increasing bypass pressure 1740 Automatically

< 1740 manual remove PSPPRESS BYP Allow HPI Trip Bypass on decreasing pressure. bypass bypass on increasing pressure Logical Trip Function on Reactor Building HIGH TRIPRBHP pressure actuation. (See ESFAS Function #3 in Section N/A N/A N/A 117 ). 1 1 1 1

Page 93 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 15 ESFAS Function #1 ESFAS Actuation on RCS Pressure Low 15.7 New Algorithm Equations for Channel Actuation Functions RCS Pressure Low PROPOSED ALGORITHM Channel Trip: Pm2.Min < PsP PRESS OR TRIPRBHP Remove HPI Trip BYPASS: Pm2.Min 2! PsP PRESS RBYP Allow HPI Trip BYPASS: Pm2.Min -5PSP PRESS BYP (a) Pm2.Min = RC pressure, 2nd minimum value of pressure from ESFAS channel A, B and C.

(b) PSP PRESS = HPI Trip; setpoint 1600 psig, decreasing.

(C) PSP PRESS RBYP = Remove HPI BYPASS; setpoint 1740 psig, increasing.

(d) PsP PRESS BYP = Allow Manual HPI BYPASS; (See OSC-8695 for value),

decreasing.

(e) TRIPRBHP = Reactor Building HIGH pressure actuation; see ESFAS Function #3 in Section 17.

(f) 2 out of 3 channels tripped = ESFAS Channels 1 & 2 Actuation Process Parameters for New Algorithm I Setpoints, coefficients, reset values, and algorithm variables shall be adjustable utilizing software using the TXS Service Unit. When an adjustable parameter can be entered from a GSM screen the GSM screen shall enforce the range limits on the entered value. The stated range limits on calculated values in the table below are the expected ranges of the calculated value and are not meant to imply limits unless otherwise specified.

Logical ID, Description ..... Reset Value Units,

- - Range or ValueH Pamn RCS pressure, second minimum of 0- 2500 N/A psig all channels A, B & C Trip comparator auto-resets pressure once is above ESFAS Actuation Trip setpoint on 1600 PPPES decreasing pressure. Tech Spec 10 rsuei bv PP PRESS decrwableVasinglpsure.s T0 Spec Automatically Trip on the auto-reset value; psig Allowable Value is >1590 psig. decreasing pressure see OSC-8695 for the auto-reset value.

(See 15.8.3.)

Allow manual bypass on decreasing Remove HPI Trip Bypass on 1740 pressure. Trip PSPPRESSRBYP increasing pressure. Tech Spec Automatically remove comparator auto-Allowable Value is > 1750. bypass on increasing resets once pressure psig pressureisreset below the auto-pressure value; see OSC-8695 for the auto-reset value.

Allow HPI Trip Bypass on PSP PRESS BYP decreasing pressure. (This is the See OSC-8695 NA psig reset for the automatic removal of for value HPI Trip Bypass, PsP PRESS RBYP)

Page 94 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 15 ESFAS Function #1 ESFAS Actuation on RCS Pressure Low Logical ID ...

. . Description

. .. ........ VRu

... .. ... ... .... R a Pangmetor ng e or V a lu e : Reset Value Units Logical Trip Function on Reactor TRIPRBHP Building HIGH pressure actuation. N/A N/A N/A (See ESFAS Function 3 in Section 17).

15.8 New Design Features 15.8.1 Second Maximum / Second Minimum Function Each ESFAS instrument channel (A, B & C) processes the associated Reactor Coolant System (RCS) pressure signal value as well as the RCS pressure signal values from the other two ESFAS instrument channels. For the RCS Pressure Low Trip, each ESFAS channel selects the second minimum (2.Min) measured RCS pressure value (Pm2.Min) from all three channels. If the value of Pm2.Min falls below the RCS Pressure Low Trip setpoint (PsP PRESS), the channel generates a trip signal. If two or more ESFAS instrument channels are in the tripped state, an actuation is generated for ESFAS channel 1 and 2 components.

15.8.2 HPI BYPASS Function As described above, each TXS instrument channel (A, B & C) processes the associated Reactor Coolant System (RCS) pressure signal value as well as the RCS pressure signal values from the other two ESFAS instrument channels. For the HPI BYPASS Function, on decreasing RCS pressure, each ESFAS instrument channel selects the second minimum (2.Min) measured RCS pressure value (Pm2.Mn) from all three channels (A, B &

C). If the value of Pm2Min is below the HPI BYPASS setpoint, the system allows the operator to manually BYPASS the RCS Low Pressure trip function in that ESFAS instrument channel. Bypassing the trip function in 2/3 of the ESFAS instrument channels will result in the bypass of ESFAS actuation channels 1 and 2 for this trip function. On increasing RCS pressure, if the value of Pm2.Min is above the HPI BYPASS REMOVAL setpoint (PsP PRESS RBYP), the HPI BYPASS is required to be automatically removed.

Following an ESFAS actuation, to allow resetting ESFAS actuation channels 1 and 2, the TXS RCS Low Pressure comparators may be bypassed by depressing the HPI BYPASS pushbutton for each channel.

15.8.3 TRIP/RESET Function Depressing the manual TRIP pushbutton will initiate a TRIP signal to the associated ESFAS Channel 1 or 2 directly to the associated Channel output relays bypassing the TXS. Following an actuation, the manual or automatic Channel 1 and/or 2 TRIP signal can be reset by depressing the associated channel RESET button (HPI analog channels must first be bypassed - see discussion below). The existing pushbuttons will be replaced (see Section 20. 7).

Page 95 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 15 ESFAS Function #1 ESFAS Actuation on RCS Pressure Low The concept of operation for a reset of HPI Channel 1 (2) following an automatic trip on ESFAS Function #1 (RCS Pressure Low) is as follows:

1. To reset the HPI channel 1 (2) following an automatic or manual ESFAS actuation ESFAS Function #3 (RB Pressure High) must not be tripped.

2. If ESFAS Function #1 (RCS Pressure Low) is tripped, ESFAS Function #1 (RCS Pressure Low) trip logic must be manually bypassed with the HPI BYPASS pushbuttons (BYPASS light will come on).

3. HPI Channel 1 (2) may be removed from automatic operation by placing ODD (EVEN) HPI channel in manual by pushing the Channel 1 (2) MANUAL pushbutton and the Load Shed 1 (2) MANUAL pushbutton. At the AUTO/MANUAL switch, the AUTO lights will go out, the MANUAL lights will come on. At this point the Channel 1 (2) ESFAS Ro contacts will drop out and the operator has manual control of all Channel 1 (2) devices.

4. Channel 1 (2) may then be reset with the Channel 1 (2) RESET pushbutton. When the RESET pushbutton is pushed, the TRIP light for Channel 1 (2) will go out and the Channel 1 (2) MANUAL light will go out.

5. If required, the operator may re-actuate ESFAS Channel 1 (2) with the Channel 1 (2)

TRIP pushbutton.

15.8.4 RZ Module Replacement The RZ Module indicating function for Channel 1 & 2 ESFAS components will be replaced with lamp b6kes that will have indicating LEDs for the status of each device actuated by the ES system arranged by channel (See Section 20). In addition, the "Operate Here" functions for certain ODD and EVEN devices will be replacedwith control switches and indicating LEDs on 1VB2 and 1UB2 as shown in Section 20.

15.8.5 AUTO/MANUAL Function The existing ESFAS AUTO/MANUAL function is used to remove the ES actuation signal to each ESFAS actuated component. The existing individual component AUTO/MANUAL function will be replaced with a new Logic Channel level AUTO/MANUAL function (see Section 20.6).

15.8.6 New ODD/EVEN Field Device Status ODD/EVEN device status (check back) from HPI Pump 1B will be provided from ESTC3.

The signal will be sent to ESFAS cabinets (1PPSCA0017 and 1PPSCA0018) for lighting the associated device status LEDs on the lamp box and providing device status signals to the TXS and OAC.

15.8.7 ESFAS Outputs All new ESFAS output contacts (Ro) shall have an adjustable software time delay on closure (0 to 15 minutes); all time delays will be set to zero (0) seconds.

Page 96 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 15 ESFAS Function #1 ESFAS Actuation on RCS Pressure Low 15.8.8 Emergency Override Switches See Section 21 discussion.

15.8.9 Analog Signal Monitoring discussion, see Section 25.4.

15.8.10 CHANNEL CHECK discussion, see Section 25.1.

15.9 Safety Classification This function is classified QA Condition 1 (Class 1E).

15.10 Response Time Requirements The response time for the TXS rack/processing equipment shall be < 500 ms. The channel response time does not include the sensor response time or the time required for the field devices to go to the ES position from the Non-ES position.

15.11 Existing Input Signals The RC pressure inputs are shared with ESFAS Function #2 and the Diverse Low Pressure Injection Actuation System (DLPIAS - see Section 30) as well as the Diverse High Pressure Injection Actuation System (DHPIAS - See Section 31). Transmitter loops are powered from ESFAS. Pushbuttons are wetted from ESFAS. (*HPI Pushbuttons in Sections 15.11 are located on UB1 instead of UB2, See PIP 0-2008-5867 for further resolution and tracking.)

IDCode Description Physical Range. Electrical Range:.'

1RCPT0021 P RC Pressure analog CH.A 0 - 2500 psig 4 - 20 mADC I RCPT0023P RC Pressure analog CH B 0 - 2500 psig 4 - 20 mADC 1RCPT0022P RC Pressure analog CH C 0 - 2500 psig 4 - 20 mADC 1ESPBOOESCH1 CH 1 TRIP pushbutton Binary Contact input 1ESPBOOESCH2 CH 2 TRIP pushbutton Binary Contact input 1ESPBOOESCH1 CH 1 RESET pushbutton Binary Contact input 1ESPBOOESCH2 CH 2 RESET pushbutton Binary Contact input 1HPIPBO299UB1* CH A HPI BYPASS pushbutton Binary Contact input 1HPIPBO301UB1* CH B HPI BYPASS pushbutton Binary Contact input 1HPIPBO303UB1* CH C HPI BYPASS pushbutton Binary Contact input

Page 97 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 15 ESFAS Function #1 ESFAS Actuation on RCS Pressure Low 15.12 Existing Output Signals (lights are powered from ESFAS; statalarms provide 145 VDC to output contacts in ESFAS.

(*HPI Pushbuttons in Sections 15.12 are located on UB1 instead of UB2, See PIP 0-2008-5867 for further resolution and tracking.)

ID Code Existing Description Physical Existing PhRsical Electrical Range, 1ESPBO0ESCH1 CH 1 TRIPPED indicating light on pushbutton Binary 24 VAC 1ESPBOOESCH2 CH 2 TRIPPED indicating light on pushbutton Binary 24 VAC 1HPIPBO299UB1* CH A HPIBYPASS indicating light on pushbutton Binary 24 VAC 1HPIPB0301UB1* CH B HPI BYPASS indicating light on pushbutton Binary 24 VAC 1HPIPB0303UBI* CH C HPI BYPASS indicating light on pushbutton Binary 24 VAC 1 SA7-1 ES HP Injection Channel A Trip Binary 145 VDC 1SA7-10 ES HP Injection Channel B Trip Binary 145 VDC 1SA7-19 ES HP Injection Channel C Trip Binary 145 VDC 1SA7-6 ES HP Channel A Bypassed Binary 145 VDC 1SA7-15 ES HP Channel B Bypassed Binary 145 VDC 1SA7-24 ES HP Channel C Bypassed Binary 145 VDC 1SAI-10 ES Channel 1 Trip Binary 145 VDC 1SAl-22 ES Channel 2 Trip Binary 145 VDC 15.13 New Input Signals (all new and existing contact inputs are wetted by TXS)

ID Code, Description Physical Range Electrical Range',

CH 1 MANUAL CH 1 MANUAL pushbutton Binary Contact input 1 PPSPB0052UB2 1CHP1 AUTO O

UP CH 1 AUTO pushbutton Binary Contact Input 1 PPSPB0052UB2 CH 1 LOAD SHED MANUAL CH 1 LOAD SHED MANUAL pushbutton Binary Contact input 1PPSPBO07OUB2 CH 1 LOAD SHED AUTO CH 1 LOAD SHED AUTO pushbutton Binary Contact input 1 PPSPBO07OUB2 CH 2 MANUAL CHP2BMANUAL CH 2 MANUAL pushbutton Binary Contact input 1 PPSPB0053UB2 CH 2 AUTO CHP2BAUTO2CH 2 AUTO pushbutton Binary Contact Input 1PPSPB0053UB2 CH 2 LOAD SHED MANUAL CH 2 LOAD SHED MANUAL pushbutton Binary Contact input IPPSPB0071UB2 CH 2 LOAD SHED AUTO CH 2 LOAD SHED AUTO pushbutton Binary Contact input 1PPSPB0071 UB2

Page 98 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 15 ESFAS Function #1 ESFAS Actuation on RCS Pressure Low 15.14 New Output Signals (all new and existing indicating lights are powered from TXS)

S ID Code Description." Physical Range Electrical OH 1 1 AUTOO AUP CH 1 AUTO indicating light on pushbutton Binary 24 VDC 1 PPSPB0052UB2 OH1 1 MANUAL MANUAL CH 1 MANUAL indicating light on pushbutton Binary 24 VDC 1 PPSPB0052UB2 CH 1 2 AUTO AUTO CH 2 AUTO indicating light on pushbutton Binary 24 VDC 1 PPSPB0053UB2*

OH 2 MP C MANUAL NUAL CH 2 MANUAL indicating light on pushbutton Binary 24 VDC I1PPSPB0053UB2 CH 1 LOAD SHED AUTO CH 1 LOAD SHED AUTO indicating light on Binary 24 VDO 1 PPSPB0070UB2 pushbutton CH 1 LOAD SHED MANUAL CH 1 LOAD SHED MANUAL indicating light on Binary 24 VDO 1 PPSPB0070UB2 pushbutton CH 2 LOAD SHED AUTO CH 2 LOAD SHED AUTO indicating light on Binary 24 VDC 1PPSPB0071 UB2 pushbutton.

CH 2 LOAD SHED MANUAL CH 2 LOAD SHED MANUAL indicating light on Binary 24 VDO 1PPSPB0071 UB2 pushbutton RC Pressure Wide Range to RC Pressure Wide Range to ICS /NNI ICS/NNI (see Section 20.8) 1SA7-33 ES HPI BYP PERMIT Binary 145 VDC Isolated Output 0 - 20 (to DLPIAS section 30) RC Pressure analog OH A 0 - 2500 psig mADC Isolated Output 0 - 20 (to DLPIAS section 30) RC Pressure analog OH B 0 - 2500 psig mADC Isolated Output RC Pressure analog HC 0- 2500 psig 0 - 20 (to DLPIAS section 30) mADC Isolated Output 0 - 20 (to DHPIAS section 31) RC Pressure analog OH A 0 - 2500 psig mADC Isolated Output RC Pressure analog CH B 0 - 2500 psig 0-20 (to DHPIAS section 31) mADC Isolated Output RC Pressure analog CH C 0 - 20 (to DHPIAS section 31) mADC 15.15 Existing Actuated Field Devices (via existing Ro contacts)

,* i . Channell Channel*2 1 EL RLKA (Keowee Start - CH A) (ES Position On) 1EL RLKB (Keowee Start - CH B) (ES Position On) 1 EL RLESG1X (Load Shed & Standby Breaker 1 1EL, RLESG2X (Load Shed & Standby Breaker 2 Initiate)

Initiate) (Load Shed ES Position Complete; BKR ES Position (Load Shed ES Position Complete; BKR ES Position Closed - see Note 1)

Closed - see Note 1) Closed - see Note 1) 1EL RLESG1X1 (Load Shed & Standby Breaker 1 Initiate - second Ro contact, see Note 2) (Load Shed N/A ES Position Complete; BKR ES Position Closed)

OEL RL1 RXI (Keowee Standby Bus 1 Feeder 0EL RLRX2 (Keowee Standby Bus 2 Feeder Breaker)

Breaker) (ES Position Closed) (ES Position Closed) 1CS VA0005 (1CS-5) (ES Position Closed) 1CS VA0006 (1CS-6) (ES Position Closed)

Page 99 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 15 ESFAS Function #1 ESFAS Actuation on RCS Pressure Low 1FDWVA0105 (1FDW-105) (ES Position Closed) 1FDWVA0103 (1FDW-103) (ES Position Closed) 1FDWVA0107 (1FDW-107) (ES Position Closed) 1FDWVA0104 (1 FDW-104) (ES Position Closed) 1GWDVA0012 (i GWD-12) (ES Position Closed) 1FDWVA0106 (1 FDW-106) (ES Position Closed) 1HPIPU0001 (HPI-P1A) (ES Position Run) 1FDWVA0108 (1 FDW-108) (ES Position Closed)

HPIPU0002 (HPI-P1 B) (ES Position Run) 1GWDVA0013 (1GWD-13) (ES Position Closed) 1HP VA0003 (1HP-3) (ES Position Closed) 1HPIPU0002 (HPI-P1B) (ES Position Run) 1HP VA0004 (1HP-4) (ES Position Closed) 1HPIPU0003 (HPI-P1C) (ES Position Run) 1 HP VA0020 (1 HP-20) (ES Position Closed) 1 HP VA0005 (1 HP-5) (ES Position Closed) 1 HP VA0024 (1 HP-24) (ES Position Open) 1HP VA0021 (1 HP-211) (ES Position Closed) 1 HP VA0026 (1 HP-26) (ES Position Open) 1HP VA0025 (1 HP-25) (ES Position Open) 1LWDVA0001 (1LWD-1) (ES Position Closed) 1HP VA0027 (1HP-27) (ES Position Open) 1PR VA0001 (1PR-1) (ES Position Closed) 1LWDVA0002 (1LWD-2) (ES Position Closed) 1PR VA0006 (1PR-6) (ES Position Closed) 1PR VA0002 (1PR-2) (ES Position Closed) 1PR VA0007 (1PR-7) (ES Position Closed) 1PR VA0003 (1PR-3) (ES Position Closed) 1PR VA0009 (1 PR-9) (ES Position Closed) 1PR VA0004 (1 PR-4) (ES Position Closed) 1 RC VA0005 (1 RC-5) (ES Position Closed) 1PR VA0005 (1 PR-5) (ES Position Closed) 1 RC VA0006 (1 RC-6 (Note 3) (ES Position Closed) 1PR VA0008 (1 PR-8) (ES Position Closed) 1PR VA0010 (1PR-10) (ES Position Closed) 1RC VA0007 (1 RC-7) (ES Position Closed)

Note 1 - LOCA Load Shed, Trains A and B, is actuated by spare contacts on auxiliary relays 1ELRLESG1X and 1 ELRLESG2X, respectively, located in the Emergency Power Switching Logic Panel. These new functions do not require additional outputs from the ESFAS voters.

Note 2- Channel 1 requires that two control relays be picked up by the Ro relay. A second set of Ro outputs were *:

added to Channel 1 in order to split the current load. Channel 2 has only one control relay and does not require a second Ro.

Note 3 New system feature - provide separate 24 VDC signals to control station LEDs to replace "operate here" indication function.

Page 100 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 15 ESFAS Function #1 ESFAS Actuation on RCS Pressure Low 15.16 Normal Control and Device Status Indication ODD devices.(Cabinet a) EVEN devices (Cabinet 9) 1ELRLLSCA (LOAD SHED - NORMAL/COMPLETE) 1ELRLLSCB,(LOAD SHED - NORMAL/COMPLETE)

(ES Position Complete) (ES Position Complete) 0ELBKB1T05 (STBY BUS FDR BKR 1 - OELBKB2TO9 (STBY BUS FDR BKR 2 - OPEN/CLOSED)

OPEN/CLOSED) (ES Position Closed) (ES Position Closed) 1ELRL11GR (KEOWEE START CH A - UNIT 1 1ELRL11GR(KEOWEESTARTCHB-UNIT1 ON/OFF)

ON/OFF) (ES Position On) (ES Position On) 2ELRL11GR (KEOWEE START CH A - UNIT 2 2ELRL1 1GR (KEOWEE START CH B - UNIT 2 ON/OFF)

ON/OFF) (ES Position On) (ES Position On) 1ELBKB1T06 (STBY BKR 1 OPEN/CLOSED) (ES 1ELBKB2T08 (STBY BKR 2 OPEN/CLOSED) (ES Position Position Closed) Closed) 1CS VA0005 (1CS-5) (ES Position Closed) 1CS VA0006 (1CS-6) (ES Position Closed) 1FDWVA0105 (1FDW-105)(Note 3)(ES Position Closed) 1FDWVA0103 (1FDW-103) (ES Position Closed) 1FDWVA0107 (1FDW-107)(Note 3)(ES Position Closed) 1FDWVA01 04 (1 FDW-1 04) (ES Position Closed) 1GWDVA0012 (1GWD-12) (ES Position Closed) 1FDWVA0106 (1FDW-106) (Note 3) (ES Position Closed) 1HPIPU0001 (HPI-P1A) (ES Position Run) 1FDWVA0108 (1FDW-108) (Note 3) (ES Position Closed) 1HP VA0003 (1HP-3) (ES Position Closed) 1GWDVAOO13 (1GWD-1 3) (ES Position Closed) 1HP VA0004 (1HP-4) (ES Position Closed) 1HPIPU0003 (HPI-P1C) (ES Position Run) 1HP VA0020 (1 HP-20) (ES Position Closed) 1HP VA0005 (1 HP-5) (ES Position Closed) 1HP VA0024 (1 HP-24) (ES Position Open) 1 HP VA0021 (1 HP-21) (Note 3) (ES Position Closed) 1HP VA0026 (1 HP-26) (ES Position Open) 1 HP VA0025 (1 HP-25) (ES Position Open) 1LWDVA0001 (1LWD-1) (ES Position Closed) 1HP VA0027 (1HP-27) (ES Position Open) 1PR VA0001 (1PR-1) (ES Position Closed) 1LWDVA0002 (1LWD-2) (ES Position Closed) 1PR VA0006 (1 PR-6) (ES Position Closed) 1 PR VA0002 (1 PR-2) (ES Position Closed) 1 PR VA0007 (1 PR-7) (Note 3) (ES Position Closed) 1 PR VA0003 (1 PR-3) (Note 3) (ES Position Closed) 1PR.,VA0009 (1 PR-9) (Note 3) (ES Position Closed) 1 PR VA0004 (1 PR-4) (ES Position Closed) 1RC VA0005 (1RC-5) (Note 3) (ES Position Closed) 1PR VA0005 (1PR-5) (ES Position Closed) 1RC VA0006 (1RC-6 (Note 3) (ES Position Closed) 1PR VA0008 (1PR-8) (Note 3) (ES Position Closed) 1HPIPU0002 (HPI-P1 B) (Note 2) (ES Position Run) 1 PR VA001 0 (1 PR-1 0) (Note 3) (ES Position Closed) 1RC VA0007 (1 RC-7) (Note 3) (ES Position Closed) 1HPIPU0002 (HPI-P1 B) (Note 2) (ES Position Run)

Note 1 Keowee Start - CH A and CH B indication comes from cabinets KOICA and KOICB respectively.

Note 2 New system feature - checkback signals from ODD/EVEN field component go to both ODD and EVEN cabinets.

Note 3 New system feature - provide separate 24 VDC signals to control station LEDs to replace "operate here" indication function.

Page 101 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 15 ESFAS Function #1 ESFAS Actuation on RCS Pressure Low 15.17 Existing Hardwired Computer Points The existing hardwired computer points listed below will be deleted and replaced with equivalent points using computer communications (OPC gateway to OAC). New OAC point IDs and descriptions (including reset/set state messages for binary points) will be issued during detailed modification design. [Note that 01A1416 & 01A1417 remain hardwired (HW), in support of the station Core Thermal Power (CTP) calculation requirements and will also be available on the Gateway.]

Existing.De~scription (Reset/SetDsio Existing Point ID state messages for binary Existing Physical Range New stinion points)'

01D1872 ES HP INJECTION TRIPPED) (TRIPPED)CH A (NOT Binary Gateway 01D1873 ES HP INJECTION CH B (NOT Binary Gateway TRIPPED) (TRIPPED) 01D1874 ES HP INJECTION CH C (NOT Binary Gateway TRIPPED) (TRIPPED) 01D1875 ES HP CH A (NOT BYPASS) Binary Gateway (BYPASS) 01D1876 ES HP CH B (NOT BYPASS) Binary Gateway (BYPASS) 01D1877 ES HP CH C (NOT BYPASS) Binary Gateway O1D1877________(BYPASS) 01D1890 ES CH 1 (NOT TRIPPED) Binary Gateway O1D1890________(TRIPPED) 01D1891 ES CH 2 (NOT TRIPPED)

O1D1891________(TRIPPED)

Binary Gateway BinaryGateway 01A1416 RC LOOP A WR PRESS 1 0 to 2500 psig* Gateway/HW 01A1417 RC LOOP B WR PRESS 1 0 to 2500 psig* Gateway/HW 01A1418 RC LOOP AWR PRESS 2 0 to 2500 psig Gateway

The hardwired input signal to the OAC is 0 to 10 VDC, representing 0 to 2500 psig.

15.] 8 New Statalarm Panel Changes Statalarm Panel changes are shown in Section 22.

15.19 References See Section 27

Page 102 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 16 ESFAS Function #2 ESFAS Actuations on RCS Pressure Low Low 16.0 RCS Pressure Low Low (Low Pressure Injection and LPSW Actuation - Existing Digital Logic Channels 3 & 4) 16.1 Existing Automatic Trip Functions Reactor Coolant Pressure Low Low Reactor Coolant System Pressure inputs are shared with ESFAS Functional Trip #1.

When any of these signals reach the RCS Pressure Low Low Setpoint, the associated protective channel bistable is tripped. If two or more protective channel bistables are in the tripped state, a Channel 3 and Channel 4 ESFAS Actuation is generated.

Tech Specs require that the RCS Pressure - Low Low actuation be enabled at or above 900 psig.

Actual ESFAS bypass is automatically removed at 890 psig for conservatism (see 16.4 below).

Tech Specs also require that the RCS Pressure - Low Low actuation (decreasing pressure) occur before 500 psig (allowable value); actual ESFAS actuation setpoint is 550 psig for conservatism.

Reactor Building (RB) Pressure - High A High Reactor Building Pressure. signal (ESFAS Function #3) shall also provide an actuation signal to ESFAS'Actuation Channels 3 and 4.

16.2 Description of Functions Related to Existing Trip The purpose of Low Pressure Injection (LPI) System initiation is to assure that adequate flow into the Reactor Coolant System (RCS) is maintained following LOCAs resulting from break sizes above a certain minimum. The LPI System (along with the HPI System and core flood tanks) provides enough water to cool the core and to ensure the ability to establish recirculation from the Reactor Building sump and provide long term cooling after a LOCA.

16.3 Existing Manual Actuation Function A manual actuation of the Low Pressure Injection and LPSW Actuation (Channels 3 and 4) shall be capable of being initiated from the main control board TRIP/RESET pushbutton switches. This manual actuation is independent of the automatic ESFAS Channel 3 and 4 automatic actuation system and shall be capable of actuating all channel related field components regardless of any failures of the automatic system. The TRIP latching logic is internal in the ES system.

16.4 Existing LPI BYPASS (INHIBIT)

The LPI BYPASS (INHIBIT) permissive bistables (monitoring analog pressure inputs A, B & C) allow manual bypass of the LPI TRIP function on decreasing reactor coolant pressure below the LPI BYPASS setpoint (890 psig).

The LPI BYPASS (INHIBIT) is required to be automatically removed on increasing reactor coolant pressure at the LPI BYPASS REMOVAL setpoint of 900 psig (allowable value). Actual LPI BYPASS REMOVAL setpoint is 890 psig for conservatism.

Page 103 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 16 ESFAS Function #2 ESFAS Actuations on RCS Pressure Low Low Once the LPI BYPASS (INHIBIT) has been automatically removed, the operator must again manually bypass LPI on decreasing pressure. This bypass does not prevent actuation of the Low Pressure Injection on High Reactor Building pressure. Bypassing is under administrative control.

Since the ESFAS has three analog input channels, there are three Low Pressure Injection BYPASS switches. Two of the three switches must be operated to initiate a bypass. Once a bypass has been initiated, the condition is indicated by the plant annunciator system and by lamps associated with the bypass switches.

16.5 Existing Associated Actuation Functions A High Reactor Building Pressure signal (ESFAS Function #3) shall also provide an actuation signal to ESFAS Actuation Channels 3 and 4.

16.6 Existing Algorithm Equations for Channel Actuation Functions RCS Pressure Low Low CURRENT ALGORITHM Channel Trip: Pm -<PsP PRESS OR TRIPRBHP Remove LPI Trip BYPASS: Pm - PsP PRESS RBYP Allow LPI Trip BYPASS: Pm < PsP PRESS BYP (a) Pm = measured RCS pressure in each ESFAS channel A, B and C.

(b)

(-c) PSp P*ESS

, llVV = LPI

..... Trio:

PRE-SR......Remove l-- setooint 550 osia. setpoint

--- LP-BYPASS; decreasina.

890ps (C) PsP PRESS RBYP = Remove LPI BYPASS; setpoint 890 psig, increasing.

(d) PsP PRESS BYP :- Allow Manual LPI BYPASS; setpoint 890 psig, decreasing.

(e) TRIPRBHP = Reactor Building HIGH pressure TRIP; see ESFAS Function 3 in Section 17.

(f) 2 out of 3 channels tripped = ESFAS Channels 3 & 4 Actuation

Page 104 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 16 ESFAS Function #2 ESFAS Actuations on RCS Pressure Low Low Existing Process Parameters for Current Algorithm Logica I 1D

..... ..D, .Parameter Range 'Reset Units Descipiorior Value~ Value Pm Measured Reactor Coolant System Pressure in each 0-2500 N/A psig ESFAS channel.

manual ESFAS LPI Actuation Trip setpoint on decreasing 55o T reset once PsP PRESS pressure. Tech Spec Allowable Value is > 500 psg.

psig. on decreasing Automatically Trip irssaboe pressure pi psig is above pressure setpoint 890 Remove LPI Trip Bypass on increasing pressure. Tech < 890 PSPPRESSRBYP Spec Allowable Value is > 900. Automatically manual psig remove bypass on increasing pressure bypass 890 Automatic

< 890 ally PsP PRESS BYP Allow LPI Trip Bypass on decreasing pressure. manual bypass remove psig bypass on increasing pressure TRIPRBHP Reactor Building HIGH pressure TRIP. (See ESFAS N/A N/A N/A Function 3 in Section 17).

16.7 New Algorithm Equations for Channel Actuation Functions RCS Pressure Low Low PROPOSED ALGORITHM Channel Trip: Pm2.ain 5 PsP PRESS OR TRIPRBHP Remove LPI Trip BYPASS: Pm2.Min ->PSP PRESS RBYP Allow LPI Trip BYPASS: Pm2.Min - PsP PRESS BYP (a) Pm2.Min = RC pressure, 2nd minimum value of pressure from ESFAS channel A, B and C.

(b) PSP PRESS = LPI Trip; setpoint 550 psig, decreasing.

(C) PSP PRESS RBYP = Remove LPI BYPASS; setpoint 890 psig, increasing.

(d) PSP PRESS BYP = Allow Manual LPI BYPASS; (See OSC-8695 for value),

decreasing.

(e) TRIPRBHP = Reactor Building HIGH pressure TRIP; see ESFAS Function 3 in Section 17.

(f) 2 out of 3 channels tripped = ESFAS Channels 3 & 4 Actuation

Page 105 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 16 ESFAS Function #2 ESFAS Actuations on RCS Pressure Low Low Process Parameters for New Algorithm Setpoints, coefficients, reset values, and algorithm variables shall be adjustable utilizing software using the TXS Service Unit. When an adjustable parameter can be entered from a GSM screen the GSM screen shall enforce the range limits on the entered value. The stated range limits on calculated values in the table below are the expected ranges of the calculated value and are not meant to imply limits unless otherwise specified.

LogicailID Description Parameter Range orVe* ': Reset Value Units RCS pressure, second minimum of all channels Pm2.Min A, B & C 0-2500 N/A psig Trip comparator auto-resets once RC Low Low Pressure Actuation Trip setpoint 550 pressure is PSP PRESS on decreasing pressure. Tech Spec Allowable Automatically Trip above the psig Value is >500 psig. on decreasing auto-reset pressure value; see OSC-8695 for the auto-reset value.

(See 16.8.3.)

Trip comparator auto-resets once pressure is 890 below the Remove LPI Trip Bypass on increasing Automatically auto-reset pressure. Tech Spec Allowable Value is > 900. remove bypass' value, to psig RBYP on increasing allow manual pressure bypass on decreasing pressure. See OSC-8695 for the auto-reset value.

Allow LPI Trip Bypass on decreasing pressure.

PSP PRESS BYP (This is the reset for the Automatic Removal of See OSC-8695 NA psig LPI Trip Bypass, Psp PRESS RBYP) for value.

Reactor Building HIGH pressure TRIP. (See N/A N/A N/A ESFAS Function 3 in Section 17).

16.8 New Design Features 16.8.1 Second Maximum / Second Minimum Function Each ESFAS instrument channel (A, B & C) processes the associated Reactor Coolant System (RCS) pressure signal value as well as the RCS pressure signal values from the other two ESFAS instrument channels. For the RCS Pressure Low Low Trip, each ESFAS channel\selects the second minimum (2.Min) measured RCS pressure value (Pm2.Min) from all three channels. If the value of Pm2Min falls below the RCS Pressure Low

Page 106 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 16 ESFAS Function #2 ESFAS Actuations on RCS Pressure Low Low Low Trip setpoint (PsP PRESS), the channel generates a trip signal. If two or more ESFAS instrument channels are in the tripped state, an actuation is generated for ESFAS channel 3 and 4 components.

16.8.2 LPI BYPASS Function As described above, each ESFAS instrument channel (A, B & C) processes the associated Reactor Coolant System (RCS) pressure signal value as well as the RCS pressure signal values from the other two ESFAS instrument channels. For the LPI BYPASS Function, on decreasing RC pressure, each ESFAS instrument channel selects the second minimum (2.Min) measured RCS pressure value (Pm2.Min) from all three channels (A, B & C). If the value of Pm2Min is below the LPI BYPASS setpoint, the system allows the operator to manually BYPASS the RCS Low-Low Pressure function in that ESFAS instrument channel. Bypassing the trip function in 2/3 of the ESFAS instrument channels will result in the bypass of ESFAS actuation channels 3 and 4 for this trip function. On increasing RCS pressure, if the value of Pm2Min is above the LPI BYPASS REMOVAL setpoint (PsP PRESS RBYP), the LPI BYPASS is required to be automatically removed. Following an ESFAS actuation, to allow resetting ESFAS actuation channels 3 and 4, the TXS RCS Low-Low Pressure comparators (old analog channel bistable) may be bypassed by depressing the LPI BYPASS pushbutton for each channel.

16.8.3 TRIP/RESET Function Depressing the manual TRIP pushbutton will initiate a TRIP signal to the associated ESFAS Channel 3 or 4 directly to the associated Channel output relays bypassing the TXS. Following an actuation, the manual or automatic Channel 3 and/or 4 TRIP signal can be reset by depressing the associated Channel RESET button (LPI analog channels must first be bypassed - see discussion below). The existing pushbuttons will be replaced (see Section 20. 7).

The concept of operation for a reset of LPI Channel 3 (4) following an automatic trip on ESFAS Function #2 (RCS Pressure Low Low) is as follows:

1. To reset the LPI Channel 3 (4) following an automatic or manual ESFAS actuation ESFAS Function #3 (RB Pressure High) must not be tripped.

2. If ESFAS Function #2 (RCS Pressure Low. Low) is tripped, ESFAS Function #2 (RCS Pressure Low Low) trip logic must be manually bypassed with the LPI BYPASS pushbuttons (BYPASS light will come on).

3. LPI Channel 3 (4) may be removed from automatic operation by placing ODD (EVEN) LPI channel in manual by pushing the Channel 3 (4) MANUAL pushbutton.

At the AUTO/MANUAL switch, the AUTO lights will go out, the MANUAL lights will come on. At this point the Channel 3 (4) ESFAS Ro contacts will drop out and the operator has manual control of all Channel 3 (4) devices.

Page 107 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 16 ESFAS Function #2 ESFAS Actuations on RCS Pressure Low Low

4. Channel 3 (4) may then be reset with the Channel 3 (4) RESET pushbutton. When the RESET pushbutton is pushed, the TRIP light for Channel 3 (4) will go out and the Channel 3 (4) MANUAL light will go out.

5. If required, the operator may re-actuate ESFAS channel 3 (4) with the Channel 3 (4)

TRIP pushbutton.

16.8.4 RZ Module Replacement The RZ Module indicating function for Channel 3 & 4 ESFAS components will be replaced with lamp boxes that will have indicating LEDs for the status of each device actuated by the ES system arranged by channel (see Section 20). In addition, the "Operate Here" functions for certain ODD and EVEN devices will be replaced with control switches and indicating LEDs on 1VB2 and 1UB2 as shown in Section 20.

16.8.5 AUTO/MANUAL Function The existing ESFAS AUTO/MANUAL function is used to remove the ES actuation signal to each ESFAS actuated component. The existing individual component AUTO/MANUAL function will be replaced with a new Logic Channel level AUTO/MANUAL function (see Section 20.6).

16.8.6 New ODD/EVEN Field Device Status ODD/EVEN device status (check back) from LPSW Pump C will be provided from ESTC3. The signal will be sent to ESFAS cabinets (1PPSCA0017 and 1PPSCA0018) for lighting the associated device status LEDs on the lamp box and providing device status signals to the TXS and OAC.

16.8.7 ESFAS Outputs All new ESFAS output contacts (Ro) shall have an adjustable software, time delay on closure (0 to 15 minutes). All time delays will be set to zero (0) seconds.

16.8.8 Emergency Override Switches, See Section 21 discussion.

16.8.9 Analog Signal Monitoring discussion, see Section 25.4.

16.8.10 CHANNEL CHECK discussion, see Section 25.1.

16.9 Safety Classification This function is classified QA Condition 1 (Class 1E).

16.10 Response Time Requirements The response time for the TXS rack/processing equipment shall be < 500 ms. The channel response time does not include the sensor response time or the time required for the field devices to go to the ES position from the Non-ES position.

Page 108 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 16 ESFAS Function #2 ESFAS Actuations on RCS Pressure Low Low 16.11 Existing Input Signals The RC pressure inputs are shared with ESFAS Function 1, Diverse Low Pressure Injection Actuation System (DLPIAS - see Section 30) and Diverse High Pressure Injection Actuation System (DHPIAS - see Section 31). Pushbuttons are wetted from ESFAS.

ID Code Description PhysicEtiRangea Electrical Range 1ESPB00ESCH3 CH 3 TRIP/RESET pushbutton Binary Contact input 1LESPBOOES0H4 CH 4 TRIP/RESET pushbutton Binary Contact input 1LPIPB0300UB2 CH A LPI BYPASS pushbutton Binary Contact input 1LPIPBO302UB2 CH B LPI BYPASS pushbutton Binary Contact input 1 1LPIPBO304UB2 OH C LPI BYPASS pushbutton I Binary Contact inpu 16.12 Existing Output Signals (lights are powered from ESFAS; statalarms provide 145 VDC to output contacts in ESFAS)

Existing~ Existing ID Code Existing Description Ph"S.caiange Rlange 1ESPBOOESCH3 CH 3 TRIPPED indicating light on pushbutton Binary 24 VAC 1ESPB00ESCH4 CH 4 TRIPPED indicating light on pushbutton Binary 24 VAC 1LPIPBO300UB2 CH A LPI BYPASS indicating light on pushbutton Binary 24 VAC 1LPIPBO302UB2 CH B LPI BYPASS indicating light on pushbutton Binary 24 VAC 1LPIPBO304UB2 CH C LPI BYPASS indicating light on pushbutton Binary 24 VAC 1 SA7-2. ES LP Injection Channel A TRIP Binary 145 VDC 1SA7-11 ES LP Injection Channel B TRIP Binary 145 VDC 1SA7-20 ES LP Injection Channel C TRIP Binary 145 VDC 1SA7-7 ES LP Channel A BYPASS Binary 145 VDC 1SA7-16 ES LP Channel B BYPASS Binary 145 VDC 1SA7-25 ES LP Channel C BYPASS Binary 145 VDC 1SA1-34 ES Channel 3 TRIP Binary 145 VDC 1SA1-46 ES Channel 4 TRIP Binary 145 VDC 16.13 New Input Signals (all new and existing contact inputs are wetted by TXS)

ID Code Description .- Physica. Range Electrical Range CHP3PAUO CH 3 AUTO pushbutton Binary Contact input 1PPSPB0054UB2 OH 3 MANUAL CHP3BMANUAL CH 3 MANUAL pushbutton Binary Contact input I1PPSPB0054UB2 OH C PP4 AUTO TO CH 4 AUTO pushbutton Binary Contact input 1PPSPB0055UB2 OH 1 PP4 MANUAL NUBL CH 4 MANUAL pushbutton Binary 1 PPSPB0055UB2 Contact input

Page 109 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 16 ESFAS Function #2 ESFAS Actuations on RCS Pressure Low Low 16.14 New Output Signals (all new and existing indicating lights are powered from TXS)

...Dode Descriptiio:n7 Physica[Range Electrical Range CH 1 3 AUP AUTO O CH 3 AUTO indicating light on pushbutton Binary 24 VDC 1PPSPB00541JB2 CH 3 MANUAL CH 3 MANUAL indicating light on Binary 24 VDO 1PPSPB0054UB2 pushbutton OH 4 AUTO 1 O AUP CH 4 AUTO indicating light on pushbutton Binary 24 VDC 1PPSPB0055UB2 CH 4 MANUAL CH 4 MANUAL indicating light on Binary 24 VDC 1PPSPB0055UB2 pushbutton 120 VAC 1LPVA0001 OPEN Interlock permissive lLPVA0001 (on decreasing RC pressure less than 400 (supplied from OPEN interlock psig). See Section 20.8 for additional Binary c LPVA0001 control information. circuit, MCC 1XS1, irI on. compartment F4D) 1SA7-42 ES LPI BYP PERMIT Binary 145 VDC 16.15 Existing Actuated Field Devices (via existing Ro contacts)

Channel 3 Channe14j 1LPIPU0001 (LPI-P1A) (ES Position Run) 1LPIPU0002 (LPI-P1 B) (ES Position Run) 1LP VA0017 (1LP-17) (ES Position Open) 1LP VA0018 (1LP-18) (ES Position Open)

OLPSPU000A (A LPSW PUMP) (ES OLPSPU000B (B LPSW PUMP) (ES Position Position Run) Run)

OLPSPU000C (C LPSW PUMP) (ES 0LPSPU000C (C LPSW PUMP) (ES Position Position Run) Run) 16.16 Normal Control and Device Status Indication ODD devices (Cabinet 8) EVEN devices (Cabinet 9)

ILPIPU0001 (LPI-P1A) (ES Position Run) 1LPIPU0002 (LPI-P1 B) (ES Position Run) 1LP VA0017 (1LP-17) (ES Position Open) 1LP VA0018 (LP-18) (ES Position Open)

OLPSPUOOOA (A LPSW PUMP) (ES OLPSPU000B (B LPSW PUMP) (ES Position Position Run) Run)

OLPSPUOOOC (C LPSW PUMP) (ES OLPSPU000C (C LPSW PUMP) (ES Position Position Run) (Note 1) Run) (Note 1)

(Note 1 New system feature - Checkback signals from ODD/EVEN field component go to both ODD and EVEN cabinets.)

Page 110 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 16 ESFAS Function #2 ESFAS Actuations on RCS Pressure Low Low 16.17 Existing Hardwired Computer Points The existing hardwired computer points listed below will be deleted and replaced with equivalent points using computer communications (OPC gateway to OAC). New OAC point IlDs and descriptions (including reset/set state messages for binary points) will be issued during detailed modification design.

Existing Description SExisting Point ID (Reset/Set state messages for Existing Physical Range New Destination

_____________binary points) ~"

01D1878 ES LP INJECTION CH A (NOT Binary Gateway O1D1878_____ TRIPPED) (TRIPPED) 0101879 ES LP INJECTION CH B (NOT Binary Gateway O1D1879_____ TRIPPED) (TRIPPED) 01D1880 ES LP INJECTION CH C O1D1880_____ (NOT TRIPPED) (TRIPPED) Binary Gateway 01D1881 ES LP CH A (NOT BYPASS) Binary Gateway O1D1881_____ (BYPASS) 01D188 2 ES LP CH B (NOT BYPASS) Binary Gateway O1D1882_____ (BYPASS) 01D1883 ES LP CH C (NOT BYPASS) Binary Gateway O1D1883_____ (BYPASS) 010D1892 ES CH 3 (NOT TRIPPED) Binary Gateway O1D1892_____ (TRIPPED) 010D1893 ES CH 4 (NOT TRIPPED)

(TRIPPED) Binary at Gaeway O1D1893 16.18 New Statalarm Panel Changes Statalarm Panel changes are shown in Section 22.

16.19 References See Section 27.

Page 111 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 17 ESFAS Function #3 ESFAS Actuations on Reactor Building Pressure High 17.0 Reactor Building Pressure High (Reactor Building (RB) Cooling and RB Essential Isolation and Penetration Room Ventilation Actuation - Existing Digital Logic Channels 5 & 6) 17.1 Existing Automatic Trip Function Reactor Building Pressure High Reactor Building (RB) pressure transmitters 1BSPT0004P, 05P and 06P (-15 to +15 psig range) provide inputs to the ESFAS protective channels A, B and C respectively. When any of these signals reaches the RB Pressure High Setpoint, the associated protective channel bistable is tripped. If two or more protective channel bistables are in the tripped state, a Channel 5 and Channel 6 ESFAS Actuation is generated.

Tech Specs require that the RB Pressure High actuation (increasing pressure) occurs before 4 psig, (allowable value); actual ESFAS actuation setpoint is 3 psig for conservatism.

17.2 Description of Functions Related to Existing Trip The purpose of Reactor Building Cooling (RBC) System initiation is to assure that sufficient cooling of the reactor building is provided following high-energy line breaks or pressurizer quench tank releases that occur which result in an increase in reactor building pressure.

17.3 Existing Manual Trip Function A manual actuation of the RB Cooling, RB Essential Isolation and Penetration Room Ventilation Actuation (Channels 5 and 6) shall be capable of being initiated from the main control board TRIP/RESET pushbutton switches. This manual actuation is independent of the automatic ESFAS Channel 5 and 6 automatic actuation system and shall be capable of actuating all channel related field components regardless of any failures of the automatic system.

17.4 Existing BYPASS (INHIBIT)

There is no BYPASS (INHIBIT) permissive for this function.

17.5 Existing Associated Actuation Functions As stated in Sections 15.5 and 16.5 a High Reactor Building Pressure signal (ESFAS Function

3) shall also provide an actuation signal to ESFAS Actuation Channels 1, 2, 3 and 4.

Additionally, a contact input to ICS is provided from the ESFAS Channel A cabinet for a degraded containment condition. This signal shall remain in the new system. See tables in Sections 17.12 and 17.14.

Page 112 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 17 ESFAS Function #3 ESFAS Actuations on Reactor Building Pressure High 17.6 Existing Algorithm Equations for Channel Actuation Functions RB Pressure High CURRENT ALGORITHM Channel Trip: Pm > PsP PRESS (a) Pm = measured RB pressure in each ESFAS channel A, B and C.

(b) PSP PRESS = Reactor Building HIGH pressure Trip; setpoint 3 psig increasing.

(c) TRIPRBHP = Reactor Building HIGH pressure TRIP signal to ESFAS Channels 1 & 2 and 3 & 4; see ESFAS Functions #1 and #2 in Sections 15 and 16.

(d) 2 out of 3 channels tripped = ESFAS Channels 5 & 6 Actuation Existing Process Parameters for Current Algorithm Logca ID Logial D Description',,:

it~nParameter or Value Rangeý'.I* Reset~ I*Units or Value Value Pm Measured Reactor Building Pressure in each ESFAS -15 to +15 N/A psig channel.

manual ESFAS Actuation Trip setpoint on Automatically Trip reset once PsP PRESS increasing pressure Auon increasing pressure is psig Tech Spec Allowable Value is < 4 psig. pressure pressure below setpoint TRIP"R13HP Logical Trip Function to ESFAS Functions #1 & #2 in N/A N/A N/A Sections 15 & 16. 1

Page 113 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 17

.. ESFAS Function #3 ESFAS Actuations on Reactor Building Pressure High 17.7 New Algorithm Equations for Channel Actuation Functions RB Pressure High PROPOSED ALGORITHM Channel Trip: Pm2.Max > PsP PRESS PSIG (a) Pm2.Max = 2nd max value of RB pressure from ESFAS channel A, B and C.

(b) PSP PRESS = Reactor Building HIGH pressure Trip; setpoint 3 psig increasing.

(c) TRIPRBHP = Reactor Building HIGH pressure TRIP signal to ESFAS Channels 1 & 2 and 3 & 4; see ESFAS Functions #1 and #2 in Sections 15 and 16.

(d) 2 out of 3 channels tripped = ESFAS Channels 5 & 6 Actuation Process Parameters for New Algorithm Setpoints, coefficients, reset values, and algorithm variables shall be adjustable utilizing software using the TXS Service Unit. When an adjustable parameter can be entered from a GSM screen the GSM screen shall enforce the range limits on the entered value. The stated range limits on calculated values in the table below are the expected ranges of the calculated value and are not meant to imply limits unless otherwise specified.

Logical ID Description Range / Value Reset Value Units Pni2.Max Reactor Building pressure, second maximum of all 15 to +15 N/A psig channels A, B & C Trip comparator auto-resets 3

RB High Pressure Actuation Trip setpoint on increasing Automatically once pressure Trip is below the PSP PRESS pressure. Tech Spec Allowable Value is - 4 psig. on increasing auto-reset psig pressure value; see OSC-8695 for the auto-reset value.

Logical Trip Function on Reactor Building HIGH TRIPRBHP pressure actuation sent to ESFAS Functions #1 and N/A N/A N/A

2. (See ESFAS Functions #1 & 2 in Sections 15 & 16.)

Page 114 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 17 ESFAS Function #3 ESFAS Actuations on Reactor Building Pressure High 17.8 New Design Features 17.8.1 Second Maximum / Second Minimum Function Each ESFAS instrument channel (A, B & C) processes the associated Reactor Building (RB) pressure signal value as well as the RB pressure signal values from the other two ESFAS instrument channels. For the Reactor Building Pressure High Trip, each ESFAS channel selects the second maximum (2.Max) measured RB pressure value (Pm2.Max) from all three channels. If the value of Pm2.Max increases above the RB Pressure High Trip setpoint (PSP PRESS), the channel generates a Trip signal. If two or more ESFAS instrument channels are in the tripped state, an Actuation is generated for ESFAS channels 5 & 6 components.

17.8.2 TRIP/RESET Function Depressing the manual TRIP pushbutton will initiate a TRIP signal to the associated ESFAS Channel 5 or 6 directly to the associated Channel output relays bypassing the TXS. Following an actuation, the manual or automatic Channel 5 and/or 6 TRIP signal can be reset by depressing the associated Channel RESET button. The existing pushbuttons will be replaced (see Section 20. 7).

The concept of operation for a reset of Channel 5 (6) Reactor Building Cooling, Penetration Room Ventilation, and Essential Reactor Building Isolation is as follows:

1. Channel 5 (6) may be removed from automatic operation by placing ODD (EVEN) RB Cooling, PR Ventilation and Essential RB Isolation channel in manual by pushing the Channel 5 (6) MANUAL pushbutton. At the AUTO/MANUAL switch, the AUTO lights will go out, the MANUAL lights will come on. At this point the channel 5 (6) ESFAS Ro contacts will drop out and the operator has manual control of all Channel 5 (6) devices.

2. The RB Cooling, PR Ventilation and Essential RB Isolation logic will automatically reset once the RB pressure transmitters signals decrease below the trip setpoints (2nd max).

3. Channel 5 (6) may then be reset with the Channel 5 (6) RESET pushbutton. When the RESET pushbutton is pushed, the TRIP light for channel 5 (6) will go out and the channel 5 (6) MANUAL light will go out.

4. If required, the operator may re-actuate ESFAS channel 5 (6) with the channel 5 (6)

TRIP pushbutton.

Page 115 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 17 ESFAS Function #3 ESFAS Actuations on Reactor Building Pressure High 17.8.3 RZ Module Replacement The RZ Module indicating function for Channel 5 & 6 ESFAS components will be replaced with lamp boxes that will have indicating LEDs for the status of each device actuated by the ES system arranged by channel (see Section 20). In addition, the "Operate Here" functions for certain ODD and EVEN devices will be replaced with control switches and indicating LEDs on 1VB2 and 1UB2 as shown in Section 20.

17.8.4 AUTO/MANUAL Function The existing ESFAS AUTO/MANUAL function is used to remove the ES actuation signal to each ESFAS actuated component. The existing individual component AUTO/MANUAL function will be replaced with a new Logic Channel level AUTO/MANUAL function (see Section 20.6).

17.8.5 New ODD/EVEN Field Device Status ODD/EVEN device status (check back) from RBCU-1B, LPSW-6, 15 and 21 will be provided from 1ESTC3. The signal will be sent to ESFAS cabinets (1PPSCA0017 and 1PPSCA0018) for lighting the associated device status LEDs on the lamp box, lighting new indication LEDs on 1UB2 (LPSW-6 and 15 only) and providing device status signals to the TXS and OAC.

17.8.6 ESFAS Outputs All new ESFAS output contacts (Ro) shall have an adjustable software time delay on closure (0 to 15 minutes). All time delays will be set to zero (0) seconds.

17.8.7 Emergency Override Switches See Section 21 discussion.

17.8.8 Analog Signal Monitoring discussion, see Section 25.4.

17.8.9 CHANNEL CHECK discussion, see Section 25.1.

17.9 Safety Classification This function is classified QA Condition 1 (Class 1E).

17.10 Response Time Requirements The TXS total channel response time must be < 500 ms. The channel response time does not include the sensor response time or the time required for the field devices to go to the ES position from the Non-ES position.

Page 116 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 17 ESFAS Function #3 ESFAS Actuations on Reactor Building Pressure High 17.11 Existing Input Signals Transmitter loops are powered from ESFAS. Pushbuttons are wetted from ESFAS.

ID Code Description Physical Range. Electrical Range 1BS PT0004P RB Pressure Ch. A -15 to +15 psig 4 - 20 mA 1 BS PT0005P RB Pressure Ch. B -15 to +15 psig 4 - 20 mA 1BS PT0006P RB Pressure Ch. C -15 to +15 psig 4 - 20 mA 1ESPBOOESCH5 CH 5 TRIP pushbutton Binary Contact input 1ESPBOOESCH6 CH 6 TRIP pushbutton Binary Contact input 1ESPBOOESCH5 CH 5 RESET pushbutton Binary Contact input 1ESPBOOESCH6 CH 6 RESET pushbutton Binary Contact input 17.12 Existing Output Signals (Lights are powered from ESFAS; statalarms provide 145 VDC to output contacts in ESFAS)

ID Code ~~Existing ~ xsig ID Code Existing Description Physical s Ringe Exlcia*

Range Eetia ag 1ESPBOOESCH5 CH 5 TRIPPED indicating light on pushbutton Binary 24 VAC 1ESPBOOESCH6 CH 6 TRIPPED indicating light on pushbutton Binary 24 VAC 1SA7-3 ES RB Isolation Channel A TRIP Binary 145 VDC 1SA7-12 ES RB Isolation Channel B TRIP Binary 145 VDC 1SA7-21 ES RB Isolation Channel C TRIP Binary 145 VDC 1SAI-11 ES Channel 5 TRIP Binary 145 VDC 1SAl-23 ES Channel 6 TRIP Binary 145 VDC CH A Tripped CH A Tripped to ICS Cab 4 for degraded Binary ICS provides 118 VAC (RB Pressure > 3 psig) containment. (contact output) to wet contact 17.13 New Input Signals (All new and existing contact inputs are wetted by TXS.)

IDCodeH Description Physical Range Electrical Range 1 5AUBO CH 5 AUTO pushbutton Binary Contact input 1PPSPB0056UB2 CH 5 MANUAL CHB5M UBL CH 5 MANUAL pushbutton Binary Contact Input 1PPSPB0056UB2 CH 6 AUTO 1PPSPBO057UB2 CH 6 AUTO pushbutton Binary Contact input CH 6 MANUAL CH 6BMANUAL CH 6 MANUAL pushbutton Binary Contact input 1 PPSPB0057UB2 I

Page 117 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 17 ESFAS Function #3 ESFAS Actuations on Reactor Building Pressure High 17.14 New Output Signals (All new and existing indicating lights are powered from TXS.)

ID Code. Description,. Physical ýRange ElcrcaIag CH 5 AUTO 1 5AUBO CH 5 AUTO indicating light on pushbutton Binary 1PPSPB0056UB2 24 VDC CH 5 MANUAL CH 5 MANUAL indicating light on pushbutton Binary 24 VDC 1PPSPB0056UB2 CH 1 6 AUTOAUTO CH 6 AUTO indicating light on pushbutton Binary 24 VDC 1PPSPB0057UB2 CH 6 MANUAL CPPSBMANUAL CH 6 MANUAL indicating light on pushbutton Binary 24 VDC 1PPSPB0057UB2 CH A Tripped CH A Tripped to ICS Cab 4 for degraded Binary ICS provides 118 VAC (RB Pressure ->3 psig) containment. (contact output) to wet contact 17.15 Existing Actuated Field Devices (via existing Ro contacts)

Channel5 6 - Channel6 1 RBCAH0020A (RBCU-1A) (ES Position Low 1RBCAH0020B (RBCU-1 B) (ES Position Low

. Speed) Speed) 1 RBCAH0020B (RBCU-1 B) (ES Position Low 1CC VA0008 (1 CC-8) (ES Position Closed)

Speed) 1CC VA0007 (1CC-7) (ES Position Closed) 1 RBCAH0020C (RBCU-1 C) (ES Position Low Speed) 1LPSVA0018 (1LPSW-18) (ES Position Full Open) 1LPSVA0024 (1LPSW-24) (ES Position Full Open) 1LPSVA0006 (1 LPSW-6) (ES Position Closed) 1 LPSVA0006 (1 LPSW-6) (ES Position Closed) 1LPSVA0015 (1LPSW-15) (ES Position Closed) 1LPSVA0015 (1LPSW-15) (ES Position Closed)

ILPSVA0021 (1LPSW-21) (ES Position Full Open) 1LPSVA0021 (1LPSW-21) (ES Position Full Open) 1LPSVA1 055 (ES Position Closed) 1 LPSVA1 054 (ES Position Closed) 1LPSVA1 061 (ES Position Closed) 1LPSVA1 062 (ES Position Closed) 1PR BWOOOA (PR FAN 1A) (ES Position Run) 1PR BWO0OB (PR FAN IB) (ES Position Run) 17.16 Existing Normal Control and Device Status Indication ODD devices (Cabinet 8) EVEN d~evices, (Cabinet 9) 1RBCAH0020A (RBCU-1A) (ES Position Low 1RBCAH0020C (RBCU-1C) (ES Position Low Speed) Speed) 1CC VA0007 (1 CC-7) (ES Position Closed) (Note 2) 1CC VA0008 (1 CC-8) (Note 2) 1LPSVA0018 (1LPSW-18) (ES Position Full Open) 1LPSVA0024 (1LPSW-24) (ES Position Full Open) 1PR BWOO0A (PR FAN 1A) (ES Position Run) 1PR BWOOOB (PR FAN 1B) (ES Position Run)

(Note 2) (Note 2) 1 RBCAH0020B (RBCU-1 B) (ES Position Low 1RBCAH0020B (RBCU-1 B) (ES Position Low Speed) (Note 1) Speed) (Note 1) 1LPSVA1 055 (ES Position Closed) 1LPSVA1 054 (ES Position Closed) 1LPSVA1061 (ES Position Closed) 1LPSVA1062 (ES Position Closed)

Page 118 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 17 ESFAS Function #3 ESFAS Actuations on Reactor Building Pressure High ODD devices (Cabinet 8) EVEN devices (Cabinet 9).

1LPSVA0006 (1LPSW-6) (ES Position Closed) 1LPSVA0006 (1LPSW-6) (ES Position Closed)

(Note 1) (Note 1) 1LPSVAOO15 (1 LPSW-1 5) (ES Position Closed) 1LPSVA0015 (1LPSW-15) (ES Position Closed)

(Note 1) (Note 1) 1LPSVA0021 (1LPSW-21) (ES Position Full Open) 1LPSVA0021 (1LPSW-21) (ES Position Full Open)

(Note 1) (Note 1)

Note 1 New system feature - Checkback signals from ODD/EVEN field components go to both ODD and EVEN cabinets.

Note 2 New system feature - provide separate 24 VDC signals to control station LEDs to replace "operate here" indication function.

17.17 Existing Hardwired Computer Points The existing hardwired computer points listed below will be deleted and replaced with equivalent points using computer communications (OPC gateway to OAC). New OAC point IDs and descriptions (including reset/set state messages for binary points) will be issued during detailed modification design.

Ex..iting.. int Existing Description (Reset/Set state Existing PhysicalI New Exstn Pmessages forbinary points), Range Destination 01D1950 ES RB ISOLATION CH A (NOT TRIPPED) Binary Gateway (TRIPPED)

O1D1951 ES RB ISOLATION CH B (NOT TRIPPED) Binary Gateway (TRIPPED) 01D1952 ES RB ISOLATION'`CH C (NOT TRIPPED) Binary Gateway (TRIPPED)

O1D1894 ES CH 5 (NOT TRIPPED) (TRIPPED) Binary Gateway 01D1896 ES CH 6 (NOT TRIPPED) (TRIPPED) Binary Gateway O1A1566 RB NR PRESS 1 -15 to +15 psig Gateway O1A1286 RB NR PRESS 2 -15 to +15 psig Gateway O1A1287 RB NR PRESS 3 -15 to +15 psig Gateway 1 7.18 New Statalarm Panel Changes Statalarm Panel changes are shown in Section 22.

17.19 References See Section 27.

Page 119 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 18 ESFAS Function #4 ESFAS Actuations on Reactor Building Pressure High High 18.0 Reactor Building Pressure High High (Reactor Building Spray - Existing Digital Logic Channels 7 & 8) 18.1 Existing Automatic Trip Function RB Spray Actuation on High-High RB Pressure The Reactor Building High-High pressure is monitored by six Reactor Building pressure sensing switches, with two pressure switches in each analog channel A, B and C. One pressure switch in each analog channel provides inputs to logic Channel 7 and the other pressure switch provides inputs to logic Channel 8. Contact buffer modules provide the isolating interface between the 3 channels of analog pressure switch inputs (A, B and C) and the 2 ESFAS logic channels (7 and 8). The outputs from the contact buffer modules provide inputs to the two-out-of-three logic (trip logic modules) in the digital logic subsystem, which actuate the Channel 7 and 8 Engineered Safeguards (ES) components (see Section 18.9). RB Pressure Switches are wired to the normally open contact and close on increasing pressure (BSPS-0018, BSPS-0020, and BSPS-0022 are inputs to Channel 7; BSPS-0019, BSPS-0021, and BSPS-0023 are inputs to Channel 8).

Tech Specs requires that the RB Pressure High High actuation (increasing pressure) occurs before 15 psig, (allowable value); actual ESFAS actuation setpoint is 10 psig for conservatism.

18.2 Description of Functions Related to Existing Trip The purpose of the Reactor Building Spray initiation is to cool the Reactor Building atmosphere to maintain equipment Environmental Qualification and scrub post-LOCA activity to reduce offsite dose.

18.3 Existing Manual Actuation Function A manual actuation of the Reactor Building Spray (Channels 7 and 8) shall be capable of being initiated from the main control board TRIP/RESET pushbutton switches. This manual actuation is independent of the automatic ESFAS Channel 7 and 8 automatic actuation system and shall be capable of actuating all channel related field components regardless of any failures of the automatic system.

18.4 Existing BYPASS (INHIBIT)

There is no BYPASS (INHIBIT) permissive for this function.

18.5 Existing Associated Actuation Functions None

Page 120 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 18 ESFAS Function #4 ESFAS Actuations on Reactor Building Pressure High High 18.6 Existing Algorithm Equations for Channel Actuation Functions RB Pressure High High CURRENT ALGORITHM Channel Trip: PSRB PRESS - closed contact (a) PSRB PRESS = closed contact from Reactor Building Pressure Switches in each ESFAS channel A, B & C.

(b) Logic Channels 7 (BSPS-0018, 20 and 22) & 8 (BSPS-0019, 21 and 23) each receive buffered contact inputs from RB pressure switches.

(c) 2 out of 3 channels tripped = ESFAS Channels 7 & 8 Actuation Existing Process Parameters for Current Algorithm Logical ID Description Parameter Range or Value Reset Units Value PSRB PRESS Reactor Building Pressure switch Trip / Not Tripped N/A N/A (contact closed / open)

18. 7 New Algorithm Equations for Channel Actuation Functions RB Pressure High High PROPOSED ALGORITHM Channel'Trip: PSRB PRESSO( 2 out of 3 closed contact signals (a) PSRB PRESS = closed contact signals from Reactor Building Pressure Switches in each ESFAS channel A, B & C.

(b) 2 out of 3 channels tripped = ESFAS Channels 7 (BSPS-0018, 20 and 22)

& 8 (BSPS-0019, 21 and 23) Actuation Process Parameters for New Algorithm Logical ID Description . .' Parameter Range or Value PSRB PRESS Reactor Building Pressure switch Tripped Not Tripped (contact closed / open)

Page 121 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 18 ESFAS Function #4 ESFAS Actuations on Reactor Building Pressure High High 18.8 New Design Features 18.8.1 TRIP/RESET Function Depressing the manual TRIP pushbutton will initiate a TRIP signal to the associated ESFAS Channel 7 or 8 directly to the associated Channel output relays bypassing the TXS. The manual or automatic TRIP signal can be reset by depressing the associated Channel RESET button. The existing pushbuttons will be replaced (see Section 20. 7).

The concept of operation for a reset of Reactor Building Spray actuation on Channel 7 (8) following either an automatic or manual ESFAS actuation is:

1. Channel 7 (8) may be removed from automatic operation by placing ODD (EVEN) RB Spray channel in manual by pushing the Channel 7 (8) MANUAL pushbutton. At the AUTO/MANUAL switch, the AUTO lights will go out, the MANUAL lights will come on.

At this point the Channel 7 (8) ESFAS R0 contacts will drop out and the operator has manual control of all Channel 7 (8) devices.

2. The RB Spray logic will automatically reset once the RB pressure switch inputs are cleared (2-out-of-3).

3. Channel 7 (8) may then be reset with the Channel 7 (8) RESET pushbutton. When the RESET pushbutton is pushed, the TRIP light for Channel 7 (8) will go out and the Channel 7 (8) MANUAL light will go out.

4. If required, the operator may re-actuate ESFAS Channel 7 (8) with the Channel 7 (8)

TRIP pushbutton.

18.8.2 RZ Module Replacement The RZ Module indicating function for Channel 7 and 8 ESFAS components will be replaced with lamp boxes that will have indicating LEDs for the status of each device actuated by the ES system arranged by channel (see Section 20). In addition, the "Operate Here" functions for certain ODD and EVEN devices will be replaced with control switches and indicating LEDs on 1VB2 and 1UB2 as shown in Section 20.

18.8.3 AUTO/MANUAL Function The existing ESFAS AUTO/MANUAL function is used to remove the ES actuation signal to each ESFAS actuated component. The existing individual component AUTO/MANUAL function will be replaced with a new Logic Channel level AUTO/MANUAL function (see Section 20.6).

18.8.4 ESFAS Outputs All new ESFAS output contacts (Ro) shall have an adjustable software time delay on closure (0 to 15 minutes). All time delays will be set to zero (0) seconds.

18.8.5 Emergency Override Switches See Section 21 discussion.

Page 122 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 18 ESFAS Function #4 ESFAS Actuations on Reactor Building Pressure High High 18.9 Safety Classification This function is classified QA Condition 1 (Class 1 E).

18.10 Response Time Requirements The TXS total channel response time shall be < 500 ms. The channel response time does not include the sensor response time or the time required for the field devices to go to the ES position from the Non-ES position.

18.11 Existing Input Signals Pressure switches and pushbuttons are wetted from ESFAS.

ID Co~de 'Description Physical Range~ Electrical Rang~e lBS PS0018 RB Pressure Ch. A to CH 7 (normally open contact, close to Trip) Binary Contact input 1lBS PS001 9 RB Pressure Ch. A to CH 8 Binary Contact input (normally open contact, close to Trip)

RB Pressure Ch. B to CH 7 1BS PS0020 (normally open contact, close to Trip) Binary Contact input 1BS PS0021 RB Pressure Ch. B to CH 8 (normally open contact, close to Trip) Binary Contact input 1BS PS0022 RB Pressure openCh.contact, C to CHclose 7 to Trip)

(normally Binary Contact input 1BS PS0023 RB Pressure Ch. C to CH 8 (normally open contact, close to Trip) Binary Contact input 1ESPBOOESCH7 CH 7 TRIP pushbutton Binary Contact input 1ESPB00ESCH8 CH 8 TRIP pushbutton Binary Contact input 1 ESPBOOESCH7 CH 7 RESET pushbutton Binary Contact input 1 ESPBOOESCH8 CH 8 RESET pushbutton Binary Contact input

Page 123 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 18 ESFAS Function #4 ESFAS Actuations on Reactor Building Pressure High High 18.12 Existing Output Signals (lights are powered from ESFAS; statalarms provide 145 VDC to output contacts in ESFAS)

C!i ID i*.:!

!Aode Exising Descriptioii.- Existing ID CdeExitingDesripionPhysical Range Electrical Range 1ESPBOOESCH7 CH 7 TRIPPED indicating light on pushbutton Binary 24 VAC 1ESPBOOESCH8 CH 8 TRIPPED indicating light on pushbutton Binary 24 VAC 1SA7-4 ES RB Spray Channel A TRIP Binary 145 VDC 1SA7-13 ES RB Spray Channel B TRIP Binary 145 VDC 1SA7-22 ES RB Spray Channel C TRIP Binary 145 VDC 1SA1-35 ES Channel 7 TRIP Binary 145 VDC 1SA1-47 ES Channel 8 TRIP Binary 145 VDC 18.13 New Input Signals (all new and existing contact inputs are wetted by TXS)

ID Code Description. .Physical Range Electrical Range CH 7 MANUAL 1PPSPBOO58UB2 CH 7 MANUAL pushbutton Binary Contact input CH 7 AUTO 1 PPP O CH 7 AUTO pushbutton Binary Contact input 1PPSPB0058UB2 CH 8 MANUAL CH 8 MANUAL pushbutton Binary Contact input 1PPSPB0059UB2 1 PPPO CH 8 AUTO pushbutton Binary 1PPSPB0059UB2 Contact input 18.14 New Output Signals (all new and existing indicating lights are powered from TXS)

NewEDB Tag Description K Physical Range Electrical Range CH 7 MANUAL CH 7 MANUAL indicating light on Binary 24 VDC 1PPSPB0058UB2 pushbutton CH 7 AUTO CH 7 AUTO indicating light on Binary 24 VDC 1PPSPBOO58UB2 pushbutton CH 8 MANUAL CH 8 MANUAL indicating light on Binary 24 VDC 1PPSPB0059UB2 pushbutton CH 8 AUTO CH 8 AUTO indicating light on Binary 24 VDC 1PPSPB0059UB2 pushbutton Binary_24_VDC 18.15 Existing Actuated Field Devices (via existing Ro contacts)

Channel17 >Clannel 8 1lBS PU0001 (RBS-P1A) (ES Position Run) 1BS PU0002 (RBS-P1B) (ES Position Run) 1BS VA0001 (1BS-1) (ES Position Open) 1BS VA0002 (1 BS-2) (ES Position Open)

Page 124 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 18 ESFAS Function #4 ESFAS Actuations on Reactor Building Pressure High High 18.16 Existing Normal Control and Device Status Indication ODD Devices (Cabinet 8) EVEN, Devi ces(Cabineit 9) lBS PU0001 (RBS-P1A) (ES Position Run) 1BS PU0002 (RBS-P1B) (ES Position Run)

(Note 1) (Note 1) 1BS VA0001 (1BS-1) (ES Position Open) (Note 1) 1BS VA0002 (1BS-2) (ES Position Open) (Note 1)

Note 1 New system feature - provide separate 24 VDC signals to control station LEDs to replace "operate here" indication function.

18.17 Existing Hardwired Computer Points The existing hardwired computer points listed below will be deleted and replaced with equivalent points using computer communications (OPC gateway to OAC). New OAC point IDs and descriptions (including reset/set state messages for binary points) will be issued during detailed modification design.

Existing Description (ResetJSet E in i Existing *New Existing Point ID state messages for binary, Ex:i . ,hsi.a Electrical NDestinaion points) ane~ Range 01D1953 ES BS CH Al (NOT TRIPPED)

(TRIPPED) Binary N/A Gateway 01D1954 ES BS CH A2 (NOT TRIPPED) Binary N/A Gateway (TRIPPED) BinaryNAGatewa 01D1955 ES BS CH B1 (NOT TRIPPED) Binary N/A Gateway (TRIPPED) 01Dl956 ES BS CH B2 (NOT TRIPPED) Binary N/A Gateway (TRIPPED) BinaryNAGatewa 0ID1957 ES BS CH Cl (NOT TRIPPED)

(TRIPPED) Binary N/A Gateway BinaryNAGatewa 01D1958 OID1958_____

ES BS CH C2 (NOT TRIPPED) Binary N/A Gateway (TRIPPED) 01D1897 ES CH 7 (NOT TRIPPED) Binary N/A Gateway O1D1897_____ (TRIPPED) 01D1898 O1D1898_____

ES CH 8 (NOT TRIPPED)

(TRIPPED)

Binary N/A Gateway 18.18 New Statalarm Panel Changes Statalarm Panel changes are shown in Section 22.

18.19 References See Section 27.

Page 125 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 19 ESFAS Existing Computer Alarms 119.0 ESFAS Existing Computer Alarms 19.1 Existing Miscellaneous ESFAS Computer Points Existing hardwired computer inputs coming into ESFAS cabinets 1 through 9 will be deleted and new computer point IDs and descriptions (including status state for binary points) will be assigned for old points which will be sent to the OAC gateway. The following is a list of other existing ESFAS computer points.

Existing . Existing Description (Reset/Set state, Physicail New Point ID messages for binary points) Range Destination 01D1342 ES CH A POWER SUPPLY (NOT FAIL) (FAIL) Binary To be deleted O1D2640 ES CH B POWER SUPPLY (NOT FAIL) (FAIL) Binary To be deleted 01D2641 ES CH C POWER SUPPLY (NOT FAIL) (FAIL) Binary To be deleted 01D1887 ES CH A (NOT IN TEST) (IN TEST) Binary Gateway 01D1888 ES CH B (NOT IN TEST) (IN TEST) Binary Gateway 01D1889 ES CH C (NOT IN TEST) (IN TEST) Binary Gateway O1D1272 ES CAB 1 COOLING FAN (NORMAL) (FAIL) Binary To be deleted O1D1329 ES CAB 2 COOLING FAN (NORMAL) (FAIL) Binary To be deleted 01D2560 ES CAB 3 COOLING FAN (NORMAL) (FAIL) Binary To be deleted 01D1339 ES CAB 4 COOLING FAN (NORMAL) (FAIL) Binary To be deleted 01D2586 ES CAB 5 COOLING FAN (NORMAL) (FAIL) Binary To be deleted O1D1340 ES CAB 6 COOLING FAN (NORMAL) (FAIL) Binary To be deleted 01D1341 ES CAB 7 COOLING FAN (NORMAL) (FAIL) Binary To be deleted O1D1963 ES CH 1 (NOT IN TEST) (IN TEST) Binary Gateway 01D1964 ES CH 2 (NOT IN TEST) (IN TEST) Binary Gateway 01D1965 ES CH 3 (NOT IN TEST) (IN TEST) Binary Gateway 01D1966 ES CH 4 (NOT IN TEST) (IN TEST) Binary Gateway O1D1968 ES CH 5 (NOT IN TEST) (IN TEST) Binary Gateway 01D1969 ES CH 6 (NOT IN TEST) (IN TEST) Binary Gateway 01D1970 ES CH 7 (NOT IN TEST) (IN TEST) Binary Gateway 01D1971 ES CH 8 (NOT IN TEST) (IN TEST) Binary Gateway 01D1870 ES ODD LOGICALS (FALSE) (TRUE) Binary To be deleted 01D1869 ES EVEN LOGICALS (FALSE) (TRUE) Binary To be deleted 010D0832 1LPSW-21 RBCU 1 B OUTLET (NOT OPEN) Binary Gateway (OPEN) 1LPSW-21 RBCU 1B OUTLET 0100833 (NOT CLOSED) (CLOSED) Binary Gateway 0100794 1LPSW-6 RCP COOLER SUPPLY Binary Gateway O1D0794___ (NOT OPEN) (OPEN) 0100795 O1D0795__

1LPSW-6 RCP COOLER SUPPLY (NOT CLOSED) (CLOSED)

Binary Gateway 1LPSW-1 5 RCP COOLER OUTLET 0100796 (NOT OPEN) (OPEN) Binary Gateway 0100797 1LPSW-1 5 RCP COOLER OUTLET Binary Gateway O1D0797__ (NOT CLOSED) (CLOSED) BiarGtea 01D2127 HPI PUMP 1B (OFF) (ON) Binary Gateway

Page 126 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 19 ESFAS Existing Computer Alarms Existing Existing Description (Reset/Set stateý Physical New Dm Pon sages for binary points) ' Range Destination 01D2223 LPSW PUMP C (OFF) (ON) Binary Gateway 19.2 Existing Normal Control Cabinet 8 Computer Points Existing Existn ,g:Description,(Reset/Set state Physical Destination

'Point ID , messages for bina!*points)' Range 01D2125 HPI PUMP 1A (OFF) (ON) Binary Gateway 1HP-24 1A HPI HDR BWST SUCTION O1D0624 (NOT OPEN) (OPEN) Binary Gateway 01 D0625 1HP-24 1A HPI HDR BWST SUCTION Binary Gateway (NOT CLOSED) (CLOSED) BiarGtea 01 D0634 1HP-26 RC LOOP 1A INJECTION Binary Gateway (NOT OPEN) (OPEN) 01 D0635 1HP-26 RC LOOP 1A INJECTION Binary Gateway (NOT CLOSED) (CLOSED) 01D0580 1 HP-3 LETDOWN COOLER 1A OUTLET Binary Gateway (NOT OPEN) (OPEN) BiarGtea 01D0581 1HP-3 LETDOWN COOLER 1A OUTLET Binary Gateway (NOT CLOSED) (CLOSED) 01D0582 1HP-4 LETDOWN COOLER 1B OUTLET Binary Gateway (NOT OPEN) (OPEN) BiarGtea 1 HP-4 LETDOWN COOLER 1 B OUTLET O1D0583 (NOT CLOSED) (CLOSED) Binary Gateway 01 D0660 1HP-20 RCP SEAL RETURN (INSIDE) Binary Gateway (NOT OPEN) (OPEN) Binry Gatwa 01 D0661 IHP-20 RCP SEAL RETURN (INSIDE) Binary Gateway (NOT CLOSED) (CLOSED) BiarGtea 01D0432 1GWD-12 QUENCH TANK VENT Binary Gateway (NOT OPEN) (OPEN) BiarGtea 01D0433 1GWD-12 QUENCH TANK VENT Binary Gateway (NOT CLOSED) (CLOSED) BiarGtea 01D0846 1 LWD-1 RB NORMAL SUMP PENT Binary Gateway (NOT OPEN) (OPEN) 01D0847 1LWD-1 RB NORMAL SUMP PENT Binary Gateway O1D0847___ (NOT CLOSED) (CLOSED) BiarGtea 01D0250 1 CS-5 COMP DRAIN HDR INSIDE Binary Gateway ISOLATION (NOT OPEN) (OPEN) BiarGtea 1CS-5 COMP DRAIN HDR INSIDE O1D0251 ISOLATION (NOT CLOSED) (CLOSED) Binary Gateway 01D1014 1PR-1 RB PURGE OUTLET Binary Gateway O1D1014____ (NOT OPEN) (OPEN) BiarGtea 01D1015 1 PR-1 RB PURGE OUTLET Binary Gateway O1D1015___ (NOT CLOSED) (CLOSED) BiarGtea 01D1012 1PR-6 RB PURGE INLET Binary Gateway O1D1012____ (NOT OPEN) (OPEN) BiarGtea 1PR-6 RB PURGE INLET O1D1013 (NOT CLOSED) (CLOSED) Binary Gateway 01D1020 1PR-7 RB RAD MONITOR INLET Binary Gateway O1D1020____ (NOT OPEN) (OPEN) 01D1021 1PR-7 RB RAD MONITOR INLET Binary Gateway O1D1021___ (NOT CLOSED) (CLOSED) Binary Gateway

Page 127 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 19 ESFAS Existing Computer Alarms

Existing Existing Description (Reset/Set state Physical Destination

.PontmID ressages for binary points) Range 01D1024 1PR-9 RB RAD MONITOR OUTLET Binary Gateway (NOT OPEN) (OPEN) 0101025 1PR-9 RB RAD MONITOR OUTLET Binary Gateway (NOT CLOSED) (CLOSED) 01D1050 1RC-5 PZR STEAM SAMPLE Binary Gateway (NOT OPEN) (OPEN) 01RC-5 PZR STEAM SAMPLE OID1051 (NOT CLOSED) (CLOSED) Binary Gateway I RC-6 PZR WATER SAMPLE 01 D1 056 (NOT OPEN) (OPEN) Binary Gateway 01D1057 1RC-6CLOSED)

PZR WATER SAMPLE Binary Gateway (NOT (CLOSED) 01 D0404 1FDW-105 SG 1A SAMPLE PENT Binary Gateway (NOT OPEN) (OPEN) Binary Gateway 010D0405 1FDW-105 SG 1A SAMPLE PENT Binary Gateway (NOT CLOSED) (CLOSED) 0101138 1FDW-107 SG 1B SAMPLE PENT Binary Gateway (NOT OPEN) (OPEN) 0101139 1FDW-107 SG 1B SAMPLE PENT Binary Gateway (NOT CLOSED) (CLOSED) 01D2214 LPI PUMP 1A (OFF) (ON) Binary Gateway 01D0754 1LP-17 LOOP A INJECTION ISOLATION Binary Gateway (NOT OPEN) (OPEN) 0100755 1LP-17 LOOP A INJECTION ISOLATION Binary Gateway (NOT CLOSED) (CLOSED)

O1D2221 LPSW PUMP A (OFF) (ON) Binary Gateway O1D1348 BUILDING SPRAY PUMP 1A (OFF) (ON) Binary Gateway 0100084 1BS-1 HDR A RB ISOLATION Binary Gateway (NOT OPEN) (OPEN) 010D0085 1BS-1 HDR A RB ISOLATION Binary Gateway O1D0085___ (NOT CLOSED) (CLOSED) 0100124 1CC-7 CC RETURN INSIDE BLOCK Binary Gateway (NOT OPEN) (OPEN) 0100125 I1CC-7CLOSED)

CC RETURN INSIDE BLOCK Binary Gateway (NOT (CLOSED) 010D0826 1LPSW-18 RBCU 1A OUTLET Binary Gateway (NOT OPEN) (OPEN) 0100827 1LPSW-18 RBCU 1A OUTLET Binary Gateway O1D0827___ (NOT CLOSED) (CLOSED) Binary Gateway 01D2301 PR FAN 1A (OFF) (ON) Binary Gateway 19.3 Existing Normal Control Cabinet 9 Computer Points Existing Existing Descriptio n (ResetlSet state Physi cal Dti Point ID messages forbinary.points)K Range Destination O1D2129 HPI PUMP 1C (OFF) (ON) Binary Gateway 0100626 1HP-25 1B HPI HDR BWST SUCTION Binary Gateway (NOT OPEN) (OPEN) Binary Gateway 0100627 1HP-25 1B HPI HDR BWST SUCTION Binary Gateway O1D0627 (NOT CLOSED) (CLOSED) Binary Gateway

Page 128 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 19 ESFAS Existing Computer Alarms Existing Existing D.escription (ReseSet state Physical Destination Point ID messages for binary points) Range 01 D0632 1HP-27 RC LOOP lB INJECTION Binary Gateway (NOT OPEN) (OPEN) 01 D0633 1HP-27 RC LOOP 1B INJECTION Binary Gateway (NOT CLOSED) (CLOSED) 01 D0434 1GWD-13 QUENCH TANK VENT Binary Gateway (NOT OPEN) (OPEN) 01D0435 1GWD-13 QUENCH TANK VENT Binary Gateway (NOT CLOSED) (CLOSED) 1LWD-2 RB NORMAL SUMP PENT O1D0848 (NOT OPEN) (OPEN) Binary Gateway 01D0849 1LWD-2 RB NORMAL SUMP PENT Binary Gateway (NOT CLOSED) (CLOSED) 01D0252 1CS-6 COMP DRAIN HDR OUTSIDE Binary Gateway ISOLATION (NOT OPEN) (OPEN) 1CS-6 COMP DRAIN HDR OUTSIDE O1D0253 ISOLATION (NOT CLOSED) (CLOSED) Binary Gateway 01D1016 1PR-2 RB PURGE OUTLET Binary Gateway (NOT OPEN) (OPEN) 01D1017 1PR-2 RB PURGE OUTLET Binary Gateway (NOT CLOSED) (CLOSED) 01D1018 1PR-3 RB PURGE CONTROL Binary Gateway (NOT OPEN) (OPEN) 01D1019 1PR-3 RB PURGE CONTROL Binary Gateway (NOT CLOSED) (CLOSED) 01D1008 1PR-4 RB PURGE INLET Binary Gateway O1D1008____ (NOT OPEN) (OPEN) 1PR-4 RB PURGE INLET O1D1009 (NOT CLOSED) (CLOSED) Binary Gateway 1PR-5 RB PURGE INLET 01D1OIO (NOT OPEN) (OPEN) Binary Gateway 1PR-5 RB PURGE INLET 01 D1 011 (NOT CLOSED) (CLOSED) Binary Gateway 01D31052 1RC-7 PZR Binary VALVE (NOTSAMPLE OUTSIDE ISOLATION Gateway OPEN) (OPEN) 01D1053 1RC-7 PZR SAMPLE OUTSIDE ISOLATION Binary Gateway VALVE (NOT CLOSED) (CLOSED)

OlD 132 1FDW-106 SG 1A SAMPLE PENT Binary Gateway (NOT OPEN) (OPEN) 01D1133 1FDW-106 SG 1A SAMPLE PENT Binary Gateway (NOT CLOSED) (CLOSED) 01 D0408 1FDW-108 SG 1B SAMPLE PENT (NOT Binary Gateway OPEN) (OPEN) Binry Gatwa 01 D0409 1FDW-108 SG 1B SAMPLE PENT (NOT Binary Gateway CLOSED) (CLOSED) 01D0396 1FDW-103 SG 1A DRAIN (NOT OPEN) Binary Gateway (OPEN) 01D0397 1FDW-103 SG 1A DRAIN (NOT CLOSED) Binary Gateway (CLOSED) 01D0398 1FDW-104 SG 1B DRAIN (NOT OPEN) Binary Gateway (OPEN)

Page 129 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 19 ESFAS Existing Computer Alarms Existing Existing Description (ResetlSet state Physical Detnio Point ID: messages for binary points)' Range 01D0399 1FDW-1 04 SG 1B DRAIN (NOT CLOSED) Binary Gateway

__1D__399_ (CLOSED)

O1D2215 LPI PUMP 1B (OFF) (ON) Binary Gateway 01D0756 1LP-18 LOOP B INJECTION ISOLATION Binary Gateway (NOT OPEN) (OPEN) 01 D0757 I1LP-18 LOOP B INJECTION ISOLATION Binary Gateway (NOT CLOSED) (CLOSED) 01D2222 LPSW PUMP B (OFF) (ON) Binary Gateway O1D1349 BUILDING SPRAY PUMP 1B (OFF) (ON) Binary Gateway 01DO086 1 BS-2 HDR B RB ISOLATION (NOT OPEN) Binary Gateway (OPEN) 01 D0087 1 BS-2 HDR B RB ISOLATION (NOT CLOSED) Binary Gateway (CLOSED) 01 D0840 1LPSW-24 RBCU IC OUTLET (NOT OPEN) Binary Gateway (OPEN) 01 D0841 I1LPSW-24 RBCU IC OUTLET Binary Gateway (NOT CLOSED) (CLOSED)

O1D2302 PR FAN 1B (OFF) (ON) Binary Gateway 01 D0570 1 HP-5 LETDOWN LINE ISOLATION Binary Gateway O1D0570____ (NOT OPEN) (OPEN) 01 D0571 1 HP-5 LETDOWN LINE ISOLATION Binary Gateway (NOT CLOSED) (CLOSED) 01D0662 1HP-21 RCP SEAL RETURN BLOCK Binary Gateway (OUTSIDE) (NOT OPEN) (OPEN) 1HP-21 RCP SEAL RETURN BLOCK 01 D0663 (OUTSIDE) (NOT CLOSED) (CLOSED) Binary Gateway 01 D01 26 1CC-8 CC RETURN OUTSIDE BLOCK Binary Gateway (NOT OPEN) (OPEN) 01D0127 1CC-8 CC RETURN OUTSIDE BLOCK Binary Gateway (NOT CLOSED) (CLOSED) 1PR-8 RB RAD MONITOR INLET O1D1022 (NOT OPEN) (OPEN) Binary Gateway 01D1023 1PR-8 RB RAD MONITOR INLET Binary Gateway (NOT CLOSED) (CLOSED) 1PR-10 RB RAD MONITOR OUTLET 01D1026 (NOT OPEN) (OPEN) Binary Gateway O1D1027 1PR-10 RB RAD MONITOR OUTLET (NOT CLOSED) (CLOSED) Binary Gateway

Page 130 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 I RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 20 ESFAS RZ Module Indication & Replacement 120.0 ESFAS RZ Module Indication and Controls Replacement 20.1 New Components and Arrangements on 1VB2 The RZ Module indicating function will be replaced with new Hathaway status panels that will indicate the status of each device actuated by the ESFAS system, arranged by channel. The new status panels shall use LEDs that are powered from the TXS system (24 VDC). When a logic channel of ESFAS is actuated, either automatically or with the TRIP pushbutton switch, the associated ES position light for the device on the status panel will begin to flash ON and OFF.

Once the device has reached its ES position, the light will stop flashing and stay ON. The new status panel will have an external push button that will be used to test all the lamps on the status panel. Pushing the test push button will provide a 24 VDC signal to each of the status panel LEDs from the TXS equipment.

The entire arrangement for both ODD and EVEN channels as well as the new "Operate Here" controls for certain devices are shown on the next page. Enlarged arrangement drawings follow for clarity.

Page 131 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 20 ESFAS RZ Module Indication & Replacement l............-

0A i0 0:,l!

4 i;

~ 0 0w 0}

Note: Figure contains non-essential information. Figure included for general layout only. For legible figures see Sections 20.2, 20.3, 20.4, and 20.5.

Page 132 of 209 , CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 20 ESFAS RZ Module Indication & Replacement 20.2 ODD Device Status Panel arrangement on 1VB2 (Shown enlarged for clarity, new EDB Tag 1PPSAM0001VB2)

. I-NNEE ý FIP-)) IF*S-))

I II I -FDP

,)P II , -F I1 1-. I1- KEADWT STADT CHA SIaY

BUS *SF0

~pOEF Ii:0PEN RUN .Ir)EN EVEN, RUN . U-ED CLOSED CLOSED C11M1LETE1O-¢ED ON 0:N7 CLOSED)

Eý-- jI IGD-12 I ILWI)-I ES-S J PR.) PD-S PD-i PD-B IDE-S IDE.) 105W-lOS I C LOSED CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED OED CLOE CLOED CLOSE;D)

II ESCIL\NrNE3 ESCHANNEL 5 I3/4 IAFC)PSO SEP.)) ALPSWPNIP CLPSSSPSIP ADDE ILPS-1U APRPAN 100CI C IPW RUNOPEN1 RU LOW OPEN RN OPEN ESCHANNE.I 5

C ILPS-I ILPSW-D I -LPS-415iI LPSW.IS USCHASNNEL 7 111OF IOU) -CLOSED CDOSED CLOSED C01-E CLoSED RUN OPEN I I

Page 133 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 20 ESFAS RZ Module Indication & Replacement 20.3 EVEN Device Status Panel arrangement on 1VB2 (Shown enlarged for clarity, new EDB tag 1PPSAM0002VB2)

ESLI[,NNFý2 II RUN oPEN .MEN RUN CLOSED CIOS*) L*LOSE3) 0'N ON CLOSED COC.__*LE CLOSED

ý 1-12 0 1- o- i 1i I O- 1 TO.", I . I 1 ' OT. 1. TEC.S TEOW i- TESET ... . .FSI, j -OSS.TT L-LOSED

-101 1 -.-ý--- 1ý ( LosILO CLOXF* I CLOSED CLOSED U-M

ý--F.

TNCHANNEL 4 EALIIANNTE.,6 LT1T - B PRFAN I S "PO1

'6:

LOW OPEN .r1, mOlo WIN RUN RON IC.! I LPS.TT fl- IESE TLN.TU! 1 1-1-2.U

-A-S CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED CL.OSED CLOSES

- I-

Page 134 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 20 ESFAS RZ Module Indication & Replacement 20.4 ODD Device Pushbutton and Control Switch Arrangements on 1VB2 For those ESFAS devices which had "Operate Here" controls on the RZ modules, new control switches and indicating LEDs will be provided. The new device controls will be mounted on 1VB2 or on 1UB2 (see Section 20.6 for 1UB2 arrangements). The following ODD devices will have new control switches and indicating LEDs installed on the 1VB2 board below the new ESFAS ODD channel status panel. The enlarged arrangement is shown below for clarity.

first row: PR-1A, FDW-105, FDW-107, ODD Status panel Lamp test pushbutton second row: PR-7, PR-9, RC-5, RC-6 FAN PR-IA OFF RUN O0 OPEN CLOSE 1FDW-107 OPEN CLOSE ES ODD LAMP TEST O 1PREN C ORC-5 1RC-6 OPEN CLOSE OPEN 0

CLOSE 0

OPEN CLOSE OPEN CLOSE

Page 135 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 20 ESFAS RZ Module Indication & Replacement 20.5 EVEN Device Pushbutton and Control Switch Arrangements on 1VB2 The following EVEN devices will have new control switches and indicating LEDs installed on the 1VB2 board below the new ESFAS EVEN channel status panel. The enlarged arrangement is shown below for clarity.

first row: PR-1B, FDW-106, FDW-108, EVEN Status panel Lamp test pushbutton second row: PR-3, PR-8, PR-10, RC-7

[1FDW-108t ES EVEN LAMP 1 FDW-106 TEST OFF RUN OPEN CLOSE OPEN CLOSE 1PR-3 1PR-E 1PR 10C ] 1 RC_-7 OPEN CLOSE OPEN C COSE 0

OPEN CLOSE (0

OPEN CLOSE

Page 136 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 20 ESFAS RZ Module Indication & Replacement 20.6 New Pushbutton and Control Switch Arrangements on IUB2 New AUTO/MANUAL Function The existing ESFAS AUTO/MANUAL function is used to remove the ES actuation signal to each ESFAS actuated component. Selecting MANUAL causes the Ro contact for each actuated component in the associated digital logic channels (Channels 1 through 8) to go OPEN, thus allowing operator manual control of the individual components from the normal component control switch. The existing individual component function will be replaced with a new ESFAS individual Logic Channel "level" AUTO/MANUAL function. Each of the eight ESFAS logic channels will have an individual AUTO/MANUAL pushbutton selector switch.

Each of the individual ESFAS channel AUTO/MANUAL pushbutton selector switches includes distinct indicating LEDs indicating either the AUTO or MANUAL selected control mode. Prior to the ESFAS system receiving either an automatic or manual initiation signal, the AUTO/MANUAL indicating LEDs will be "OFF" and the AUTO/MANUAL pushbutton switches have no control function. Once an ESFAS system actuation signal is initiated, either from an automatic system demand actuation or by operator manual initiation actuation, the AUTO light will be illuminated and the AUTO/MANUAL pushbutton functions may then be selected from this control point. With the AUTO/MANUAL pushbutton in AUTO, the ESFAS system operates in the safeguards control mode. However, if it is desired to take manual control of the ES channel or the individual associated actuated components for that channel, the MANUAL mode may be selected. When the MANUAL mode is selected, the individual actuation components in that associated channel may then be operated from the normal component control switch. ESFAS actuation logic Channels 1 and 2 initiate the Load Shed logic. The Load Shed logic Channels 1 and' 2 will have a separate AUTO/MANUAL pushbutton selector switch. These selector switches will allow the Load Shed permissive logic to remain enabled even if the operator places the ESFAS Channels 1 or 2 AUTO/MANUAL switches in the MANUAL mode.

If manual has been selected and the operator wishes to place the channel components back in the ES position, the operator can push the AUTO pushbutton and the channel components will go to the ES position. Once an ESFAS channel has been reset using the RESET pushbutton on 1UB1 (see sections 15.8.3, 16.8.3, 17.8.2 & 18.8.1 for discussion), the AUTO/MANUAL LEDs for that channel will go out and the AUTO/MANUAL pushbuttons will no longer respond.

The following devices will have new control switches and indicating LEDs installed on the 1UB2 board where the GE Turbine Electro Hydraulic Controls (EHC) were previously located.

first row: Channel 1 through 8 Auto/Manual selector switches second row: Load Shed Channel 1 & 2; ODD & EVEN Voter Emergency Override switches and indicator lights

",third row: RBSP-1A, BS-1, LPSW-6, CC-7, HP-20 fourth row: RBSP-1B, BS-2, LPSW-15, CC-8, HP-21

Page 137 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 20 ESFAS RZ Module Indication & Replacement Control switch and indicating lights for HP-20 will be moved from existing location on 1UB1 to new location on 1UB2. The new ODD & EVEN Voter Emergency Override push buttons are discussed in Section 21. Device Tags are shown for reference only.

ES DIGITAL CHANNELS FUR-]

21 F-H Fff UR-1 EPE ME F-H-71 FR-8

[ ODD L5US1 I L5ý2] EVEN 00 LI~Z I 1B' 01 00 I.s.oIi

Page 138 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 20 ESFAS RZ Module Indication & Replacement 20.7 HPI & LPI BYPASS and ESFAS TRIP/RESET Pushbuttons (For additional information, see AREVA Project Change Order 2004-03.)

Replace existing HPI & LPI BYPASS (Trip Inhibit) pushbutton switches and ESFAS TRIP/RESET pushbutton switches with new devices using LEDs that will be powered from the TXS system (24 VDC). The existing pushbutton switches are a momentary, two button set with indicating light made by Cutler Hammer. No changes have been made to the BYPASS button/lens sets.

TRIPo

- Ti Eo Pp TRS TRIP4 T' FO CH 1 CH2 CH3 CH 4 CH 5 CH6 CH7 CH8 Contact outputs to statalarms 1SA7-33 (ES HP Injection Bypass Permit) and 1SA7-42 (ES LP Injection Bypass Permit) will be routed to 1VB2 from field terminations in ESFAS cabinet 1PPSCA0009. Redundant (parallel) statalarm contact outputs are supplied from 1PPSCA0002 to 1PPSCA0009.

The existing hardwired computer points listed below will be deleted and replaced with equivalent points using computer communications (OPC gateway to OAC). New OAC point IDs and descriptions (including reset/set state messages for binary points) will be issued during detailed modification design.

Existing Description Existing N.w Existing (Reset/Setstate Existing Physical Elctricl New Point ID messages for binary Range Eeranlg Destination 01D1867 ES HPI BYPASS Binary N/A Gateway (NOT PERMIT) (PERMIT) 01D1868 ES LPI BYPASS O1D_1868 (NOT PERMIT) (PERMIT) Binary N/A Gateway

Page 139 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 20 ESFAS RZ Module Indication & Replacement 20.8 Wide Range RC Pressure Signal and ILPI Interlock (For additional information, see AREVA Project Change Order 2004-02.)

Incorporate ESFAS RC WR Pressure Analog Outputs and Digital Relay Contact Outputs (1LP1 interlock, analog WR pressure signal to the ICS cabinet, recorder and annunciators) into the ONS TXS PPS system design. Delete existing signal monitors and 1LP1 interlock from the ICS cabinet. Provide redundant outputs in order to maintain output functionality in the event a channel is powered down.

Wide range analog RC pressure signal from ESFAS channel A will be supplied to ICS cabinet 9 from field terminations in ESFAS cabinet 1PPSCA0009. Redundant wide range analog RC pressure signal from ESFAS channel B is provided from 1PPSCA0010. The WR analog signal will be routed to the Transient Monitoring system and recorder 1RCCR0045 via existing circuits from the ICS cabinet. If Channel A fails, the redundant signal from Channel B will automatically be aligned to the ICS cabinet via a transfer relay. In addition, the alternate Channel B signal can be selected via software to be aligned to the ICS cabinet via the transfer relay.

The OPEN interlock permissive to 1LPVA0001, on decreasing RC pressure below 400 psig will be supplied to the field from contact outputs in 1PPSCA0013. The contact outputs will be wetted by 120 VAC supplied from the 1LPVA0001 control circuit (MCC 1XS1, compartment F4D). Note that in order to prevent overpressurization of the Low Pressure Injection System, caused by premature opening of the valve, the actual setpoint for the permissive is below 400 psig to ensure that the permissive is removed automatically (via reset) at 400 psig. (See OSC-8695 for the permissive.:setpoint value.)

Page 140 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 21 ESFAS Emergency Override Pushbuttons 121.0 ESFAS EMERGENCY OVERRIDE PUSHBUTTONS I The new ESFAS Emergency Override feature ensures that the operator is capable of taking control of all ESFAS activation devices should there be an inadvertent ESFAS actuation resulting from a failure of the TXS system (e.g. common mode software failure). Two new Emergency Override pushbuttons (one ODD and one EVEN) will be installed on 1UB2 near the new ESFAS AUTO/MANUAL pushbuttons. These pushbuttons will utilize flip or slide covers to prevent inadvertent operation. Actuation of the ESFAS Emergency Override switch will interrupt power to the S451 binary output boards which will de-energize the Ro relays and allow manual control of all ESFAS actuated field devices from the control switches on the control boards. A RESET pushbutton is also provided to allow that Voter's S451 binary output boards to be re-energized following return of the TXS ESFAS to normal operation. EDB Tag number for ODD Override Pushbutton is 1PPSPB0072UB2, EDB Tag number for EVEN Override Pushbutton is 1PPSPB0073UB2.

ODD F- EVEN

Page 141 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 22 RPS/ESFAS Outputs to StatAlarm Panels 122.0 RPS / ESFAS OUTPUTS TO STATALARM PANELS 22.1 TXS Reflash of Statalarms Status Panel windows in the lists below with "REFLASH" noted shall have outputs from TXS that reflash upon receiving additional alarm(s). When a Statalarm window noted as "REFLASH" is already in alarm, upon receiving another alarm signal, the TXS binary output to the Statalarm window shall momentarily clear (non-alarm state) for approximately 1 second (adjustable time delay), and then come back into the alarm state.

22.2 ISAI PANEL

... oi~tContact Input to Cotc:

Window Existing Descriptor New Descriptor Alarim Input to Alarm, (New)

(existing) 1SA1 RFASH-01 RP Channel A Trip 1A RPS TRIP Open Open REFLASH 1SA1-02 RP Channel A Low Press Trip 1A LO PRESS TRIP Open Closed 1A FLUX/FLOW/I MB 1SA1-03 RP Channel A Flux/Imb/Flow Trip TRIP Open Closed 1SA1-04 RP Channel A High Temp Trip 1A HI TEMP TRIP Open Closed 1SA1-05 RP Channel A Press/Temp Trip 1A VAR LO PRESS Open Closed TRIP 1SA1 -06 RP Channel A High Press Trip 1A HI PRESS TRIP Open Closed 1SA1 -07 RP Channel A RCP/Flux Trip 1A RCP/FLUX TRIP Open Closed 1SA1-08 RP NI-5 High Flux Trip 1 NI-5 HI FLUX TRIP Open Closed 1SAl-09 RP Channel A RB High Press Trip 1A RB HI PRESS Open Closed TRIP 1SAl-10 ES Channel 1 Trip ES 1 TRIP Closed Closed 1SAl-11 ES Channel 5 Trip ES 5 TRIP Closed Closed 1SA1-13 1SAl1 RP Channel B Trip 1 B RPS TRIP Open Open REFLASH 1SA1-14 RP Channel B Low Pressure Trip 1B LO PRESS TRIP Open Closed 1SAl-15 RP Channel B Flux/Imb/Flow Trip 1B FLUX/FLOW/IMB Open Closed TRIP 1SA1-16 RP Channel B High Temp Trip 1B HI TEMP TRIP Open Closed 1SA1-17 RP Channel B Press/Temp Trip 1B VAR LO PRESS Open Closed TRIP 1SA1-18 RP Channel B High Press Trip 1B HI PRESS TRIP Open Closed 1SAl-19 RP Channel B RCP/Flux Trip 1B RCP/FLUX TRIP Open Closed 1SAl-20 RP NI-6 High Flux Trip 1NI-6 HI FLUX TRIP Open Closed 1SA1-21 RP Channel B RB High Press Trip lB RB HI PRESS Open Closed TRIP

Page 142 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 22 RPS/ESFAS Outputs to StatAlarm Panels Contact .Contact Window Existing Descriptor New Descriptor In;.t , Input to

... _...._ ...... ....... (ex isting rm ) ...

1SAI-22 ES Channel 2 Trip ES 2 TRIP Closed Closed 1SAI-23 ES Channel 6 Trip ES 6 TRIP Closed Closed 1SAl-24 ICS Auto/Hand Power Fuse Blown CS H/A PWR FUSE No change NA BLOWN 1SAl -25 REFLASH RP Channel C Trip 1C RPS TRIP Open Open 1SA1-26 RP Channel C Low Press Trip 1C LO PRESS TRIP Open Closed 1SA1-27 RP Channel C Flux/Imb/Flow Trip 1C FLUXIFLOW/IMB Open Closed TRIP 1SAl-28 RP Channel C High Temp Trip 1C HI TEMP TRIP Open Closed lSA1 -29 RP Channel C Press/Temp Trip 1C VAR LO PRESS Open Closed TRIP 1SA1-30 RP Channel C High Press Trip 1C HI PRESS TRIP Open Closed 1SA1-31 RP Channel C RCP/Flux Trip 1C RCP/FLUX TRIP Open Closed ISA1-32 RP NI-7 High Flux Trip 1NI-7 HI FLUX TRIP Open Closed 1SA1-33 RP Channel C RB High Press Trip 1C RB HI PRESS Open Closed TRIP ISA1-34 ES Channel 3 Trip ES 3 TRIP Closed Closed ISA1 -35 ES Channel 7 Trip ES 7 TRIP Closed Closed lSA1 -37 1EFAS RP Channel D Trip 1 D RPS TRIP REFLASH Open Open 1SA1-38 RP Channel D Low Press Trip 1D LO PRESS TRIP Open Closed 1 D FLUX/FLOW/IMB 1SA1 -39 RP Channel D Flux/Imb/Flow Trip TRIP Open Closed 1SA1-40 RP Channel D High Temp Trip 1D HI TEMP TRIP Open Closed 1SA1-41 RP Channel D Press/Temp Trip 10 VAR LO PRESS Open Closed TRIP 1SA1-42 RP Channel D High Press Trip 1D HI PRESS TRIP Open Closed 1SA1-43 RP Channel D RCP/Flux Trip 1D RCP/FLUX TRIP Open Closed 1SA1-44 RP NI-8 High Flux Trip 1NI-8 HI FLUX TRIP Open Closed 1SAl-45 RP Channel D RB High Press Trip TD RB HI PRESS Open Closed TRIP 1SAl-46 ES Channel 4 Trip ES 4 TRIP Closed Closed 1SA1 -47 ES Channel 8 Trip ES 8 TRIP Closed Closed

Page 143 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 22 RPS/ESFAS Outputs to StatAlarm Panels

'Contact Contact Window 'i Existi-ng Descriptor New Descriptor Input to " Input to Alarm Alarm (New).

(existing) 1SA1-56 RC PUMP 1Al OIL TANK LEVEL HIGH DIVERSE HPI BYP Closed Closed 1SAl-57 RC PUMP 1A2 OIL TANK LEVEL HIGH DIVERSE HPI TRIP Closed Closed lSAl-58 RC PUMP 1B1 OIL TANK LEVEL HIGH DIVERSE LPI BYP Closed Closed 1SAl-59 RC PUMP 1B2 OIL TANK LEVEL HIGH DIVERSE LPI TRIP Closed Closed 22.3 1SA2 PANEL Contactinput Contact Input Window Existing Descriptor New Descriptor, to Alarm to Alarm.

(existing)' < (New) 1SA2-06 NI Source Range Flux High SR FLUX HI Closed Closed 1SA2-07 NI-1 Rod Withdrawal Inhibit 1NI-1 OUT INHIBIT Open Open 1SA2-18 NI Wide Range Flux High WR FLUX HI Closed Closed 1SA2-19 NI-2 Rod Withdrawal Inhibit 1NI-2 OUT INHIBIT Open Open 1SA2-30 NI Power Range Flux High PR FLUX HI Closed Closed 1SA2-31 NI-3 Rod Withdrawal Inhibit 1NI-3 OUT INHIBIT Open Open 1SA2-43 NI-4 Rod Withdrawal Inhibit 1NI-4 OUT INHIBIT Open Open 22.4 ISA5 PANEL

.Contact Input Contact Input Window ,~ Existing Descriptor " New ,Descriptor :,to,,Alarm to Alarm

,.~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ , .(xs m )i~*,?

(exitin) i'*#

...... ~ ~ *'

~.:::*:r(New)

~ ...

1 SA5-01 1EFASH RP Channel A Trip Bypass 1A RPS MAN BYP Open REFLASH Closed 1SA5-02 RP Channel A On Test 1A RPS TEST Open Closed 1SA5-03 RP Channel A Shutdown Bypass 1A RPS SD BYP Open Closed 1SA5-04 RP Channel A Pump Monitor PS Failure SPARE Open Spare 1 SA5-O5 1EFASH RP Channel A DC PS Failure 1A RPS TROUBLE Open REFLASH Open 1 SA5-06 1EFASH RP Cabinet A Cooling Fan Failure 1NI-5 PWR FAIL Open REFLASH Open 1SA5-07 NI Power Range 5 Power Supply 1NI-1 TEST/FAIL Closed Open Failure 1lSA5-08 NI-1 Test/Fail 1A1 RCP OIL HI OVERFLOW Open Closed 1SA5-13 1EFASH RP Channel B Trip Bypass 1B RPS MAN BYP Open REFLASH Closed 1SA5-14 RP Channel B On Test 1B RPS TEST Open Closed 1SA5-15 RP Channel B Shutdown Bypass 1B RPS SD BYP Open Closed 1SA5-16 RP Channel B Pump Monitor PS Failure SPARE Open Spare

Page 144 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 22 RPS/ESFAS Outputs to StatAlarm Panels CnatIptContact Input Window Existing Descriptor New Descriptor to Alarm t'o Alarm 1S5A5-1 REFASH 7 RP Channel B DC PS Failure REFLASH 1B RPS TROUBLE Open Open 1REFASH SA5-1 8 RP Cabinet B Cooling Fan Failure 1NI-6 PWR FAIL Open Open REFLASH 1SA5-19 NI Power Range 6 Power Supply Fail 1NI-2 TEST / FAIL Closed Open 1A2 RCP OIL 1SA5-20 NI-2 Test/Fail OVERFLOW HI Open Closed 1SA5-25 REFASH RP Channel C Trip Bypass 1C RPS MAN BYP Open REFLASH Closed 1SA5-26 RP Channel C On Test 1C RPS TEST Open Closed 1SA5-27 RP Channel C Shutdown Bypass 1C RPS SD BYP Open Closed 1SA5-28 RP Channel C Pump Monitor PS Failure SPARE Open Spare 11EFASH SA5-29 RP Channel C DC PS Failure 1C RPS TROUBLE Open Open REFLASH 11EFASH SA5-30 RP Cabinet C Cooling Fan Failure REFLASH 1NI-7 PWR FAIL Open Open 1SA5-31 NI Power Range 7 Power Supply Fail 1NI-3 TEST / FAIL Closed Open 1B1 RCP OIL 1SA5-32 NI-3 Test/Fail OVERFLOW HI Open Closed 1 SA5-37 REFLASH RP Channel D Trip Bypass 1D RPS MAN BYP Open Closed 1SA5-38 RP Channel D On Test 1D RPS TEST Open Closed 1SA5-39 RP Channel D Shutdown Bypass 1D RPS SD BYP Open Closed 1SA5-40 RP Channel D Pump Monitor PS Failure SPARE Open Spare 1REFASH SA5-41 RP Channel D DC PS Failure 1D RPS TROUBLE Open Open REFLASH 1SA5-42 1EFASH RP Cabinet D Cooling Fan Failure 1NI-8 PWR FAIL Open REFLASH Open 1SA5-43 NI Power Range 8 Power Supply Fail 1NI-4 TEST / FAIL Closed Open 1B2 RCP OIL 1SA5-44 NI-4 Test/Fail OVERFLOW HI Open Closed 1SA5-49 RP Channel A Dummy Bistable Inserted FWPT/RX TRIP Open Open ALERT 1SA5-50 RP Channel B Dummy Bistable Inserted FWPT/RX TRIP BYP Open Open 1SA5-51 RP Channel C Dummy Bistable Inserted TURB/RX TRIP Open Open ALERT 1SA5-52 RP Channel D Dummy Bistable Inserted TURBIRX TRIP BYP Open Open 11EFASH SA5-53 RP Channel E DC PS Failure 1 E RPS TROUBLE Open Open REFLASH 1SA5-54 RP Cabinet E Cooling Fan Failure SPARE Open Spare 1SA5-55 NI Power Range 9 Power Supply Fail SPARE Closed Spare

Page 145 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 22 RPS/ESFAS Outputs to StatAlarm Panels 22.5 1SA7 PANEL q Contact Input, Conitactrinput Windowl Existing Descriptor New Descriptor toAIa*mi to0Alarm (existing) (new)

REFLASH ES HP Injection Channel A Trip 1A1 ES TRIP Open Closed 1 SA7-02 REFASH ES LP Injection Channel A Trip 1A2 ES TRIP Open REFLASH Closed 1REFASH SA7-03 ES RB Isolation Channel A Trip 1Al ES TROUBLE Open Open REFLASH 1 SA7-04 ES RB Spray Channel A Trip 1A2 ES TROUBLE Open Open REFLASH 1SA7-05 ES Analog Channel A on Test 1A1 & 1A2 ES HPI Closed Closed BYP lSA7-06 ES HP Channel A Bypassed 1A1 & 1A2 ES LPI Closed Closed 1SA7-07 ES LP Channel A Bypassed 1Al ES TEST Closed Closed 1SA7-08 ES Channel 1 on Test 1A2 ES TEST Closed Closed 1SA7-09 ES Channel 5 on Test 1Al RCPMP TEST Closed Closed 1EFASH SA7-1 0 ES HP Injection Channel B Trip I BI ES TRIP Open Closed REFLASH 1SA7-1 1 1EFASH ES LP Injection Channel B Trip 1B2 ES TRIP Open REFLASH Closed 1SA7-12 1EFASH ES RB Isolation Channel B Trip 1B1 ES TROUBLE Open Open REFLASH 1SA7-13 ELASH ES RB Spray Channel B Trip 1B2 ES TROUBLE Open REFLASH Open 1SA7-14 ES Analog Channel B on Test 1BY & 1B2 ES HPI Closed Closed BYP 1SA7-15 ES HP Channel B Bypassed 1BY & 1B2 ES LPI Closed Closed BYP 1SA7-16 ES LP Channel B Bypassed 1B1 ES TEST Closed Closed ISA7-17 ES Channel 2 on Test 1B2 ES TEST Closed Closed 1SA7-189A2 ES Channel 6 on Test RCPMP TEST Closed Closed 1EFASH ES HP Injection Channel C Trip 1C1 ES TRIP Open REFLASH Closed 1S5A7-20 1EFASH ES LP Injection Channel C Trip 1C2 ES TRIP Open REFLASH Closed 1SA7-21 REFLASH ES RB Isolation Channel C Trip 1C1 ES TROUBLE Open Open 1SA7-22 REFASH ES RB Spray Channel C Trip 1 C2 ES TROUBLE Open REFLASH Open 1SA7-23 ES Analog Channel C on Test 1C1 & 1C2 ES HPI Open Closed BYP 1SA7-24 ES HP Channel C Bypassed 1C1 & 1C2 ES LPI.

BYP Open Closed

Page 146 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 22 RPS/ESFAS Outputs to StatAlarm Panels Contact Input, Contact Input' WidwExisting Descriptor New Descriptor to Alarm to Alarm I (existing) (new) 1SA7-25 ES LP Channel C Bypassed 1C1 ES TEST Closed Closed 1SA7-26 ES Channel 3 on Test 1C2 ES TEST Closed Closed 1SA7-27 ES Channel 7 on Test 1B1 RCPMP TEST Closed Closed 1SA7-28 ES Even Logic Power Failure/Module ES ODD VOTER 1 Closed Closed Removed MAN BYP 1SA7-29 ES Odd Logic Power Failure/Module ES ODD VOTER 2 Closed Closed Removed MAN BYP 1SA7-30 ES RB Spray Pwr Supply Fail or ES ODD VOTERS REFLASH Channel A Module Removed TROUBLE 1SA7-31 ES RB Spray Pwr Supply Fail or ES ODD VOTERS Closed Closed Channel B Module Removed TEST 1SA7-32 ES RB Spray Pwr Supply Fail or ES ODD EMER Closed Closed Channel C Module Removed OVERRIDE 1SA7-33 RC Pump Monitor Sys. Chan. #1 Trip ES HPI BYP PERMIT Open Closed 1SA7-34 RC Pump Monitor Sys. Chan. #1 Test 1A1 RCPMP TRIP Open Closed 1SA7-35 ES Channel 4 on Test 1A2 RCPMP TRIP Open Closed 1SA7-36 ES Channel 8 on Test 1B2 RCPMP TEST Closed Closed 1SA7-37 ES HPI ES Bypass Permit ES EVEN VOTER 1 Closed Closed MAN BYP 1SA7-38 ES LPI ES Bypass Permit ES EVEN VOTER 2 Closed Closed MAN BYP 1SA7-39 . . ES EVEN VOTERS REFLASH RC Pump Monitor Sys. Chan. #2 Trip TROUBLE Open Open 1SA7-40 RC Pump Monitor Sys. Chan. #2 Test ES EVEN VOTERS Closed Closed TEST 1SA7-41 RC Pump Monitor Sys. Chan. #3 Trip ES EVEN EMER Open Closed OVERRIDE 1SA7-42 RC Pump Monitor Sys. Chan. #3 Test ES LPI BYP PERMIT Closed Closed 1SA7-43 RC Pump Monitor Sys. Chan. #4 Trip 1B1 RCPMP TRIP Open Closed 1SA7-44 RC Pump Monitor Sys. Chan. #4 Test 1B2 RCPMP TRIP Open Closed

Page 147 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 22 RPS/ESFAS Outputs to StatAlarm Panels 22.6 1SA18 PANEL Contact Input Contact.

Window Existing Descriptor New Descriptor ~ to Alarm Input to' 2 (existing) Alarm (,New),.

1SA1 8-19 RPS FWPT/Reactor Trip P.S. Alert SPARE (Moved to 1SA5- Closed Spare 49) 1SA1 8-20 RPS FWPT/Reactor Channel Trip SPARE (Moved to 1 SA5- Closed Spare Bypass 50) 1SA18-25 RPS Gen. Turb/React Trip P.S. Alert SPARE (Moved to 1SA5- Closed Spare 51) 1SA18-26 RPS Gen. Turb/React Channel Trip SPARE (Moved to 1SA5- Closed Spare Bypass 52)

Page 148 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 23 New RPS/ESFAS Keylocks and Keyswitches 123.0 NEW RPS / ESFAS KEYLOCKS and KEYSWITCHES 23.1 Door Keys Unit 1 will have one key type for all RPS/ESFAS cabinet doors (different from the Unit 2 or 3 door key type).

23.2 Keyswitches 23.2.1 The four RPS SHUTDOWN BYPASS Keyswitches for any solitary Oconee Unit use the same key code. The keys are different for each Oconee Unit. Keys shall be non-removable in the BYPASS position.

23.2.2 The four RPS MANUAL BYPASS Keyswitches for any solitary Oconee Unit use the same key code. The keys are different for each Oconee Unit. Only one MANUAL BYPASS key will be available for each Oconee Unit. Keys shall be non-removable in the BYPASS position.

23.2.3 The five RPS Channel (A, B, C, D & E) PARAMETER CHANGE ENABLE Keyswitches, three ESFAS Channel (A, B & C) PARAMETER CHANGE ENABLE Keyswitches and two Voters (Voter 1 ODD, Voter 2 ODD, and the Status Computer in 1PPSCA0017 and Voter 1 EVEN, Voter 2 EVEN, and the Status Computer in 1PPSCA0018) PARAMETER CHANGE ENABLE Keyswitches for any solitary Oconee Unit use the same key code.

The keys are different for each Oconee Unit. Keys shall be non-removable in the ENABLE position.

23.2.4 The four RPS Channel (A," B, C & D) and the three ESFAS Channel (A, B & C) TRIP Keyswitches for any solitary Oconee Unit use the same key code. The keys are different for each Oconee Unit. Keys shall be non-removable in the TRIP position.

23.2.5 Both ESFAS Voter 1 ODD & EVEN MANUAL BYPASS Keyswitches use the same key code and both ESFAS Voter 2 ODD & EVEN MANUAL BYPASS Keyswitches use the same key code, but they are different from each other. The keys are different for each Oconee Unit. Keys shall be non-removable in the BYPASS position.

23.3 RPS SHUTDOWN BYPASS Keyswitch Note: Operation of the RPS SHUTDOWN BYPASS Keyswitches is administratively controlled by Operations procedures. SHUTDOWN BYPASS Keyswitches will be taken to BYPASS only after the unit has been shutdown (control rod drive breakers open). The SHUTDOWN BYPASS mode is required for shutdown operations when the CRD breakers are closed (such as CRD testing, zero power physics testing, and startup procedures.)

23.3.1 Each RPS Channel cabinet pair (A, B, C & D) includes a SHUTDOWN BYPASS Keyswitch.

23.3.2 Reference the RPS function sections for descriptions of the SHUTDOWN BYPASS features for affected functions.

Page 149 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 23 New RPS/ESFAS Keylocks and Keyswitches 23.3.3 The RPS SHUTDOWN BYPASS Keyswitches are administratively controlled (no hardware or software interlocks). All RPS Channels may be placed in SHUTDOWN BYPASS as required.

23.3.4 The RPS SHUTDOWN BYPASS Keyswitch status information is sent to the Statalarm panel, 1SA5, windows 3, 15, 27, 39; see Section 22 for window descriptors.

23.3.5 The RPS SHUTDOWN BYPASS Keyswitch status information is also sent to the OAC via the TXS Gateway.

23.3.6 The SHUTDOWN BYPASS Keyswitch is located at each RPS Channel and is operated using a manual key. In the BYPASS position, the following RPS Reactor Trips are affected:

23.3.6.1 Low RCS Pressure Trip is bypassed, 23.3.6.2 Variable Low RCS Pressure (based on RCS temperature) Trip is bypassed, 23.3.6.3 Flux/Flow/Imbalance Trip is bypassed, 23.3.6.4 Reactor Coolant Pump Power Monitor Trips are bypassed, 23.3.6.5 High RCS Pressure Trip setpoint is lowered to 1710 psig.

23.3.6.6 High Flux Reactor Trip setpoint is lowered to 4% RTP.

23.4 RPS MANUAL BYPASS Keyswitch 23.4.1 Each RPS Channel cabinet pair (A, B, C & D) includes a MANUAL BYPASS Keyswitch.

23.4.2 The RPS MANUAL BYPASS Keyswitch allows putting the complete RPS Channel into BYPASS for maintenance activities. This includes the power-down of the TXS computer of the RPS Channel. If the RPS MANUAL BYPASS Keyswitch is in the BYPASS position, it:

23.4.2.1 provides 24V to the relays of the hardwired "2-out-of-4" trip logic in parallel to the outputs of the TXS processor. This assures that the four output TRIP relays remain energized independent of the status of the TXS processor.

23.4.2.2 sets the FAULT status of all input signals prior to sending input signal data to the trip functions of the other channels, via the data links.

23.4.3 The RPS MANUAL BYPASS Keyswitches are administratively controlled (no hardware or software interlocks). Administrative control SHALL allow only one RPS Channel in BYPASS at a time. Only one MANUAL BYPASS key will be available for each unit.

23.4.4 The RPS MANUAL BYPASS Keyswitch status information is sent to the Statalarm panel 1SA5, windows 1, 13, 25, and 37; see Section 22 for window descriptors.

23.4.5 The RPS MANUAL BYPASS Keyswitch status information is also sent to the OAC via the TXS Gateway. The existing hardwired computer points listed below will be deleted and replaced with equivalent points using computer communications (OPC gateway to OAC).

New OAC point IDs and descriptions (including reset/set state messages for binary points) will be issued during detailed modification design.

Page 150 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 23 New RPS/ESFAS Keylocks and Keyswitches Existing Existing Description (Reset/Set, Existing Physica. . New Point ID , state messa ges for binary point) Range Destination 01D2364 RPS CH A MANUAL BYPASS (NOT Binary Gateway BYPASS) (BYPASS) 01D2365 RPS CH B MANUAL BYPASS (NOT Binary Gateway BYPASS) (BYPASS)

O1D2366 RPS CHC MANUAL BYPASS (NOT Binary Gateway BYPASS) (BYPASS) BinaryGateway O1D2367 RPS CH D MANUAL BYPASS (NOT Binary Gateway BYPASS) (BYPASS) BinaryGateway 23.5 RPS Logic Channel PARAMETER CHANGE ENABLE Keyswitch 23.5.1 Each RPS Channel cabinet pair (A, B, C, D) includes a PARAMETER CHANGE ENABLE Keyswitch for the associated logic computer (which includes RPS functions for A, B, C, and D, and ESFAS functions for A, B, and C located in the RPS cabinets).

23.5.2 The TXS system software controls the access to the TXS processor by controlling the operating modes of the computer. Under normal operating conditions, the TXS processor is in the OPERATION mode. The PARAM Mode allows the modification/tuning of software parameters. The TEST Mode allows disabling the application function and forcing the output signals. The DIAG Mode allows download of new application software.

The permission to change from the OPERATION mode into the PARAM mode is controlled by the RPS Logic Channel PARAMETER CHANGE ENABLE Keyswitch.

Placing the TXS processor into the TEST and DIAG modes requires first entering the PARAM Mode from the TXS Service Unit and then making additional parameter changes from the TXS Service Unit.

23.5.3 The RPS Logic Channel PARAMETER CHANGE ENABLE Keyswitches are administratively controlled (no hardware or software interlocks). Administrative control shall allow only one RPS Channel to be ENABLED (or placed out of NORMAL operation) at a time.

23.5.4 The RPS Logic Channel PARAMETER CHANGE ENABLE Keyswitch status information is sent to the Statalarm panel 1SA5, windows 2, 14, 26, and 38; see Section 22 for window descriptors.

23.5.5 The RPS Logic Channel PARAMETER CHANGE ENABLE Keyswitch status is sent to the OAC via the TXS gateway.

23.6 RPS Channel TRIP Keyswitch 23.6.1 Each RPS Channel cabinet pair (A, B, C & D) includes a TRIP Keyswitch for the associated logic computer.

23.6.2 If required, operations may place an RPS channel in TRIP (all RPS channel functions) by placing the associated channel TRIP Keyswitch in the TRIP position.

Page 151 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 23 New RPS/ESFAS Keylocks and Keyswitches 23.6.3 The RPS TRIP Keyswitches are administratively controlled (no hardware or software interlocks between channels prevents more than one channel from being placed in TRIP at a time). Administrative control shall allow only one RPS Channel to be in TRIP at a time.

23.6.4 Placing the RPS TRIP Keyswitch into the TRIP position shall result in a channel trip of all trip relays associated with that channel, and the status information is sent to the Statalarm panel 1SA1, window 1, 13, 25, or 37; see Section 22 for window descriptors.

23.6.5 The RPS TRIP Keyswitch status shall be sent to the OAC via the TXS gateway.

23.7 ESFAS Logic Channel PARAMETER CHANGE ENABLE Keyswitch 23.7.1 Each ESFAS Channel cabinet (A, B & C) includes a PARAMETER CHANGE ENABLE Keyswitch for the associated logic computer.

23.7.2 The TXS system software controls the access to the TXS processor by controlling the operating modes of the computer. Under normal operating conditions, the TXS processor is in the OPERATION mode. The PARAM Mode allows the modification/tuning of software parameters. The TEST Mode allows disabling the application function and forcing the output signals. The DIAG Mode allows download of new application software.

The permission to change from the OPERATION mode into the PARAM mode is controlled by the ESFAS Logic Channel PARAMETER CHANGE ENABLE Keyswitch.

Placing the TXS processor into the TEST and DIAG modes requires first entering the PARAM Mode from the TXS Service Unit and then making additional parameter changes from the TXS Service Unit.

23.7.3 The ESFAS Logic Change PARAMETER CHANGE ENABLE Keyswitches are administratively controlled (no hardware or software interlocks). Administrative control shall allow only one ESFAS Channel to be ENABLED (or placed out of NORMAL operation) at a time.

23.7.4 The ESFAS Logic Channel PARAMETER CHANGE ENABLE Keyswitch status information is sent to the Statalarm panel 1SA7, windows 7, 8, 16, 17, 25, and 26; see Section 22 for window descriptors.

23.7.5 The ESFAS Logic Channel PARAMETER CHANGE ENABLE Keyswitch status is sent to the OAC via the TXS gateway.

23.8 ESFAS Voter Parameter CHANGE ENABLE Keyswitch 23.8.1 Each ESFAS Voter train (ODD & EVEN) includes a Voter PARAMETER CHANGE ENABLE Keyswitch for the associated logic computers. This Keyswitch also enables parameter changes to the associated ESFAS status cabinet processors (1PPSCA0017 or 1PPSCA001 8).

Page 152 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 23 New RPS/ESFAS Keylocks and Keyswitches 23.8.2 The TXS system software controls the access to the TXS processor by controlling the operating modes of the computer. Under normal operating conditions, the TXS processor is in the OPERATION mode. The PARAM Mode allows the modification/tuning of software parameters. The TEST Mode allows disabling the application function and forcing the output signals. The DIAG Mode allows download of new application software.

The permission to change from the OPERATION mode into the PARAM, mode is controlled by the ESFAS Voter PARAMETER CHANGE ENABLE Keyswitch. Placing the TXS processor into the TEST and DIAG modes requires first entering the PARAM Mode from the TXS Service Unit and then making additional parameter changes from the TXS Service Unit.

23.8.3 The ESFAS Voter PARAMETER CHANGE ENABLE Keyswitches are administratively controlled (no hardware or software interlocks). Administrative control SHALL allow only one set of Voter channels (ODD Voters including 1PPSCA0017 or EVEN Voters including 1PPSCA0018) to be ENABLED (or placed out of NORMAL operation) at atime.

23.8.4 The ESFAS Voter PARAMETER CHANGE ENABLE Keyswitch status information is sent to the Statalarm panel 1SA7, windows 31 and 40; see Section 22 for window descriptors.

23.8.5 The ESFAS Voter PARAMETER CHANGE ENABLE Keyswitch status is sent to the OAC via the TXS gateway.

23.9 ESFAS Voter MANUAL BYPASS Keyswitch 23.9.1 Both ESFAS Voter Channel cabinets (1PPSCA0012 - ODD & 1PPSCA0014 - EVEN) include two ESFAS Voter MANUAL BYPASS Keyswitches, one for each Voter (1 and 2) for a total of four MANUAL BYPASS switches.

23.9.2 The ESFAS Voter MANUAL BYPASS is a new function with no equivalents in the existing ESFAS system. Each of the two ESFAS Actuation Trains (ODD and EVEN) has two independent TXS processors (Voters). One of the Voters (Voter 1) is driven from the three RPS logic Channels (Channel A from cabinets 1PPSCA0001/2, Channel B from cabinets 1PPSCA0003/4, and Channel C from cabinets 1PPSCA0005/6). The other Voter (Voter 2) is driven from the three ESFAS Logic Channels (channel A from cabinet 1PPSCA0009, channel B from cabinet 1PPSCA0010, and channel C from cabinet 1PPSCA001 1). Each Voter has the capability to actuate all of the ESF components of the respective ESFAS actuation channel (ODD or EVEN).

In order to be able to perform maintenance on the ESFAS logic channels (cabinet 1PPSCA0009, 1PPSCA0010, or 1PPSCA0011) or on the RPS/ESFAS logic channels (cabinets 1PPSCA0001/2, 1PPSCA0003/4, or 1PPSCA0005/6) without having the coincident ESFAS logic reduced to a "1-out-of-2" situation, it is required that the associated Voter (Voter 1 or Voter 2) handling the respective inputs, be placed into MANUAL BYPASS. This is done with ESFAS MANUAL BYPASS keyswitches located in ESFAS Actuation cabinets (1PPSCA0012 - ODD & 1PPSCA0014 - EVEN).

Page 153 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 23 New RPS/ESFAS Keylocks and Keyswitches 23.9.3 The ESFAS Voter MANUAL BYPASS Keyswitches are administratively controlled (no hardware or software interlocks). Administrative control SHALL allow only one set of Voters (ODD 1 and EVEN 1 or ODD 2 & EVEN 2) to be BYPASSED at a time during normal operation. ESFAS Automatic Actuation by the affected Voter is blocked. The MANUAL TRIP is still functional with the Voter in MANUAL BYPASS. Voter 1 ODD &

EVEN shall be keyed the same and Voter 2 ODD & EVEN shall be keyed the same.

23.9.4 The ESFAS Voter MANUAL BYPASS Keyswitch status information is sent to the Statalarm panel 1SA7, windows 28, 29, 37, or 38; see Section 22 for window descriptors.

23.9.5 The ESFAS Voter MANUAL BYPASS Keyswitch status information is also sent to the OAC via the TXS Gateway.

23.10 ESFAS Logic Channel TRIP Keyswitch 23.10.1 Each ESFAS Logic Channel cabinet (A, B & C) includes a TRIP Keyswitch for the associated logic computer. The TRIP Keyswitch shall also provide a TRIP input to the associated ESFAS functions located in the RPS/ES cabinets (Channel A, B, & C).

23.10.2 If required, operations may place an ESFAS channel in TRIP (all ESFAS channel functions) by placing the associated channel TRIP Keyswitch in the TRIP position. This will also place the ESFAS logic Channel (A, B & C) located in the RPS cabinets in TRIP.

23.10.3 The ESFAS TRIP Keyswitches are administratively controlled (no hardware or software interlocks). Administrative control shall allow only one ESFAS Channel (and associated RPS/ES Channel) to be in TRIP at a time.

23.10.4 The ESFAS TRIP Keyswitch 'status information is sent to the Statalarm panel 1SA7, windowsl & 2, 10 & 11, 19 & 20; see Section 22 for window descriptors.

23.10.5 The ESFAS TRIP Keyswitch status is sent to the OAC via the.TXS gateway.

Page 154 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 23 New RPS/ESFAS Keylocks and Keyswitches 23.11 RPS Channel E PARAMETER CHANGE ENABLE Keyswitch 23.11.1 The RPS Channel E cabinet includes a PARAMETER CHANGE ENABLE Keyswitch for the associated logic computer.

23.11.2 The TXS system software controls the access to the TXS processor by controlling the operating modes of the computer. Under normal operating conditions, the TXS processor is in the OPERATION mode. The PARAM Mode allows the modification/tuning of software parameters. The TEST Mode allows disabling the application function and forcing the output signals. The DIAG Mode allows download of new application software.

The permission to change from the OPERATION mode into the PARAM mode is controlled by the PARAMETER CHANGE ENABLE Keyswitch. Placing the TXS processor into the TEST and DIAG modes requires first entering the PARAM Mode from the TXS Service Unit and then making additional parameter changes from the TXS Service Unit.

23.11.3 The RPS Channel E PARAMETER CHANGE ENABLE Keyswitch is administratively controlled (no hardware or software interlocks).

23.11.4 The RPS Channel E PARAMETER CHANGE ENABLE Keyswitch status is sent to the OAC via the TXS gateway.

Page 155 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 24 New RPS/ESFAS OAC Computer Interface 124.0 NEW RPS / ESFAS OAC COMPUTER INTERFACE The replacement RPS/ESFAS channels shall interface with the OAC. Data shall be transferred from each RPS/ESFAS channel to the OAC in a secure and reliable manner for all modes of operation including normal operation, testing and calibration. The communication between the ESFAS and OAC will be accomplished in a manner that ensures electrical isolation and also ensures that no credible OAC fault or failure can adversely affect the ability of the RPS/ESFAS to perform its safety functions when required.

The new RPS/ESFAS OAC interface shall be an OPC Gateway: a single, non-redundant data link from the RPS/ESFAS to the OAC. The information from each of the RPS/ESFAS channels in Unit 1 shall be combined into one data link. The data link will be used to provide RPS/ESFAS parameters (RPS/ESFAS inputs, RPS/ESFAS outputs, RPS/ESFAS internal status, etc.) to the OAC. The RPS/ESFAS shall not receive any parameters from the OAC.

The OAC interface (gateway) shall use an OLE for Process Control (OPC) communication interface; see specification OSS-0340.00-00-0003, Revision 0, "OAC OPC Communications Interface Project Specification" for more information.

Page 156 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 25 General RPS/ESFAS System Monitoring, Alarming, Testing, and Calibration Requirements 25.0 General RPS/ESFAS System Monitoring, Alarming, Testing, Calibration, &

Failure Handling Requirements 25.1 CHANNEL CHECK (analog input deviation from 2.Min/2.Max)

(Technical Specification Requirement) 25.1.1 The Oconee Technical Specification (T.S.) definition of a CHANNEL CHECK: "A CHANNEL CHECK shall be the qualitative assessment, by observation, of channel behavior during operation. This determination shall include, where possible, comparison of the channel indication and status to other indications or status derived from independent instrument channels measuring the same parameter."

25.1.2 The new RPS/ESFAS hardware and software shall provide automatic monitoring of each of the analog input signals, and perform software limit checking against required acceptance criteria so that the T.S. requirement for a CHANNEL CHECK is continuously being performed. If a channel fails the acceptance criteria, it shall be alarmed (OAC alarm & Statalarm window) so that the Operator may take appropriate action.

25.1.3 Channel Comparisons of the following analog RPS signals shall be performed in order to provide the monitoring functions currently performed manually by Operations as required by the current ONS Technical specifications: NI Power Range Total Power, RC Narrow Range Pressure, RC Hot Leg Temperature (Thot), and RC Total Flow.

25.1.4 Channel Comparisons of the following analog ESFAS signals shall be performed in order to provide the monitoring functions currently performed manually by Operations as required by the current ONS Technical specifications: RC Wide Range Pressure, Reactor Building Pressure.

25.1.5 Provisions shall be made to allow two sets of alarm limit values for RC Narrow Range Pressure Channel Comparison alarms, one set for 4 RC pump operation, and another set for <4 RC pumps running. Software shall use RC Pump status to automate swapover of Channel Comparison alarm settings. The software shall have provisions to allow maintenance to manually select via a GSM screen (1) automatic selection of the comparison set of values (automatic selection based on either 4 pumps running or less than 4 pumps running), (2) manually select 4 pump comparison set, or (3) manually select <4 pump comparison set.

25.1.6 Deleted.

Page 157 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 25 General RPS/ESFAS System Monitoring, Alarming, Testing, and Calibration Requirements 25.1.7 Provisions shall be made to allow two methods of Channel Comparisons for Thot signals. Method 1 - Compare Loop A Thots (Ch. A to Ch. B) & Compare Loop B Thots (Ch. C to Ch. D). Method 2 - Compare all four Thot signals together (Thot Loop A and Thot Loop B). Software shall use RC Pump status to automate swapover of Channel Comparison alarm settings. With <4 RC pumps running, use Method 1. With 4 pumps running, use Method 2 (compare all signals). The software shall have provisions to allow maintenance to manually select via a GSM screen (1) automatic selection of the comparison set of values (automatic selection based on either 4 pumps running or less than 4 pumps running), (2) manually select 4 pump comparison set (Method 2), or (3) manually select <4 pump comparison set (Method 1).

25.2 FUNCTIONAL TEST (Technical Specification Requirement) 25.2.1 The Oconee Technical Specification definition of a CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST: "A CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST shall be:

Analog and bistable channels - the injection of a simulated or actual signal into the channel as close to the sensor as possible to verify OPERABILITY, of all devices in the channel required for channel OPERABILITY."

Digital computer channels - the use of diagnostic programs to test digital computer hardware and the injection of simulated process data into the channel to verify channel operability.

The CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST may be performed by means of any series of sequential, overlapping or total channel steps so that the entire channel is tested.

25.2.2 The new RPS/ESFAS hardware and software shall provide the capability to perform periodic, semi-automatic channel Functional Testing.

25.2.3 The TXS Test Machine plug shall be designed such that when the plug is inserted into an RPS channel or ES channel, +24VDC will automatically be applied to a digital input and provide the logic to block the propagation of the input signal through the channel so that test signals may be injected into the input without tripping the channel. The RPSIESFAS Test Enable status information is sent to the Statalarm panel 1SA5, windows 2, 14, 26, 38 (hardwired output of the RPS/ESFAS Channel A, B, C & D logic computers). The ESFAS Test Enable status information is sent to the Statalarm panel 1SA7, windows 7, 8, 16, 17, 25, 26, 31, 40 (hardwired output of the ESFAS Channel Al, A2, B1, B2, C1, C2, and ODD & EVEN Voter logic computers).

Page 158 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 25 General RPS/ESFAS System Monitoring, Alarming, Testing, and Calibration Requirements 25.2.4 The TXS Test Machine can provide an automated means to inject various input test signals into the analog and contact input modules of each channel. The Test Machine is designed to connect to the input circuitry via a plug connector and also connect to the Service Unit via Ethernet data link, in order to receive information about the acquired loop signal values. The testing is semi-automatic, and can include a Graphical Service Monitor (GSM) interactive user-interface. The test machine and service unit combination can include a user friendly, menu driven graphical interface (Human Machine Interface -

HMI). The machine graphics can provide maintenance, testing and operator required HMI interface functions, such as setpoint or other software variable settings changes and initiation, recording and printing out of test reports and documentation.

25.3 CHANNEL CALIBRATION (Technical Specification Requirement) 25.3.1 The Oconee Technical Specification definition of a CHANNEL CALIBRATION: "A CHANNEL CALIBRATION shall be the adjustment, as necessary, of the channel output such that it responds within the necessary range and accuracy to known values of the parameter that the channel monitors. The CHANNEL CALIBRATION shall encompass the entire channel, including the required sensor, alarm, display, and trip functions, and shall include the CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST. Calibration of instrument channels with resistance temperature detector (RTD) or thermocouple sensors may consist of an in-place qualitative assessment of sensor behavior and normal calibration of the remaining adjustable devices in the channel. The CHANNEL CALIBRATION may be performed by means of any series of sequential, overlapping, or total channel steps so that the entire channel is calibrated."

25.3.2 The new RPS/ESFAS shall provide the capability to perform periodic, semi-automatic CHANNEL CALIBRATIONS. Calibrations for loops with field transmitters are performed by using Measuring and Test Equipment to calibrate the transmitters locally at the transmitter. The RPS/ESFAS loops may be calibrated from the field transmitters through to the TXS or by injecting test signals into TXS input modules. Digital engineering units are readout at the TXS Service Unit for all calibrations. If the analog loops provide outputs to indicators, these indicators shall be included in the Channel Calibration. The CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST will be conducted as an integral part of the CHANNEL CALIBRATION so that the system is tested from analog input through the entire system to verify alarms, interlocks, displays and trip function operability as well as to perform output tests (GO / NO-GO), as required.

25.3.3 The GSM "Input Signal Monitoring" screens shall be provided to monitor and record the analog and binary inputs to the TXS during the CHANNEL CALIBRATION tests. To prevent adverse system actions while performing these tests, the analog or binary signals

Page 159 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 25 General RPS/ESFAS System Monitoring, Alarming, Testing, and Calibration Requirements under test may be placed in Bypass using the GSM "Trip / Bypass" screens. See Section 25.6 GSM Screens.

25.4 Analog Signal Monitoring 25.4.1 All analog signals from field sensors shall be sent to the OAC gateway.

25.4.2 Analog signals from field sensors that deviate from predetermined parameters shall be alarmed to the OAC gateway.

25.5 New OAC Alarms Additional new OAC gateway alarm points for system status shall be developed during the detailed design. These new alarm points shall include, but are not limited to:

25.5.1 New OAC gateway points for detectable signal failure alarms.

25.5.2 New OAC gateway points for Channel Check Failure alarms 25.5.3 New OAC gateway points for all process binary contact input trip alarms (pressure switch contact trip alarms, RCPPM contact trip alarms, etc).

25.5.4 New OAC gateway points for all RPS and ES Channel Trips.

25.5.5 New OAC gateway points for all 2nd Min/2nd Max functional trips and binary functional trips.

25.5.6 New OAC gateway points for all channel specific functional trip statuses.

25.5.7 New OAC gateway points for NI Variable High Flux Trip value and Variable High Flux Trip Select status.

25.5.8 System trouble alarms - hardware, software, and diagnostics.

25.5.9 Maintenance Bypasses (and Maintenance Test features that result in bypasses) of instrument signals and of channel trip/actuation functions shall be alarmed over the gateway so that local indication is provided in the control room in accordance with IEEE-603-1998 section 5.8.3 requirements.

Page 160 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 25 General RPS/ESFAS System Monitoring, Alarming, Testing, and Calibration Requirements 25.6 GSM Screens Graphical Service Monitor Screens shall be provided for human-machine interface. The design details of the GSM screens shall be developed with input from ONS for maintenance and operations considerations, and the organization of screens and functions in a manner different than described below is allowed. ONS shall review and approve the final GSM screen design details, preliminary information is provided below:

25.6.1 TXS System Overview Screen - The purpose of this screen is to show the trip, bypass, fault, test status, and channel deviation for each CPU in the RPS/ESFAS system.

25.6.2 RPS High Flux Variable Setpoint Screen - The purpose of this screen is to allow the High Flux Variable setpoint to be enabled and adjusted as described in Options B.7 and B.7a of the proposal.

25.6.3 RPS Trip/Bypass Screens - The purpose of these screens is to allow placing individual input signals into the Tripped or Bypassed condition, including at least one each showing all four channels of: Neutron Flux Power Range; RC Hot Leg Temp; RC Flow (A & B); RC Pressure; RB Pressure; MFP Trip (A & B); Main Turbine Trip and each RCP (4 screens)

Power Monitor.

25.6.4 RPS RC Flow Gain Calibration Screen - Provide screen and programming needed to obtain RC average flow data for the 8 flow transmitters (4 for A loop, 4 for B loop) and for inputting new manually calculated Total Flow Gain into the Flux/Flow/Imbalance Trip algorithms for each channel. These functions are required to replace the average flow data provided by the existing STAR computer which provided an average flow using 20 data samples per transmitter. The average flow data was then used for manually calculating a new Total Flow Gain and calibrated into each channels Flux/Flow/Imbalance Trip algorithms. Reference IP/0/A/0305/004 "RPS Flow Check."

25.6.5 RPS Reactor Trip Test Screens - Separate screen for each channel for RPS trip relay testing is required. These screens provide for Tech. Spec. required monthly Reactor Trip breaker time response testing and for trip relay logic testing. The screens shall provide the ability to trip each of the four RPS trip relays in each channel such that all logic combinations can be tested (1/4, 2/4, etc). Trip relay checkback status for each relay and UV checkback status shall be provided on the screens.

25.6.6 RPS Output Test Screens - Tests for binary outputs including Statalarm outputs and Events Recorder outputs. Binary outputs to trip relays are excluded, since they are provided on the separate Reactor Trip Test screens described above.

25.6.7 Deleted.

Page 161 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 25 General RPS/ESFAS System Monitoring, Alarming, Testing, and Calibration Requirements 25.6.8 RPS Flux/Flow Screen Scaling - These screens will show all four channels of Flux to Flow parameters, all four channels of Main Turbine Trip as well as a screen for all four channels of pressure parameters.

25.6.9 RPS Screen for 3 RCP Operation - This screen will provide manual mode selection for 3 or 4 RCP operation and will have the capability to automatically enable 3 RCP mode.

They will depict all four RPS channels and provide individual command fields for RCS THOT and Narrow Range Pressure.

25.6.10 ESF Trip/Bypass - Screens shall be provided to show the measured field input data grouped together for each set of ESFAS trip signals (eg. One screen each showing all six channel sets for: RC pressure transmitter inputs; RB pressure inputs and RB pressure switch inputs).

25.6.11 ESFAS Interchannel Trip Screens. - This screen shows all six ESF channels to allow placing individual input signals into the tripped state and/or return them to normal operation. This allows the user to trip all incoming process signals from either one or both ESF channels in order to meet Technical Specification Requirements for testing.

25.6.12 ESFAS Go/No Go Output Test Screens - Eight screens (one for each output channel) for testing binary outputs to actuated field devices.

25.6.13 ESFAS Annunciator Output Test Screens - Two screens (one for each voter) for testing binary outputs to Statalarms.

25.6.14 An ESFAS Wide Range Pressure Swapover Screen shall be provided to allow the WR RC Pressure signal going to the recorder to be, manually switched from Ch. A to B, or from Ch. B to A. See Section 20.8.

25.6.15 Miscellaneous Function screens - individual screens for CRC verification, EEPROM Parameter Updates and to verify system parameters.

25.7 Failure Handling Requirements 25.7.1 RPS/ESFAS Process Signal Input Failures - Failed/faulted input signals shall be excluded from processing in the 2 nd Min/2nd Max and coincidence logic trip/actuation functions comparing all channels. Failed/faulted signals shall also be excluded from channel comparison functions. 2nd Min/2nd Max and coincidence logic trip/actuation functions comparing all channels which use signals derived from multiple process signal types (such as flux/flow/imbalance) shall exclude from processing derived signals which have one or more failed/faulted process input signal. Alarms shall occur on any process input signal fault.

Page 162 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 25 General RPS/ESFAS System Monitoring, Alarming, Testing, and Calibration Requirements 25.7.2 Statalarms generated as the result of channel check comparisons shall be masked while the process signal is being manually bypassed or manually tripped. / Computer points generated as the result of channel check comparisons shall not be masked while the process signal is being manually bypassed or manually tripped. These alarms (computer points and Statalarms) shall be masked when the process signal is in test.

25.7.3 Channel specific functional trip status (computer points, Statalarms, or event recorder points) shall not be masked while the process signal is being manually bypassed or while in test.

25.7.4 For RPS, a failure of all four process input signals for an RPS trip function shall result in a reactor trip signal. Alarms shall occur on any process input signal fault.

25.7.5 For ESFAS, a failure of all three process input signals for an actuation function shall not result in an inadvertent ESF actuation due to the faulted signals. Alarms shall occur on any process input signal fault.

25.7.6 RPS Interchannel Communications Failures - A total failure of all RPS inter-channel communications over fiber optic cables for Channels A, B, C, and D shall result in a 1/1 trip logic for each channel trip function such that the RPS system as a whole will remain operable. Alarms shall occur on any communications failure.

25.7.7 ESFAS Interchannel Communications Failures - A total failure of all ESFAS inter-channel communications over fiber optic cables for Channels A, B, and C shall result in a 1/1 trip logic for each channel trip function such that the ESFAS system as a whole will remain operable. Alarms shall occur on any communications failure.

Page 163 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 26 Grounding Requirements 126.0 GROUNDING REQUIREMENTS 26.1 TXS System Grounding Requirements 26.1.1 Each TXS cabinet shall include an isolated ground bar to be connected to Oconee Isolated Instrument Ground. This ground bar shall be located close to the bottom of the cabinet.

26.1.2 Each cabinet shall also include a ground bar which shall be connected to the cabinet.

This ground will be connected to the Oconee Station Ground.

26.1.3 The Oconee Grounding requirements and the TXS guidelines shall be reviewed and applied as required during the detailed modification design phase.

26.2 Oconee Grounding References The following Oconee documents provide requirements and guidance for grounding equipment, armored and shielded cables.

26.2.1 MPGE-005, "Shielding and Grounding Sensitive Equipment."

26.2.2 OEE-15, "Instrumentation and Control Cables Installation Procedures" (& OEE-15 series of drawings, as appropriate).

26.2.3 0-900, "Auxiliary Building Grounding Block Diagram Isolated Ground System" 26.2.4 0-903, "Grounding Block Diagram Isolated Ground System" 26.3 TXS Grounding Reference EMF-2342(P), "Shielding and Grounding Guidelines for Application of TELEPERM XS"

Page 164 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 27 ESFAS Document References 27.0 ESFAS Document References The following references include references from the ISD for modification NSM-X3075, "Engineered Safety Feature Actuation System (ESFAS) Replacement".

27.1 AREVA Proposal AREVA Proposal No. I&C01-1.0 DPC, dated July 25, 2001.

AREVA Change Order Number 2004-02, Wide Range RC Pressure Changes, approved by Duke letter dated 12/2/2004.

AREVA Change Order Number 2004-03, Replace ESFAS Master Trip Wide Range RC Pressure Changes, approved by Duke letter dated 12/2/2004.

AREVA Change Order Number 2004-07, ESFAS Status Panel Changes, approved by Duke letter dated 12/2/2004.

AREVA Change Order Number 2005-01, Diverse LPI approved by Duke letter dated 4/4/2005 AREVA Change Order Number 2005-08, Development of Graphical Service Monitor Capability (Screens), approved by Duke letter dated 4/19/2005.

AREVA Change Order Number 2005-08 Supplemental Clarification #1, March 16, 2005.

AREVA Change Order Number 2007-02, Diverse HPI approved by Duke letter dated 12/19/2007.

27.2 Technical Specifications & Bases Section 3.3.5 and Bases, "Engineered Safeguards Protective System (ESPS) Analog Instrumentation" Section 3.3.6 and Bases, "Engineered Safeguards Protective System (ESPS) Manual Initiation" Section 3.3.7 and Bases, "Engineered Safeguards Protective System (ESPS) Digital Automatic Actuation Logic Channels" 27.3 UFSAR Section 3.1, "Conformance with NRC General Design Criteria" Table 3-68, "Electrical Equipment Seismic Qualification" Chapter 6, "Engineered Safeguards."

Chapter 7, "Instrumentation and Control" Section 7.1, "Introduction" Section 7.3, "Engineered Safeguards Protective System."

Table 7-2, "Engineered Safeguards Actuation Conditions."

Table 7-3, "Engineered Safeguards Actuated Devices."

Table 7-5, "NNI Inputs to Engineered Safeguards."

Figure 7-5, "Engineered Safeguards Protection System."

Section 9.5.1.4.3, "Electric Cable Construction, Cable Tray and Cable Penetrations" Section 8.3.2.1.4, "120 VAC Vital Power Buses"

Page 165 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 27 ESFAS Document References Chapter 15, "Accident Analysis" Table 15-35. "Trip Setpoints and Time Delays Assumed in Accident Analyses" 27.4 Equipment Specifications OSS-0311.00-00-0012, Revision 5, "Engineered Safeguards Features Actuation System (ESFAS)

Replacement Project Specification" OSS-0340.00-00-0003, Revision 1, "OAC OPC Communications Interface Project Specification" 27.5 Design Basis Document OSS-0254.00-00-2003, Engineered Safety Features Actuation System 27.6 Duke and Vendor Drawings 0-0705 ONE LINE DIAG. 120VAC & 125 VDC STATION AUX CIRCUITS INSTRUMENTATION VITAL BUSES 0-0711-02 OUTLINE UNIT CONTROL BOARD 1UB2 0-0711-02-01 COMPONENT INDEX UNIT CONTROL BOARD 1UB2 0 -0711-BC CONNECTION DIAGRAM UNIT CONTROL BOARD 1UB1 & 1UB2 0 -0711-E CONNECTION DIAGRAM UNIT CONTROL BOARD #1UB2 0 -0711-F CONNECTION DIAGRAM UNIT CONTROL BOARD #1UB2 0 -0711-G CONNECTION DIAGRAM UNIT CONTROL BOARD #1UB2 0-0711-H CONNECTION DIAGRAM UNIT CONTROL BOARD NO. 1UB2 0 -0711-H1 CONNECTION DIAGRAM UNIT CONTROL BOARD NO. 1UB2 0 -071 1-K CONNECTION DIAGRAM UNIT CONTROL BOARD #1UB1 & #1UB2 O -0711-L CONNECTION DIAGRAM UNIT, CONTROL BOARD #1UB2 0-0714-02 OUTLINE VERTICAL BOARD 1VB2 0 -0714-02-01 COMPONENT INDEX VERTICAL BOARD 1VB2 0-0714-H CONN/DIAG. VERTICAL BOARD #1VB2 INSIDE FRONT VIEW 0 -0714-Hi C/D VERTICAL BOARD #1VB2 & 1VB3 INSIDE FRONT VIEW 0 -0714-H2 CONNECTION DIAGRAM VERT BD #1VB2 & 1VB3 INSIDE FRONT VIEW 0 -0714-H3 CONNECTION DIAGRAM VERTICAL BOARD NO. 1VB2 INSIDE FRONT VIEW 0 70714-1 C/D VERTICAL BOARD #1VB2 INSIDE REAR VIEW 0-0714-N SECTIONS & DETAILS VERTICAL BOARD #1VB2 0-0714-0 MISCELLANEOUS CONNECTIONS DIAGRAM VERTICAL BOARDS NO 1VB1, 1VB2 & 1VB3 0-0714-S CONNECTION DIAGRAM VERTICAL BOARD 1VB2 INSIDE FRONT VIEW 0-0715-11 ELECTRICAL CONTROL BOARD PANEL NO. 1EB7 TEST PANEL POINT TABULATION 0 -0721-A C/D - VALVES - HIGH PRESS. INJECTION & PURIFICATION SYSTEM

Page 166 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 27 ESFAS Document References O -0722-A C/D - LP INJECTION & DECAY HEAT REMOVAL SYSTEM O -0723 CID - CORE FLOODING & RB SPRAY SYSTEMS O -0733 CID - COMPONENT COOLING SYSTEM & SPENT FUEL COOLING SYSTEM O -0736-B MISCELLANEOUS CID CHEMICAL ADDITION SYSTEM o -0737-F CID - WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM 0 -0739 CID PENT. RM. VENT. SAMPLE & R.B. PURGE SYS. & R.B. AUX. VENT.

FANS 0 -0742-A CID - MOTOR OPERATED VALVES L.P. SERVICE WATER SYSTEM 0 -0747-C CONNECTION DIAGRAM - COND. SYS. - DIAPHRAM OPER. VALVES 0 -0751-01-03 CONNECTION DIAGRAM 7KV SWITCHGEAR TERM BOX 1TB342 0 -0751-B INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM - 4KV SWITCHGEAR NO. 1TC 0 -0751-D INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM - 4KV SWITCHGEAR NO. 1TD 0 -0751-F INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM - 4KV SWITCHGEAR NO. 1TE 0 -0751-K INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM 4 KV SWITCHGEAR #B1T 0 -0751-M INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM 4 KV SWITCHGEAR #B2T 0 -0751-N INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM 4 KV SWITCHGEAR #B2T 0-0751-0 LAYOUT & INTERCONN. DIAG. TRANSFER CONTR. PNL. ITC PA 0 -0752-A15 lID MOTOR CONTROL CENTER #1XS1 UNITS #F1, F2, F3, F4 0 -0752-A 17 I/D MOTOR CONTROL CENTER #1XS1 UNITS #R1, R2, R3, R4 0 -0752-A 19 lID MOTOR CONTROL CENTER #1XS2 UNITS #F1, F2, F3, F4 0 -0752-A20 lID MOTOR CONTROL CENTER #1XS2 UNITS #R1, R2, R3, R4 0 -0753-B CID EMERGENCY POWER SWITCHING LOGIC PANEL NO. 1EPS LP1 CHANNEL A 0 -0753-C CID EMERGENCY POWER SWITCHING LOGIC PANEL NO. 1EPS LP1 CHANNEL B 0 -0753-1 CID EMERGENCY POWER SWITCHING LOGIC PANEL NO. 1EPS LP2 0 -0753-J CID EMERGENCY POWER SWITCHING LOGIC PANEL NO. 1EPS LP2 0 -0753-L CID KEOWEE EMERGENCY START PANEL 0 -0755 CONNECTION DIAGRAM STATALARM INPUT CABINET NO. 1SAC 0 -0757 OUTLINE ODD CHANNELS ENG. SAFEGUARDS RELAY CAB. 1ESTCI 0 -0757-A CID ODD CHANNELS ENG. SAFEGUARDS TERMINAL CAB. NO. 1ESTCl 0 -0757-B OUTLINE EVEN CHANNELS ENG . SAFEGUARDS RELAY CAB. 1 ESTC2 0 -0757-C CID EVEN CHANNELS ENG. SAFEGUARDS TERMINAL CABINET 1ESTC2 0 -0757-D OUTLINE ENGR. SAFEGUARDS ODD-EVEN CHANNELS RELAY C AB.

1ESTC3 0 -0757-E CONNECTION DIAGRAM ODD-EVEN CHANNELS ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS LIGHTS

Page 167 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 27 ESFAS Document References O -0757-E-1 C/D ODD/EVEN CHANNELS ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS CAB. NO.

1ESTC3 O -0757-F CONNECTION DIAGRAM ODD-EVEN CHANNELS ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS LIGHTS O -0757-G CONNECTION DIAGRAM ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS NORMAL CONTROL CABINET 8 O -0757-H CONNECTION DIAGRAM ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS NORMAL CONTROL CABINET 9 O -0757-1 CONNECTION DIAGRAM ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS LOGIC CABINETS 4&5 o -0757-J CONNECTION DIAGRAM ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS LOGIC CABINETS 6&7 O -0757-K CONNECTION DIAGRAM ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS ANALOG CABINETS 1, 2, 3 O -0757-L CONN DIAG EVEN CHANNELS AUX RELAY CAB NO. 1ESTC2A O -0767-AlO C/D R.B. PEN. PEN. #ED10, TYPE D PEN.

O -0767-Al 1 C/D R.B. PEN. PEN. #ED1 1 TYPE D PEN.

O -0767-A16 C/D R.B. PEN. PEN. #WD6 T YPE D PEN.

O -0767-A17 C/D R.B. PEN. PEN. #WD7, TYPE D PEN.

O -0767-A18 C/D R.B. PEN. TYPE D WD8 O -0767-A20 CONN. DIAG. REACTOR BLDG. PENETRATIONS TYPE -J-PENETRATIONS NO. EA 12 & 13 O -0767-A21 CONN. DIAG. REACTOR BLDG. PENETRATIONS TYPE-J- PENETRATIONS NO. EC4 & WA1 O -0767-A22 CONN. DIAG. REACTOR BLDG. PENETRATION TYPE -J- PENETRATIONS NO. WA13 O -0767-A59 CONNECTION DIAGRAM REACTOR BLDG PENETRATION TYPE D6 PENETRATION NO. WA3 O -0785-B CONNECTION DIAGRAM INTEGRATED CONTROL SYSTEM BAILEY CABINETS NO 4 & 5 O -0785-D CONNECTION DIAGRAM INTEGRATED CONTROL SYSTEM BAILEY CABINETS NO. 8 & 9 O -0790-B CONNECTION DIAGRAM COMPUTER CAB.

O -0790-C CONNECTION DIAGRAM COMPUTER CAB.

O -0790-Cl CONNECTION DIAGRAM COMPUTER CAB. G-1 REAR WALL O -0790-D CONNECTION DIAGRAM COMPUTER CAB.

O -0790-Dl CONNECTION DIAGRAM COMPUTER CAB. G-2 LEFT SIDE WALL O -0790-D2 CONNECTION DIAGRAM COMPUTER CAB. G-2 LEFT SIDE WALL

Page 168 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 27 ESFAS Document References O -0790-E CONNECTION DIAGRAM COMPUTER MISC. MONIT. THERMOCOUPLES O -0790-El CONNECTION DIAGRAM COMPUTER CAB. G-2 REAR WALL O -0790-E2 CONNECTION DIAGRAM COMPUTER CAB. G-2 REAR WALL O -0790-E3 CONNECTION DIAGRAM COMPUTER CAB. G-2 REAR WALL O -0790-F CONNECTION DIAGRAM MISC. COMPUTER MONITORED EQUIPMENT O -0790-P CONNECTION DIAGRAM COMPUTER CAB. G-7 LEFT SIDE WALL O -0790-Pl CONNECTION DIAGRAM COMPUTER CAB. G-7 LEFT SIDE WALL O -0791-H CONNECTION DIAGRAM COMPUTER CAB. I-1 LEFT SIDE WALL O -0791-1 CONNECTION DIAGRAM COMPUTER CAB. 1-2 LEFT SIDE WALL o -0791-12 CONNECTION DIAGRAM COMPUTER CAB. 1-2 LEFT SIDE WALL o -0985-C4 CONNECTION DIAGRAM STANDBY SHUTDOWN FACILITY EOC SYS RIGHT FRONT HALF SSF IC1 O-422-BB-2 REACTOR COOLANT PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS "A" - UNIT 1 O-422-BB-02-01 REACTOR COOLANT PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS "B"- UNIT 1 O-422-BB-3 REACTOR COOLANT PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS LOOP A O-422-EE-1-A INSTRUMENT DETAIL REACTOR BUILDING PRESSURE O-422-EE-1-B REACTOR BUILDING PRESSURE INSTRUMENTATION O EE-14-B2 WIRE AND CABLE TABULATION PREFAB CABLES FOR BAILEY SYSTEM TYPE E2 O EE-14-B2A WIRE AND CABLE TABULATION PREFAB CABLES FOR BAILEY SYSTEM TYPE E2 O EE-14-B5 WIRE AND CABLE TABULATION PREFAB CABLES FOR BAILEY SYSTEM TYPE D1 O EE-14-B6 WIRE AND CABLE TABULATION PREFAB CABLES FOR BAILEY SYSTEM TYPE D2 O EE-117-1H E/D STANDBY BREAKER CLOSING INITIATION & LOAD SHEDDING INITIATION & TESTING O EE-117-11 E/D STANDBY BREAKER CLOSI NG & LEAD SHEDDING INITIATION &

TESTING O EE-117-6 E/D 4160 V SWTGR. #B1T ST ANDBY FEEDER BRKR. UNIT # 5 O EE-117-6-B E/D 4160 V SWTGR. #B1T ST ANDBY FEEDER BKR. UNIT #5 O EE-117-23 E/D 4160 VOLT SWGR. #B2T STANDBY FDR. BKR. UNIT 9 O EE-117-23-B E/D 4160 VOLT SWGR. #B2T STANDBY FDR. BKR. UNIT 9 O EE-117-47 E/D 4160 V SWGR #1TC UNIT #9 HP. INJECT PUMP MOTOR #1A O EE-117-48 E/D 4160 V SWGR. #1TC L.P. INJECT. PUMP MOTOR #1A UNIT #10 O EE-117-49 E/D 4160 V SWGR. #1TC REACTOR BLDG. SPRAY PUMP MOTOR #1A O EE-1 17-50 E/D 4160 V SWGR #1TC L.P. SERVICE WATER PUMP MOTOR #A UNIT #12 0 EE-1 17-62 E/D 4160 SWGR. #1TD - H. P. INJECTION PUMP MOTOR N 0. 1C

Page 169 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 27 ESFAS Document References O EE-1 17-63 E/D 4160 V SWGR #1TD - L.P. INJECTION PUMP MOTOR NO. 1B O EE-1 17-64 E/D 4160V SWGR #1TD - - REACTOR BLDG. SPRAY PUMP MOTOR NO. 1B O EE-117-76 E/D 416OVSWGR. #1TE - H.P. INJECT. PUMP MOTOR NO. 1B O EE-1 17-83 E/D 4160V SWGR. #1TD - L. P. SERVICE WATER PUMP MOTOR NO. B O EE-1 17-83-A E/D 4160V SWGR #1TD & 2TD L.P. SERV. WATER PUMP MOTOR #B O EE-117-100 E/D A POWER LOCA LOAD SHED PANEL 1LS1 O EE-117-100-OA E/D A POWER DEVELOPMENT LOCA LOAD SHED PANEL 1LS1 O EE-1 17-100-OB E/D A & B POWER SWITCH DEVELOPMENT LOCA LOAD SHED VERTICAL BD. 1VB1 O EE-117-101 E/D B POWER LOCA LOAD SHED PANEL 1LS1 O EE-1 17-101-OA E/D B POWER CONTACT DEVELOPMENT LOCA LOAD SHED PANEL 1LS1 O EE-1 18-15 LIST - STATALARM NO. 1SA7 - VERTICAL BOARD 1VB2 O EE-1 18-16 LIST - STATALARM NO. 1SA7 - VERTICAL BOARD 1VB2 O EE-1 18-50 LIST - ES STATUS PANEL 1SA20 - VERTICAL BOARD 1VB2 (Rev. A)

O EE- 118-51 LIST - ES STATUS PANEL 1SA21 -VERTICAL BOARD 1VB2 (Rev. A)

O EE-120 E/D CHANNEL "A" KEOWEE EMERGENCY START O EE-120-A ELEMENTARY DIAGRAM CHANNEL A KEOWEE EMERG START O EE-120-1 E/D CHANNEL "B" KEOWEE EMERGENCY START O EE-120-1-A ELEMENTARY DIAGRAM CHANNEL B KEOWEE EMERG START O EE-138-7 E/D L P SERVICE WATER SYS. RB COOLER 1A OUTLET VLV #1LPSW-18 O EE-138-9 E/D L P SERVICE WATER SYS. RB COOLER 1B OUTLET VL V. #1LPSW-21 O EE-138-11 E/D L P SERVICE WATER SYS. RB COOLER 1C OUTLET VL V. #1/14/97 O EE-138-12 E/D L P SERVICE WATER SYS. RC PUMP MTRS. BRG. COO L SUPPLY VLV. #1/14/59 O EE-138-17 E/D L P SERVICE WATER SYS. RC PUMP MTRS. BRG. COO L OUTLET VLV. 1/14/94 O EE-138-18 E/D L P SERVICE WATER SYS. RB COOLING UNIT FAN A O EE-138-20 E/D L P SERVICE WATER SYS. RB COOLING UNIT FAN B O EE-138-22 E/D L P SERVICE WATER SYS. RB COOLING UNIT FAN C O EE-138-24 E/D ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS ODD & EVEN RELAY CAB. 1ESTC3 O EE-138-25 E/D ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS ODD & EVEN RELAY CAB. 1ESTC3 O EE-138-36 ELEMENTARY DIAGRAM LP SERVICE WATER SYS RB AUX VENT FANS COOLING WTR ISOL VLV NO ILPSW-565 O EE-138-37 ELEMENTARY DIAGRAM LP SERVICE WATER SYSTEM RB COOLER IB COOLING WTR ISOL VLV NO 1LPSW-566 O EE-138-60 ELEMENTARY DIAGRAM LPSW SYSTEM RBAC SUPPLY BLOCK VLV 1LPSW-1055

Page 170 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 27 ESFAS Document References O EE-138-61 ELEMENTARY DIAGRAM LPSW SYSTEM RBAC RETURN BLOCK VLV 1LPSW-1061 O EE-138-63 ELEMENTARY DIAGRAM LPSW SYSTEM RBAC SUPPLY CONTROL VLV 1LPSW-1054 O EE-138-64 ELEMENTARY DIAGRAM LPSW SYSTEM RBAC RETURN CONTROL VLV 1LPSW-1062 O EE-142 E/D COMPONENT COOLING VLV. 1/55/14 O EE-142-1 E/D COMPONENT COOLING VLV. 1/55/15 O EE-145-31 E/D - FEEDWATER SYSTEM - STEAM GENERATOR A SHELL D RAIN VLV.

1/04A/1 O EE-145-32 E/D - FEEDWATER SYSTEM - STEAM GENERATOR B SHELL D RAIN VLV.

1/04A/2 O EE-151 ELEMENTARY DIAGRAM LETDOWN COOLER "A" OUTLET VALVE 1HP3 (FS/1/51/3)

O EE-151-A ELEMENTARY DIAGRAM LETDOWN COOLER "A" OUTLET VALVE 1HP3 (FS/1/51/3)

O EE-151-1 E/D - LET-DOWN COOLER 1B OUTLET VLV. FS/1/51/4 1 HP4 O EE-151-1-A ELEMENTARY DIAGRAM LETDOWN COOLER B OUTLET VALVE 1HP4 (FS/1/51/4)

O EE-151-2 E/D - RC PUMP SEAL RET. V ALVE FS/1/51/39 1HP20 O EE-151-2-A ELEMENTARY DIAGRAM RC PUMP SEAL RETURN VALVE 1HP20 (FS/51/39)

O EE-151-3 E/D - LETDOWN ISOL. VLV. FS/1/51/5 O EE-151-3-1 ELEMENTARY DIAGRAM LETDOWN ISOL VALVE FS/1l5115 O EE-151-4 E/D - 1A HPI BWST SUCTION VLV. 1/51/7 (1HP-V22A)(1HP-24)

O EE-151-4-1 ELEM DIAG 1A HPI BWST SUCTION (VLV 1/51/7)

O EE-151-5 ELEMENTARY DIAGRAM 1B HPI BWST SUCTION VLV. 1/51/8 (1HP-V22B)

(1HP-25)

O EE-151-5-1 ELEM DIAG 1B HPI BWST SUCTION VLV 1/51/8 O EE-151-6 E/D - HP INJ. TO REACTOR INLET VLV. FS/1/51/60 O EE-151-6-1 ELEMENTARY DIAGRAM HP INJ TO REACTOR INLET VLV FS1/51/60 O EE-151-7 E/D - HP INJ. TO REACTOR INLET VLV. FS/1/51/159 O EE-151-8 E/D - RC PUMP SEAL RET. I SOL. VLV #1 HP-21 O EE-152-9 E/D - L.P. INJ. LINE A VL V. NO. 1/53/43 O EE-152-9-1 ELEM DIAG LP INJ LINE A VALVE NO 1/53/43 O EE-152-10 E/D - L.P. INJ. LINE B VL V. NO. 1/53/44 O EE-152-10-1 ELEM DIAG LP INJ LINE B VALVE NO 1/53/44

Page 171 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 27 ESFAS Document References O EE-157-A ELEMENTARY DIAGRAM CONTACT DEVELOPMENT FOR VLV 1RC-5 (FS/1/63/1)

O EE-157 E/D CHEM. ADDITION SYS. SSF CONTROL FOR VLV. 1RC# 5 FSI1/6311 O EE-157-1 E/D CHEM. ADDITION SYS: SSF CONTROL FOR VLV. 1RC# 6 FS/1/63/3 O EE-157-1-A ELEMENTARY DIAGRAM CONTACT DEVELOPMENT FOR VLV 1RC-6 (FS/1/63/3)

O EE-157-2 E/D CHEM ADDITION SYS. VLV. FS/1/63/4 O EE-157-3 E/D CHEM ADDITION SYS. VLV. FS/1/63/5 O EE-157-4 E/D CHEM ADDITION SYS. SOLENOID VLV. 09J-338 O EE-157-5 E/D CHEM ADDITION SYS. SOLENOID VLV. FS/1/63/6 O EE-157-6 E/D CHEM ADDITION SYS. SOLENOID VLV. FS/1/63/7 O EE-158-1 E/D RB PENETRATION RM. VENT. & SAMP. SYSTEM RB PURGE OUTLET VLV. 1/20B-21/1 1PR-1 O EE-158-2 RB PENETRATION RM VENT & SAMP SYSTEM RB PURGE OUTLET VALVE 1/20B-21/2 1PR-2 O EE-158-3 RB PENETRATION RM VENT. & SAMP SYSTEM E/D RB PURGE OUTLET VALVE 1/20B-2-1/3 1PR-3 O EE-158-4 RB PENETRATION RM VENT. & SAMP SYSTEM E/D RB PURGE INLET VALVE 1/20B-21/4 1PR-4 O EE-158-5 RB PENETRATION RM VENT. & SAMP SYSTEM E/D RB PURGE OUTLET VALVE 1/20B-21/5 1PR-5 O EE-158-6 E/D RB PENETRATION RM. VENT. & SAMP SYSTEM RB PURGE INLET VLV. 1/20B-21/6 1PR-6 O EE-158-7 E/D RB PENETRATION RM. VENT & SAMP SYSTEM SAMPLING LINE INLET VLV 1/67/1 1PR-7 O EE-158-8 RB PENETRATION RM VENT & SAMP SYS. E/D SAMPLE LINE CONTROL INLET VLV. 1/67/2 1PR-8 O EE-158-9 RB PENETRATION RM VENT & SAMP SYS. E/D SAMPLE LINE CONTROL OUTLET VLV. 1/67/3 1PR-10 O EE-158-10 E/D RB PENETRATION RM. VENT. & SAMP SYS. SAMPLING LINE OUTL.

VLV. 1/67/4 1PR-9 O EE-158-11 RB PENETRATION RM SAMP & VENT SYSTEM E/D RB PENETRATION RM EXHAUST FAN 1A O EE-158-12 RB PENETRATION RM SAMP & VENT SYSTEM E/D RB PENETRATION RM EXHAUST FAN 1B O EE-159-3 REACTOR BLDG. SPRAY SYSTEM E/D RB SPRAY PUMP "A" OUTLET VLV.

1/54M14

Page 172 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 27 ESFAS Document References O EE-159-4 REACTOR BLDG. SPRAY SYSTEM E/D RB SPRAY PUMP "B" 0 UTLET VLV. 1/54/15 O EE-160 ELEMENTARY DIAG WASTE DISPOSAL SYS RB ISOLATION VLV 1/57/2 O EE-160-1 E/D WASTE DISPOSAL SYS. R B ISOLATION VALVE 1/59/5 O EE-160-2 E/D WASTE DISPOSAL SYS. R B NORMAL SUMP DISCHARGE V LV. 1/59/3 O EE-160-3 E/D WASTE DISPOSAL SYS. R B ISOLATION VALVE 1/59/4 O EE-160-4 E/D WASTE DISPOSAL SYS. QUENCH TANK VENT VALVE 1/5 7/1 O EE-160-5 E/D WASTE DISPOSAL SYS. COMPONENT DRAIN PUMP VLV. 1/59/6 OM 201 .J--0001.001 FUNCTIONAL DIAG.ENGR.SAFEGUARDS SYS.CHANNELS 1,2,3, & 4 OM 201 .J--0002.001 FUNCTIONAL DIAG.EMGR.SAFEGUARDS SYS. CHANNELS 5 & 6 OM 201.J--0003.001 FUNCTIONAL DIAG.ENGR.SAFEGUARDS SYS. CAHNNELS 7 & 8 OM 201 .J--0004.001 SCHEM.DIAG.ENGR.SAFEGUARDS SYS.REACTOR PRESS.ANALOG

-SUB-SYS.PART 1 OM 201 .J--0005.001 SCHEM.DIAG.ENGR.SAFEGUARDS SYS.REACTOR PRESS.ANALOG SUB-SYS.PART 2 OM 201 .J--0006.001 SCHEM. DIAG. ENGR.SAFEGUARDS SYS.BUILDING PRESS.ANALOG SUB-SYS.

OM 201.J--0007.001 SCHEM. DIAG. ENGR. SAFEGUARDS SYS. DIGITAL CHANNEL 1 -

Part 1 OM 201 .J--0008.001 SCHEM. DIAG. ENGR. SAFEGUARDS SYS. DIGITAL CHANNEL 1 -

Part 2 OM 201 .J--0009.001 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM OM 201 .J--0009.002 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM OM 201 .J--0009.003 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM OM 201 .J--0009.004 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM OM 201 .J--0009.005 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM OM 201 .J--0009.006 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM OM 201.J--0009.007 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM OM 201.J--0009.008 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM OM 201 .J--0009.009 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM OM 201.J--0009.010 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM OM 201.J--0009.011 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM OM 201.J--0009.012 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM OM 201 .J--0009.013 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM OM 201.J--0009.014 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM OM 201 .J--0009.015 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM OM 201 .J--0009.016 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM OM 201 .J--0009.017 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM

Page 173 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 27 ESFAS Document References OM 201 .J--0009.018 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM OM 201 .J--0009.019 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM OM 201 .J--0009.020 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM OM 201 .J--0009.021 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM OM 201.J--0009.022 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM OM 201 .J--0009.023 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM OM 201 .J--0009.024 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM OM 201 .J--0009.025 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM OM 201 .J--0009.026 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM OM 201 .J--0009.027 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM OM 201 :J--0009.028 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM OM 201 .J--0009.029 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM OM 201 .J--0009.030 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM OM 201 .J--0009.031 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM OM 201 .J--0009.032 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM OM 201 .J--0009.033 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM OM 201.J--0009.034 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM OM 201 .J--0009.035 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM OM 201 .J--0009.036 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM OM 201 .J--0009.037 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM OM 201 .J--0009.038 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM OM 201 .J--0009.039 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM OM 201 .J--0009.040 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM OM 201.J--0009.041 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM OM 201 .J--0009.042 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM OM 201 .J--0009.043 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM OM 201 .J--0009.044 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM OM 201 .J--0010.001 SCHEM.DIAG.SAFEGUARDS SYS .REACTOR PRESS.ANALOG SUB -SYS.-PART 1 OM 201 .J--001 1.001 SCHEM.DIAG.ENGR.SAFEGUARDS SYS.REACTOR PRESS.ANALOG SUB-SYS. PART 2 OM 201 .J--0012.001 SCHEM.DIAG.ENGR.SAFEGUARDS SYS.BUILDING PRESS.ANALOG SUB-SYS OM 201.J--0013.001 SCHEM.DIAG.ENGR.SAFEGUARDS SYS.REACTOR PRESS.ANALOG SUB-SYS.-PART 1 OM 201 .J--0014.001, SCHEMDIAG.ENGR.SAFEGUARDS SYS.REACTOR PRESS.ANALOG SUB-SYS - PART 2

Page 174 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 27 ESFAS Document References OM 201.J--0015.001 SCHEM.DAIG.ENGR.SAFEGUARDS SYS.BUILDING PRESS.ANALOG SUB-SYS OM 201 .J--0016.001 SCHEM.DIAG.ENGR.SAFEGUARDS SYS.DIGITAL CH. 2 - Part 1 OM 201 .J--0017.001 SCHEM.DIAG.ENGR.SAFEGUARDS SYS.DIGITAL CH. 2 - Part 2 OM 201.J--0018.001 SCHEMATIC DIAG.ENGR.SAFEGUARDS SYS.DIGITAL CHANNEL 3 -

PART 1 OM 201 .J--0019.001 SCHEMATIC DIAG.ENGR.SAFEGUARDS SYS.DIGITAL CHANNEL 3 -

PART 2 OM 201 .J--0020.001 SCHEMATIC DIAG.ENGR.SAFEGUARDS SYS.DIGITAL CHANNEL 4 -

PART 1 OM 201 .J--0021.001 SCHEMATIC DIAG.ENGR.SAFEGUARDS SYS.DIGITAL CHANNEL 4 -

PART 2 OM 201 .J--0022.001 SCHEMATIC DIAG.ENGR.SAFEGUARDS SYS.DIGITAL CHANNEL 5 -

PART 1 OM 201 .J--0023.001 SCHEMATIC DIAG.ENGR.SAFEGUARDS SYS.DIGITAL CHANNEL 5 -

PART 2 OM 201 .J--0024.001 SCHEMATIC DIAG.ENGR.SAFEGUARDS SYS.DIGITAL CHANNEL 6 -

PART 1 OM 201 .J--0025.001 SCHEMATIC DIAG.ENGR.SAFEGUARDS SYS.DIGITAL CHANNEL 6 -

PART 2 OM 201 .J--0026.001 SCHEMATIC DIAG.ENGR.SAFEGUARDS SYS.DIGITAL CHANNEL 7 -

PART I OM 201 .J--0027.001 SCHEMATIC DIAG.ENGR.SAFEGUARDS SYS.DIGITAL CHANNEL 7 -

PART 2 OM 201 .J--0028.001 SCHEMATIC DIAG.ENGR.SAFEGUARDS SYS.DIGITAL CHANNEL 8 -

PART 1 OM 201 .J--0029.001 SCHEMATIC DIAG.ENGR.SAFEGUARDS SYS.DIGITAL CHANNEL 8 -

PART 2 OM 201 .J--0030.001 SCHEMATIC DIAG.ENGR.SAFEGUARDS SYS.NORMAL CONTROL OM 201 .J--0031.001 NORMAL CONTROL CONNECTIONS.

OM 201.J--0031.002 NORMAL CONTROL CONNECTIONS OM 201.J--0031.003 NORMAL CONTROL CONNECTIONS OM 201 .J--0031.004 NORMAL CONTROL CONNECTIONS OM 201.J--0031.005 NORMAL CONTROL CONNECTIONS OM 201 .J--0031.006 NORMAL CONTROL CONNECTIONS OM 201 .J--0031.007 NORMAL CONTROL CONNECTIONS OM 201 .J--0031.008 NORMAL CONTROL CONNECTIONS OM 201 .J--0031.009 NORMAL CONTROL CONNECTIONS

(_1

Page 175 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 27 ESFAS Document References OM 201 .J--0031.010 NORMAL CONTROL CONNECTIONS OM 201.J--0031.011 NORMAL CONTROL CONNECTIONS OM 201 .J--0031.012 NORMAL CONTROL CONNECTIONS OM 201 .J--0031.013 NORMAL CONTROL CONNECTIONS OM 201.J--0031.014 NORMAL CONTROL CONNECTIONS OM 201.J--0031.015 NORMAL CONTROL CONNECTIONS OM 201 .J--0031.016 NORMAL CONTROL CONNECTIONS OM 201.J--0031.017 NORMAL CONTROL CONNECTIONS OM 201.J--0031.018 NORMAL CONTROL CONNECTIONS OM 201 .J--0031.019 NORMAL CONTROL CONNECTIONS OM 201 .J--0031.020 NORMAL CONTROL CONNECTIONS OM 201 .J--0031.021 NORMAL CONTROL CONNECTIONS OM 201 .J--0031.022 NORMAL CONTROL CONNECTIONS OM 201 .J--0031.023 NORMAL CONTROL CONNECTIONS OM 201 .J--0031.024 NORMAL CONTROL CONNECTIONS OM 201.J--0031.025 NORMAL CONTROL CONNECTIONS OM 201 .J--0031.026 NORMAL CONTROL CONNECTIONS OM 201.J--0031.027 NORMAL CONTROL CONNECTIONS OM 201.J--0031.028 NORMAL CONTROL CONNECTIONS OM 201.J--0031.029 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEMS OM 201 .J--0031.030 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEMS OM 201 .J--0031.031 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEMS OM 201.J--0031.032 NORMAL CONTROL CONNECTIONS OM 201 .J--0031.033 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEMS OM 201 .J--0031.034 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEMS OM 201.J--0031.035 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEMS OM 201 .J--0031.036 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEMS OM 201 .J--0031.037 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEMS OM 201.J--0031.038 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEMS OM 201 .J--0031.039 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM OM 201 .J--0031.040 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM OM 201.J--0031.041 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM OM 201 .J--0031.042 NORMAL CONTROL CONNECTIONS OM 201.J--0031.043 NORMAL CONTROL CONNECTIONS OM 201.J--0031.044 NORMAL CONTROL CONNECTIONS OM 201 .J--0031.045 NORMAL CONTROL CONNECTIONS OM 201 .J--0031.046 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM OM 201 .J--0031.047' ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM

Page 176 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 27 ESFAS Document References OM 201 .J--0031.048 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM OM 201 .J--0031.049 NORMAL CONTROL CONNECTIONS OM 201.J--0031.050 NORMAL CONTROL CONNECTIONS OM 201 .J--0031.051 NORMAL CONTROL CONNECTIONS OM 201 .J--0031.052 NORMAL CONTROL CONNECTIONS OM 201 .J--0031.053 NORMAL CONTROL CONNECTIONS OM 201 .J--0031.054 NORMAL CONTROL CONNECTIONS OM 201 .J--0031.055 NORMAL CONTROL CONNECTIONS OM 201 .J--0031.056 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM OM 201 .J--0031.057 NORMAL CONTROL CONNECTIONS OM 201 .J--0031.058 NORMAL CONTROL CONNECTIONS OM 201 .J--0031.059 NORMAL CONTROL CONNECTIONS OM 201 .J--0031.060 NORMAL CONTROL CONNECTIONS OM 201 .J--0031.061 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM OM 201.J--0031.062 NORMAL CONTROL CONNECTIONS OM 201 .J--0032.001 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM OM 201 .J--0032.002 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM OM 201.J--0032.003 ENGINEERED SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM OM 201 .J--0033.001 SCHEMATIC DIAG.OF POWER WIRING ANALOG CHANNEL 1 ENGR.SAFEGUARDS SYS.

OM 201 .J--0034.001 SCHEMATIC DIAG.OF POWER WIRING ANALOG CHANNEL 2 ENGR.

SAFEGUARDS SYS.

OM 201 .J--0035.001 SCHEMATIC DIAG.OF POWER ANALOG CHANNEL 3 ENGR.SAFE GUARDS SYS.

OM 201 .J--0036.001 SCHEMATIC DIAG.ENGR.SAFEGUARDS SYS.NORMAL CONTROL FOR LOAD SHED OM 201 .J--0037.001 EXTERNAL CONN.DIAG.ENGR.SAFEGUARDS SYS.DIGITAL CHANNELS 1&3-PART 1 OM 201 .J--0038.001 EXTERNAL CONN.DIAG.ENGR.SAFEGUARDS SYS.DIGITAL CHANNEL 1-PART 2 OM 201 .J--0039.001 EXTERNAL CON N.DIAG.ENGR.SAFEGUARDS SYS.DIGITAL CHANNELS 2&4-PART 1 OM 201 .J--0040.001 EXTERNAL CONN.DIAG.ENGR.SAFEGUARDS SYS.DIGITAL CHANNEL 2-PART 2 OM 201 .J--0041.001 EXT.CONN.DIAG.ENGR.SAFEGUARDS SYS.DIGITAL CHANNELS 1&3 NOR.CONT.PART 1 OM 201 .J--0042.001 EXTERNAL CONN. DIAG. ENGR. SAFEGUARDS SYS. DIGITAL CHANNELS 3&7-PART 2

Page 177 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 27 ESFAS Document References OM 201 .J--0043.001 EXT.CONN.DIAG.ENGR.SAFEGUARDS SYS.CHANNELS 2&4 NOR M.CONT.-PART 1 OM 201 .J--0044.001 EXT.CONN.DIAG.ENGR.SAFEGUARDS SYS.DIGITAL CHANNELS 4&8 - PART 2 OM 201 .J--0045.001 EXT.CONN.DIAG.ENGR.SAFEGUARDS SYS.DIGITAL CHANNELS 5&7 - PART 1 OM 201 .J--0046.001 EXT.CONN.DIAG.ENGR.SAFEGUARDS SYS.DIGITAL CHANNEL 1&5 -

PART 2 OM 201 .J--0047.001 EXT.CONN.DIAG.ENGR.SAFEGUARDS SYS.DIGITAL 5&CHANNE L 1-PART 3 OM 201 .J--0048.001 EXT.CONN.DIAG.ENGR.SAFEGUARDS SYS.DIGITAL CHANNELS 6&8 -PART 1 OM 201 .J--0049.001 EXT.CONN.DIAG.ENGR.SAFEGUARDS SYS.DIGITAL CHANNEL 6&2 -

PART 2 '

OM 201 .J--0050.001 EXT.CONN.DIAG.ENGR.SAFEGUARDS SYS.DIGITAL CHANNELS 6 -

PART 3 OM 201 .J--0051.001 EXT.CONN.DIAG.ENGR.SAFEGUARDS SYS.CHANNELS 5&7 NOR M.CONT.-PART 1 OM 201 .J--0052.001 EXT.CONN.DIAG.ENGR.SAFEGUARDS SYS.DIGITAL CHANNELS 6&8 NORM.CONT.PART OM 201 .J--0053.001 EXT.CONN.DIAG.ENGR.SAFEGUARDS SYS.ANALOG CHANNEL 1 OM 201 .J--0054.001 EXT.CONN.DIAG.ENGR.SAFEGUARDS SYS.ANALOG CHANNEL 2 OM 201.J--0055.001 EXT.CONN.DIAG.ENGR.SAFEGUARDS SYS.ANALOG CHANNEL 3 OM 201 .J--0056.001 EXT.CONN.DIAG.ENGR.SAFEGUARDS SYS.DIGITAL CHANNEL 1 NORMCONT.-PART 2 OM 201 .J--0057.001 EXT.CONN.DIAG.ENGR.SAFEGUARDS SYS.DIGITAL CHANNEL 2 NORM.CONT.-PART 2 OM 201.J--0058.001 EXT.CONN.DIAG.ENGR.SAFEGUARDS SYS.CHANNELS 3&7-NORM.

CONT. PART 2 OM 201 .J--0059.001 EXT.CONN.DIAG.ENGR.SAFEGUARDS SYS.DIGITAL CHANNELS 4&8 NORM.CONT.PART OM 201.J--0060.001 EXT.CONN.DIAG.ENGR.SAFEGUARDS SYS.DIGITAL CHANNEL 5 NORM. CONT.PART 2 OM 201.J--0061.001 EXT.CONN.DIAG.ENGR.SAFEGUARDS SYS.DIGITAL CHANNEL 1 OM 201.J--0062.001 EXT.CONN.DIAG.BUILDING SPRAY SYSTEM - PART 4 OM 201.J--0063.001 EXTERNAL CONNECTION DIAGRAM REACTOR COOLANT SYS.-

PART A

Page 178 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 27 ESFAS Document References OM 201 .J--0064.001 CABINET LAYOUT NO.1 ENGR. SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM ANALOG CHANNEL NO.1 OM 201 .J--0065.001 CABINET LAYOUT NO.2 ENGR. SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM ANALOG CHANNEL NO.2 OM 201.J--0066.001 CABINET LAYOUT NO.3 ENGR. SAFEGUARDSSYSTEM ANALOG CHANNEL NO.3 OM 201 .J--0067.001 CABINET LAYOUT NO.4 ENGR. SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM DIGITAL CHANNELS 1 & 3 OM 201 .J--0068.001 CABINET LAYOUT NO.5 ENGR. SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM DIGITAL CHANNELS 5 & 7 OM 201 .J--0069.001 CABINET LAYOUT NO.6 ENGR. SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM DIGITAL CHANNELS 2 & 4 OM 201 .J--0070.001 CABINET NO.7 ENGR. SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM DIGITAL CHANNELS 2,6, & 8 OM 201 .J--0071.001 CABINET LAYOUT NO.8 ENGR. SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM NORMAL CONTROL OM 201 .J--0072.001 CABINET LAYOUT NO.9 ENGR. SAFEGUARDS SYSTEM NORMAL CONTROL 27.7 Calculations SRC-OSA-SA-85-022-0, Miscellaneous Instrumentation Error Analysis (Reactor Coolant System Pressure)

OSC-0208, Seismic Anchorage of Miscellaneous Electrical Equipment in the Auxiliary Building OSC-2495, Reactor Building Narrow Range Pressure Instrumentation Loop Accuracy Calculation OSC-2509, Seismic Qualification of Safety Devices on the Oconee 1-3 Main Control Boards OSC-2759, Wide Range RCS Pressure Uncertainty OSC-2820, Emergency Procedure Setpoints OSC-3446, Reactor Building Pressure Instrument Loop Accuracy Calculation OSC-6134, 120VAC Vital I&C Power System Analysis and Regulated Power Fault Duty Analysis OSC-6928, Containment Isolation Single Failure Analysis OSC-7548, High Pressure Injection System Single Failure Analysis OSC-7549, Low Pressure Injection System Single Failure Analysis OSC-7550, Low Pressure Service Water System Single Failure Analysis OSC-7552, Penetration Room Ventilation (PRV) System Single Failure Analysis OSC-7553, Control Room Pressurization Single Failure Analysis OSC-7554, Reactor Building Cooling (RBC) System Single Failure Analysis OSC-7555, Reactor Building Spray (RBS) System Single Failure Analysis OSC-7688, Engineered Safeguards System Online Calibration Drift Analysis.

OSC-8695, Unit 1 Software Parameters Basis for TXS RPS/ESFAS

Page 179 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 27 ESFAS Document References OSC-8125, Diverse High/Low Pressure Injection Actuation System Uncertainty and Setpoint Determination OSC-8829, Digital RPS/ESFAS Wide Range Reactor Coolant System (RCS) Pressure Instrument Loop Uncertainty 27.8 Station Procedures 27.8.1 Performance Test Procedures PT/1/A/0202/12 - Component Test of ES Channels 1 & 2 PT/1/A/0203/08 - Component Test of ES Channels 3 & 4 PT/1/A/0160/03 - Component Test of ES Channels 5 & 6 PT/1/A10204/09 - Component Test of ES Channels 7 & 8 PT/l/A/0600/01 - Periodic Instrument Surveillance PT/1/A/0610/01J - Emergency Power Switching Logic Functional Test 27.8.2 Abnormal & Emergency Procedures EP/1/A/1800/01 - Emergency Operating Procedure (Reactivity Management Related).

27.8.3 Analog Channel Procedures - Online IP/O/A/O310/O14A - Engineered Safeguards System Analog Channel A On-Line Calibration IP/O/A/0310/014B - Engineered Safeguards System Analog Channel B On-Line Calibration IP/O/A/0310/014C - Engineered Safeguards System Analog Channel C On-Line Calibration 27.8.4 Calibration Procedures for Analog Channels IPIO/IAO310/003B - Engineered Safeguards System Analog Channel A RC Pressure Channel Calibration IP/O/IA0310/O03C - ES System Reactor Building Narrow Range Pressure Calibration and Analog Channel A Test IP/O/A/O310/OO3D -Engineered Safeguards System Analog Channel A RB Pressure Switch Calibration and Pressure Switch Contact Buffer Tests IP/O/A/0310/004B -Engineered Safeguards System Analog Channel B RC Pressure Channel Calibration IP/O/A/0310/004C - ES System Reactor Building Narrow Range Pressure Calibration and Analog Channel B Test IP/O/A/0310/004D -Engineered Safeguards System Analog Channel B RB Pressure Switch Calibration and Pressure Switch Contact Buffer Tests IP/O/A/0310/005B -Engineered Safeguards System Analog Channel C RC Pressure Channel Calibration IP/O/A/0310/005C -ES System Reactor Building Narrow Range Pressure Calibration and Analog Channel C Test

Page 180 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 27 ESFAS Document References IP/O/A/0310/005D -Engineered Safeguards System Analog Channel C RB Pressure Switch Calibration and Pressure Switch Contact Buffer Tests 27.8.5 Functional Procedures IP/0/A/0310/003A- Engineered Safeguards System Analog Channel A DC Power and Fan Failure Functional Test IP/O/A/0310/004A- Engineered Safeguards System Analog Channel B DC Power and Fan Failure Functional Test IP/O/A/0310/005A- Engineered Safeguards System Analog Channel C DC Power and Fan Failure Functional Test 27.8.6 Digital Channel Procedures - Online IP/O/A/0310/012A - Engineered Safeguards System Logic Subsystem 1 HPI and RB Isolation Channel 1 On Line Test IP/O/A/0310/013A- Engineered Safeguards System Logic Subsystem 2 HPI and RB Isolation Channel 2 On Line Test IP/O/A/0310/012B - Engineered Safeguards System Logic Subsystem 1 LPI Channel 3 On Line Test IP/O/A/0310/013B - Engineered Safeguards System Logic Subsystem 2 LPI Channel 4 On Line Test IP/O/A/0310/012C - Engineered Safeguards System Logic Subsystem 1 RB Isolation and Cooling Channel 5 On Line Test IP/O/A/0310/013C - Engineered Safeguards System Logic Subsystem 2 RB Isolation and Cooling Channel 6 On Line Test IP/O/A/0310/012D - Engineered Safeguards System Logic Subsystem 1 Channel 7 On Line Test IP/O/A/0310/013D - Engineered Safeguards System Logic Subsystem 2 Channel 8 On Line Test 27.8.7 Functional Procedures for Digital Channels IP/O/A/0310/007A- Engineered Safeguards System Logic Subsystem 1 HPI and RB Isolation Channel 1 Functional Test IP/O/A/0310/008A- Engineered Safeguards System Logic Subsystem 2 HPI and RB Isolation Channel 2 Functional Test IP/O/A/0310/007B - Engineered Safeguards System Logic Subsystem 1 LP Injection Channel 3 Functional Test IPIOIA/O310/OO8B - Engineered Safeguards System Logic Subsystem 2 LP Injection Channel 4 Functional Test IP/O/A/0310/007C - Engineered Safeguards System Logic Subsystem 1 RB Isolation &

Cooling Channel 5 Functional Test

Page 181 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 27 ESFAS Document References IP/O/AI0310/008C - Engineered Safeguards System Logic Subsystem 2 RB Isolation &

Cooling Channel 6 Functional Test IP/O/A/0310/007D - Engineered Safeguards System Logic Subsystem 1 RB Spray Channel 7 Functional Test IP/O/A/0310/008D - Engineered Safeguards System Logic Subsystem 2 RB Spray Channel 8 Functional Test IP/O/A/0310/006 - Engineered Safeguards System Logic Subsystem 1 and 2 Fan Failure Alarm Test 27.8.8 Miscellaneous ES Procedures IP/0/A/0310/022 - PR Valves 2, 3, 4, and 5 Close and Open Link Procedure IP/0/A/0310/023 - Engineered Safeguards System System Power Supply Capacitor Replacement IP/O/A/0310/024 - Engineered Safeguards System Removing and Restoring System Power IP/0/A/0310/025 - Engineered Safeguards System Bailey Meter Cabinet Module Inspection and Cleaning IP/0/A/0310/015 - Reactor Building Pneumatic Isolation and EQ Valve Check 27.8.9 Operating Procedures OPI11AI61011001 - Alarm Response Guide 1SA-01 OPI11AI61011007- Alarm Response Guide 1SA-01

Page 182 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 27 ESFAS Document References 27.9 Miscellaneous Documents OP-OC-IC-ES - Operations Training - ES Lesson Plan.

AREVA 38-1288545-00, EMF-2342(P), Shielding and Grounding Guidelines for Application of TELEPERM XS AREVA 51-1167947-03, TMI-1 Setpoint Basis AREVA 51-1173557-01, Technical Specification Bases Back Up Document for Crystal River Unit 3 Low Pressure Injection System Function of the Engineered Safety Features Actuation System AREVA 51-1173626-01, Technical Specification Bases Back Up Document for Emergency Core Cooling System Tave > 280F AREVA 51-1173714-01, Technical Specification Bases Back Up Document for Crystal River Unit 3 Engineered Safety Features Actuation System Instrumentation High Pressure Injection System AREVA 51-1173755-01, Technical Specification Bases Back Up Document for Crystal River Unit 3 Engineered Safety Features Actuation System Reactor Building Cooling, Reactor Building Spray, Reactor and Reactor Building Isolation

Page 183 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 28 RPS Document References 28.0 RPS Document References The following references include references from the ISD for modification NSM ON-X3072, "Reactor Protection System (RPS) Replacement".

28.1 AREVA Proposal AREVA Proposal No. I&C01-1.0 DPC, dated July 25, 2001.

AREVA Change Order Number 2004-11, Relocation of FPT Anticipatory Trip Annunciators, approved by Duke letter dated 2/17/2004.

AREVA Change Order Number 2004-12, Redesign of RCPPM, approved by Duke letter dated 2/9/2004.

AREVA Change Order Number 2005-07, Variable Delay for Temperature Compensated High Flux Trip, approved by Duke letter dated 4/4/2005.

AREVA Change Order Number 2005-08, Development of Graphical Service Monitor Capability (Screens), approved by Duke letter dated 4/19/2005.

AREVA Change Order Number 2005-08 Supplemental Clarification #1, March 16, 2005.

AREVA Change Order Number 2005-12, 3-RC Pump Operation and Additional GSM Capability, approved by Duke letter dated July 21, 2005.

AREVA Change Order Number 2008-6, NI-9 Signal removal, approved by Duke letter dated 9/12/08.

AREVA Change Order Number 2008-10, Core Thermal Power Hardwired Points, approved by Duke letter dated 10/9/08.

28.2 Technical Specifications and Bases Section 3.3.1 and Bases, "Reactor Protective System (RPS) Instrumentation" Section 3.3.2 and Bases, "Reactor Protective System (RPS) Manual Reactor Trip" Section 3.3.3 and Bases, "Reactor Protective System (RPS) Reactor Trip Module" 28.3 SLCs SLC 16.7.9, "RCP Monitor".

28.4 UFSAR Chapter 3.1, "Conformance with NRC General Design Criteria" Table 3-68. "Electrical Equipment Seismic Qualification" Chapter 6, "Engineered Safeguards."

Chapter 7, "Instrumentation and Control" Section 7.2, "Reactor Protective System" Chapter 15, "Accident Analysis"

Page 184 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 28 RPS Document References 28.5 Design Basis Document OSS-0254.00-00-2002, Reactor Protection System 28.6 Equipment Specifications OSS-0311.00-00-0013, Revision 5, Reactor Protective System (RPS) Replacement Project Specification OSS-0340.00-00-0003, Revision 1, OAC OPC Communications Interface Project Specification 28.7 Duke and Vendor Drawings 0-705 120VAC

125VDC INSTRUMENTATION VITAL BUSES 0-711-01.01 UNIT CONTROL BOARD 1UB1 COMPONENT INDEX 0-711-B UNIT CONTROL BOARD 1UB1 0-71 1-BB UNIT CONTROL BOARD 1UB1 0-711-BC UNIT CONTROL BOARD 1UB1 & 1UB2 0-711-C Connection Diagram Unit Control Board # 1UB1 0-711-F UNIT CONTROL BOARD 1UB2 0-713-L AUX BENCHBOARD 1AB3 TERMINAL CABINET 1AT8 O-714-G VERTICAL BOARDS 1VB1 0-714-H VERTICAL BOARDS 1VB2 0-714-H2 VERTICAL BOARDS 1VB2 & 1VB3 0-715-11 TEST PANEL POINT TABULATION 1EB7 0-719 Connection Diagram RCPPM Panel W/D 0-719-A Connection Diagram RCPPM Panel W/D 0-755 STATALARM INPUT CABINET 1SAC 0-757-C ENGINEERED SAFEGUARD TERM CABINET 1ESTC2 O-767-A20 RB PENETRATIONS (EA12 &EA13)

O-767-A21 RB PENETRATIONS (EC4)

O-767-A22 RB PENETRATIONS (WA13)

O-767-A65 ELECT PENETRATION EF-2 O-767-A66 ELECT PENETRATION EF-4 0-781 NI/RPS INTERCONNECTION DWG CHANNEL A CABINETS 1 & 2 0-781-A NI/RPS INTERCONNECTION DWG CHANNEL B CABINETS 1 & 2 0-781-B NI/RPS INTERCONNECTION DWG CHANNEL C CABINETS 1 & 2 0-781-C NI/RPS INTERCONNECTION DWG CHANNEL D CABINETS 1 & 2 0-781-D NI/RPS INTERCONNECTION DWG CHANNEL E CABINET 1 0-781-E NI/RPS INTERCONNECTION DWG MISC EQUIP 0-781-F NI/RPS CONNECTION DWG (ROW 7) CHs. A, B, C, D O-781-G NI CONNECTION DWG "SSF EOC" SYSTEM 0-781-1 NI/RPS REMOTE MOUNTED EQUIPMENT

Page 185 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 28 RPS Document References 0-781-J RPS CHANNEL A 1NI-1 COMPOSITE 0-781-K RPS CHANNEL B 1NI-3 COMPOSITE 0-781-L RPS CHANNEL C 1NI-2 COMPOSITE 0-781-M RPS CHANNEL D 1NI-4 COMPOSITE 0-781-N NI/RPS MISC WIRING DETAILS 0-785-B ICS CABINETS 4 & 5 0-785-D ICS CABINETS 8 & 9 0-790-B1 COMPUTER CABINET 1G1 (LEFT SIDE WALL)

O-790-E3 COMPUTER CABINET 1G2 (REAR WALL) 0-790-F COMPUTER CABINET 1G2 (RIGHT SIDE WALL) 0-790-Fl COMPUTER CABINET 1G2 (RIGHT SIDE WALL) 0-790-P COMPUTER CABINET 1G7 (LEFT SIDE WALL) 0-791-HI COMPUTER CABINET 111 (LEFT SIDE WALL)

O-791-H2 COMPUTER CABINET 111 (LEFT SIDE WALL) 0-791-1 COMPUTER CABINET 112 (LEFT SIDE WALL) 0-791-11 COMPUTER CABINET 112 (LEFT SIDE WALL) 0-791-12 COMPUTER CABINET 112 (LEFT SIDE WALL) 0-797 SEQUENCE OF EVENTS RECORDER ONOEL CR0125, CABINET A 0-797-A SEQUENCE OF EVENTS RECORDER ONOEL CR0125, CABINET B OEE-1 17-30 6900 SWGR # 1TA-3 RCPM # 1A1 OEE-1 17-30A 6900 SWGR # 1TA-3 RCPM # 1Al OEE-1 17-31 6900 SWGR # 1TA-4 RCPM # 11B1 OEE-117-31A 6900 SWGR # 1TA-4 RCPM # 11B1 OEE-1 17-36 6900 SWGR # 1TB-3 RCPM # 1A2 OEE-1 17-36A 6900 SWGR # 1TB-3 RCPM # 1A2 OEE-1 17-37 6900 SWGR # 1TB-4 RCPM # 1B2 OEE-1 17-37A 6900 SWGR # 1TB-4 RCPM # 1B2 OEE-1 18-11 STATALARM 1SA5, VERTICAL BOARD 1VB1 OEE-118-12 STATALARM 1SA5, VERTICAL BOARD 1VB1 OEE-1 18-3 STATALARM 1SA1, UNIT BOARD 1UB1 OEE-1 18-37 STATALARM 1SA18, AUX CNTRL BOARD 1VB3 OEE-1 18-38 STATALARM 1SA18, AUX CNTRL BOARD 1VB3 OEE-118-4 STATALARM 1SA1, UNIT BOARD 1UB1 OEE-118-5 STATALARM 1SA2, UNIT BOARD 1UB1 OEE-118-6 STATALARM 1SA2, UNIT BOARD 1UB1 OEE-119-D EVENT RECORDER CONTACT LIST OEE-1 19-E EVENT RECORDER CONTACT LIST OEE-119-G EVENT RECORDER CONTACT LIST OEE-1 19-H EVENT RECORDER CONTACT LIST

Page 186 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 28 RPS Document References OEE-1 19-J EVENT RECORDER CONTACT LIST OEE-1 19-J-02 EVENT RECORDER CONTACT LIST OEE-139-01 ELEMENTARY DIAGRAM REACTOR TRIP BREAKER "A"CRD AC BREAKER TRIP CIRCUIT RPS CHANNEL "A" OEE-139-02 ELEMENTARY DIAGRAM REACTOR TRIP BREAKER "B"CRD AC BREAKER TRIP CIRCUIT RPS CHANNEL "B" OEE-139-03 ELEMENTARY DIAGRAM REACTOR TRIP BREAKER "C" CRD AC BREAKER TRIP CIRCUIT RPS CHANNEL "C" OEE-139-04 ELEMENTARY DIAGRAM REACTOR TRIP BREAKER "D" CRD AC BREAKER TRIP CIRCUIT RPS CHANNEL "D" OM-201.K-0001 880 NI SYSTEM OM-201.K-0002 880 TRIP & MANUAL BYPASS INTERFACE LOGIC OM-201.K-0003 NI SYSTEM ANALOG LOGIC DRAWING OM-201.K-0004 880 NI/RPS DIGITAL LOGIC (1 OF 4)

OM-201.K-0005 880 NI/RPS DIGITAL LOGIC (2 OF 3)

OM-201 .K-0006 REACTOR PROTECTION SYSTEM OM-201.K-0007 NI/RPS SUBASSEMBLY "E" ICS ANALOG LOGIC OM-201 .K-0008 SUBASSEMBLY "A" DELTA FLUX SCHEMATIC OM-201.K-0009 SUBASSEMBLY "A" DELTA FLUX SCHEMATIC OM-201 .K-00 11 SUBASSEMBLY "A" RCPPM/RC FLOW SCHEMATIC OM-201 .K-0012 SUBASSEMBLY "A" TEMP & PRESS CHANNELS OM-201.K-0013 RB HIGH PRESSURE TRIP "SUBASSEMBLY A" OM-201.K-0014 SUBASSEMBLY "A" BISTABLE TRIP STRING (1 OF 2)

OM-201.K-0015 SUBASSEMBLY "A" BISTABLE TRIP STRING (2 OF 2)

OM-201 .K-0016 SUBASSEMBLY "A" PWR DISTRIBUTION DRAWING OM-201 .K-0017 SUBASSEMBLY "A" BUSS BAR WIRING OM-201.K-0018 REACTOR TRIP ASSEMBLIES OM-201.K-0021 SUBASSEMBLY "B"DELTA FLUX SCHEMATIC OM-201.K-0022 SUBASSEMBLY "B" DELTA FLUX SCHEMATIC OM-201 .K-0024 SUBASSEMBLY "B"RCPPM/RC FLOW SCHEMATIC OM-201 .K-0025 SUBASSEMBLY "B" TEMP & PRESS CHANNELS OM-201.K-0026 RB HIGH PRESSURE TRIP "SUBASSEMBLY B" OM-201.K-0027 SUBASSEMBLY "B" BISTABLE TRIP STRING (1 OF 2)

OM-201.K-0028 SUBASSEMBLY "B" BISTABLE TRIP STRING (2 OF 2)

OM-201 .K-0029 SUBASSEMBLY "B" PWR DISTRIBUTION DRAWING OM-201.K-0030 SUBASSEMBLY "B" BUSS BAR WIRING OM-201.K-0031 SUBASSEMBLY "C" DELTA FLUX SCHEMATIC OM-201.K-0032 SUBASSEMBLY "C" DELTA FLUX SCHEMATIC

Page 187 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 I RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 28 RPS Document References OM-201 .K-0034 SUBASSEMBLY "C" RCPPM/RC FLOW SCHEMATIC OM-201 .K-0035 SUBASSEMBLY "C" TEMP & PRESS CHANNELS OM-201.K-0036 RB HIGH PRESSURE TRIP "SUBASSEMBLY C" OM-201.K-0037 SUBASSEMBLY "C" BISTABLE TRIP STRING (1 OF 2)

OM-201 .K-0038 SUBASSEMBLY "C" BISTABLE TRIP STRING (2 OF 2)

OM-201 .K-0039 SUBASSEMBLY "C" PWR DISTRIBUTION DRAWING OM-201 .K-0040 SUBASSEMBLY "C" BUSS BAR WIRING OM-201 .K-0041 SUBASSEMBLY "D" DELTA FLUX SCHEMATIC OM-201 .K-0042 SUBASSEMBLY "D" DELTA FLUX SCHEMATIC OM-201.K-0044 SUBASSEMBLY "D" RCPPM/RC FLOW SCHEMATIC OM-201 .K-0045 SUBASSEMBLY "D" TEMP & PRESS CHANNELS OM-201.K-0046 RB HIGH PRESSURE TRIP "SUBASSEMBLY D" OM-201 .K-0047 SUBASSEMBLY "D" BISTABLE TRIP STRING (1 OF 2)

OM-201.K-0048 SUBASSEMBLY "D" BISTABLE TRIP STRING (2 OF 2)

OM-201.K-0049 SUBASSEMBLY "D" PWR DISTRIBUTION DRAWING OM-201 .K-0050 SUBASSEMBLY "D" BUSS BAR WIRING OM-201 .K-0051 SUBASSEMBLY "E" PWR RANGE CHANNEL OM-201 .K-0052 SUBASSEMBLY "E" PRESSURE CHANNEL OM-201.K-0053 SUBASSEMBLY "E" PWR RANGE ALARM BISTABLE OM-201.K-0054 SUBASSEMBLY "E" PWR DISTRIBUTION DRAWING OM-201.K-0055 SUBASSEMBLY "E" BUSS BAR WIRING OM-201.K-0056 SUBASSEMBLY.'A" SHUTDOWN BYPASS OM-201 .K-0057 SUBASSEMBLY "B" SHUTDOWN BYPASS OM-201.K-0058 SUBASSEMBLY "C" SHUTDOWN BYPASS OM-201.K-0059 SUBASSEMBLY "D" SHUTDOWN BYPASS OM-201 .K-0060 SUBASSEMBLY "A" AUXILIARY RELAY OM-201.K-0061 SUBASSEMBLY "B" AUXILIARY RELAY OM-201 .K-0062 SUBASSEMBLY "C" AUXILIARY RELAY OM-201 .K-0063 SUBASSEMBLY "D" AUXILIARY RELAY OM-201 .K-0064 SUBASSEMBLY "A" AUXILIARY RELAY OM-201 .K-0065 SUBASSEMBLY "B" AUXILIARY RELAY OM-201.K-0066 SUBASSEMBLY "C" AUXILIARY RELAY OM-201 .K-0067 SUBASSEMBLY "D" AUXILIARY RELAY OM-201 .K-0068 NI/RPS SUBASSEMBLY "A" CABINET 1 OM-201.K-0069 NI/RPS SUBASSEMBLY "B" CABINET 1 OM-201 .K-0070 NI/RPS SUBASSEMBLY "C" CABINET 1 OM-201 .K-0071 NI/RPS SUBASSEMBLY "D" CABINET 1 OM-201 .K-0072 NI/RPS SUBASSEMBLY "A" CABINET 2 (1 OF 2)

OM-201 .K-0073 NI/RPS SUBASSEMBLY "A" CABINET 2 (2 OF 2)

Page 188 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 28 RPS Document References OM-201 .K-0074 NI/RPS SUBASSEMBLY "B"CABINET 2 (1 OF 2)

OM-201.K-0075 NI/RPS SUBASSEMBLY "B"CABINET 2 (2 OF 2)

OM-201.K-0076 NI/RPS SUBASSEMBLY "C" CABINET 2 (1 OF 2)

OM-201.K-0077 NI/RPS SUBASSEMBLY "C" CABINET 2 (2 OF 2)

OM-201.K-0078 NI/RPS SUBASSEMBLY "D" CABINET 2 (1 OF 2)

OM-201.K-0079 NI/RPS SUBASSEMBLY "D" CABINET 2 (2 OF 2)

OM-201.K-0080 NI/RPS INTERNAL SUBASSEMBLY WIRING OM-201.K-0081 NI SUBASSEMBLY "E" CONTROL SIGNALS OM-201.K-0082 880 NI CABINET LAYOUT SUBASSEMBLY "A" CAB 1 OM-201.K-0083 880 NI CABINET LAYOUT SUBASSEMBLY "A" CAB 2 OM-201.K-0084 880 NI CABINET LAYOUT SUBASSEMBLY "B"CAB 1 OM-201.K-0085 880 NI CABINET LAYOUT SUBASSEMBLY "B"CAB 2 OM-201 .K-0086 880 NI CABINET LAYOUT SUBASSEMBLY "C" CAB 1 OM-201 .K-0087 881 NI CABINET LAYOUT SUBASSEMBLY "C" CAB 2 OM-201.K-0088 880 NI CABINET LAYOUT SUBASSEMBLY "D" CAB 1 OM-201.K-0089 881 NI CABINET LAYOUT SUBASSEMBLY "D" CAB 2 OM-201 .K-0090 880 NI CABINET LAYOUT SUBASSEMBLY "E" CAB 1 OM-201 .K-0091 885 NIIRPS DIGITAL LOGIC (MFW PUMP & TURBINE TRIP)

OM-201.K-0092 885 NIIRPS MFW PUMP TRIP SUBASSEMBLY "A" OM-201 .K-0093 885 NI/RPS TURBINE TRIP SUBASSEMBLY "A" OM-201.K-0094 885 Nt/RPS MFW PUMP TRIP SUBASSEMBLY "B" OM-201.K-0095 885 NI/RPS&TURBINE TRIP SUBASSEMBLY "B" OM-201.K-0096 885 NI/RPS MFW PUMP TRIP SUBASSEMBLY "C" OM-201.K-0097 885 NIIRPS TURBINE TRIP SUBASSEMBLY "C" OM-201 .K-0098 885 NIIRPS MFW PUMP TRIP SUBASSEMBLY "D" OM-201.K-0099 885 NI/RPS TURBINE TRIP SUBASSEMBLY "D" OM-201.K-0106 SUBASSEMBLY "A" STAR SYSTEM FLUX/IMB/FLOW REACTOR TRIP OM-201 .K-0107 SUBASSEMBLY "B" STAR SYSTEM FLUX/IMB/FLOW REACTOR TRIP OM-201.K-0108 SUBASSEMBLY "C" STAR SYSTEM FLUX/IMB/FLOW REACTOR TRIP OM-201.K-0109 SUBASSEMBLY "D" STAR SYSTEM FLUX/IMB/FLOW REACTOR TRIP OM-311-0233-1 RCPPM Outline and Mounting Details OM-311-0233-2 RCPPM Cabinet Fabrication OM-311-0234-1 RCPPM Schematic OM-311-0235-1 RCPPM System W/D Sheet 1 OM-311-0235-2 RCPPM System W/D Sheet 2 OM-311-0235-3 RCPPM System W/D Sheet 3 OM-311-0235-4 RCPPM System W/D Sheet 4 O-422-M-49 INSTRUMENT DETAIL TURBINE EHC OIL PRESSURE 0-422-BB-1 B REACTOR COOLANT FLOW LOOP B TRANSMITTERS

Page 189 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 28 RPS Document References 28.8 Calculations OSC-2699, "Arming Threshold for Anticipatory Reactor Trip" OSC-2820, "Emergency Procedure Setpoints" OSC-3302, "Reactor Coolant System Narrow Range Pressure Instrument Loop Current Leakage Calculation" OSC-3395, "RPS Main Feedwater Pump Pressure Instrument Loop Accuracy Calculation" OSC-3416, "RPS Flux/Flow Ratio Uncertainty Evaluation" OSC-3446, "Reactor Building Pressure Instrument Loop Accuracy Calculation" OSC-3712, "RCS Flow Noise" OSC-4048, "Variable Low Pressure Safety Limit" OSC-4168, "Loss of MFW Event with EFW in Manual" OSC-4276, "ONS Units 1-3 125VDC Vital Instrumentation and Control Voltage Adequacy" OSC-4475, "FSAR Section 15.14.5 - LBLOCA Peak Containment Pressure Analysis" OSC-4775, "Justification of uST Temp at 30% FP" OSC-4860, "FSAR Section 15.13- Main Steam Line Break Accident" OSC-5064, "Power-Imbalance Safety Limits and Tech. Spec. Setpoints Using Error-Adjusted Flux/Flow Ratio of 1.094" OSC-5280, "FSAR Section 15.14.5 - LBLOCA Long Term Containment Cooling Requirements I["

OSC-5233, "FSAR Section 15.13 - Steam Line Break Mass and Energy Release" OSC-5350, "FSAR Section 10.4.7.1.2 - Loss of MFW With LOOP" OSC-5371, "FSAR Section 15.14.5 - SBLOCA Containment Response" OSC-5373, "Steam Line Break Containment Temp and Pressure Response" OSC-5502, "LBLOCA Containment Response With No RBCUs" OSC-6134, "120VAC Vital I&C Power System Analysis & Regulated Power Fault Duty Analysis" OSC-6217, "Loss of MFW Without Anticipatory Reactor Trip System" OSC-6519, "FSAR Section 15.13 - Large Steam Line Break" OSC-6533, "FSAR Section 15.9 - Steam Generator Tube Rupture Accident" OSC-7237, "RPS High Flux and Power/Pump Monitor Trip Function Uncertainty Analysis" OSC-7362, "LOCA Analysis Input" OSC-7572, "UFSAR Section 6.2 - Peak Containment Pressure Mass and Energy Release Analysis" OSC-7573, "UFSAR Section 6.2 - Long Term Mass and Energy Release Analysis" OSC-8024, "SBLOCA Long Term Mass and Energy Release Analysis" OSC-8695, "Unit 1 Software Parameters Basis for TXS RPS/ESFAS" OSC-8784, "Anticipated Transient Without SCRAM (ATWS)"

OSC-8828, Digital RPS RCS Pressure and Temperature Trip Function Uncertainties and Variable Low RCS Pressure Safety limit.

OSC-8856, Digital RPS Neutron Overpower (Neutron Flux) and Pump Power/Flux Trip Function.

OSC-8857 Digital RPS Neutron Overpower Flux/Flow/Imbalance /Flux Trip Uncertainty Analysis.

Page 190 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 28 RPS Document References 28.9 Station Procedures IP/O/A/03011003 Al NI-1 Neutron Flux Instrument Calibration IPIOIA/03011003 B1 NI-2 Neutron Flux Instrument Calibration IPIOIA/03011003 C1 NI-3 Neutron Flux Instrument Calibration IP/0/A/0301/003 D1 NI-4 Neutron Flux Instrument Calibration IP/l/A/0301/003 E Nuclear Instrumentation NI-5 Power Range Calibration IP/1/A/0301/003 F Nuclear Instrumentation NI-6 Power Range Calibration IP/1/A/0301/003 G Nuclear Instrumentation NI-7 Power Range Calibration IP/l/A/0301/003 H Nuclear Instrumentation NI-8 Power Range Calibration IP/0/A/0301/003 J Nuclear Instrumentation and Reactor Protective System Nuclear Detector Installation and Removal IP/0/B/0301/003 0 RPS and Nuclear Instrumentation RPS D.C. Power Supply, Fan Failure, Dummy Bistable Inserted and Module Removal Trip Test (ADMIN HOLD)

IP/O/A/0301/003 S1 Wide Range Nuclear Instrumentation Channel Check IP/O/A/0301/003 T Reactor Protective System Manual Calculation For Power Range Calibration Instrument Procedure IP/0/A/0301/003 T-1 Wide Range Neutron Flux Instrumentation Calibration At Power IP/0/A/0301/003 T-2 Reactor Protective System Computer Calculation For Power Range Calibration Instrument Procedure AM/0/A/0301/003 U Procedure To Reset the Flux/Imbalance/Flow and High Flux Trips For Operation With Excessive Power Tilt, Dropped Control Rod Or Other Conditions IP/0/A/0301/003 V Procedure For Setting High Flux Trip And Reactor Building Evacuation Alarm IP/O/A/0301/003 X Nuclear Instrumentation Gamma-Metrics Cable Check Out IP/O/A/0301/002 Nuclear Instrumentation Detector Cabling Electrical Test IP/0/A/0305/001 A Reactor Protective System Channel A Pump Power Monitor Instrument Calibration IP/O/A/0305/001 B Reactor Protective System Channel B Pump Power Monitor Instrument Calibration IP/0/A/0305/001 C Reactor Protective System Channel C Pump Power Monitor Instrument Calibration IP/OIAI03051001 D Reactor Protective System Channel D Pump Power Monitor Instrument Calibration IP/0/A/0305/001 M Reactor Protective System Channel A RC Pressure Instrument Calibration IP/0/A/0305/001 N Reactor Protective System Channel B RC Pressure Instrument Calibration

Page 191 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 28 RPS Document References IP/O/A/0305/001 0 Reactor Protective System Channel C RC Pressure Instrument Calibration IP/0/A/0305/001 P Reactor Protective System Channel D RC.Pressure Instrument Calibration Deleted.

IP/0/A/0305/004 RPS Flow Check IP/0/A/0305/005 A Reactor Building HI Pressure Trip Channel A IP/O/A/0305/005 B Reactor Building HI Pressure Trip Channel B IP/0/A/0305/005 C Reactor Building HI Pressure Trip Channel C IP/0/A/0305/005 D Reactor Building HI Pressure Trip Channel D IP/0/A/0305/001 E Reactor Protective System Channel A RC Temperature Instrumentation Calibration IP/O/A/0305/001 F Reactor Protective System Channel B RC Temperature Instrumentation Calibration IP/O/A/0305/001 G Reactor Protective System Channel C RC Temperature Instrumentation Calibration IP/0/A/0305/001 H Reactor Protective System Channel D RC Temperature Instrumentation Calibration IP/1/A/0305/001 I Reactor Protective System Channel A RC Flow Instrumentation Calibration IP/1/A/0305/001 J Reactor Protective System Channel B RC Flow Instrumentation Calibration IP/1/AI0305/001 K Reactor Protective System Channel C RC Flow Instrumentation Calibration IP/1/AI0305/001 L Reactor Protective System Channel D RC Flow Instrumentation Calibration Deleted IP/11AI03051003 A NI/RPS Channel A Calibration and Functional Test IPI11A/0305/003 B NI/RPS Channel B Calibration and Functional Test IPI11A/03051003 C NI/RPS Channel C Calibration and Functional Test IP/1/A/0305/003 D NI/RPS Channel D Calibration and Functional Test IP/0/A/0305/008 Procedure To Disable/Enable RPS Trip Or To Maintain A Channel In Manual Bypass IPIOIA/03051009 RPS Channel A Main Feedwater Pumps and Main Turbine Trips Calibration IP1OIA/03051010 RPS Channel B Main Feedwater Pumps and Main Turbine Trips Calibration IP/O/A/0305/011 RPS Channel C Main Feedwater Pumps and Main Turbine Trips Calibration

Page 192 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 28 RPS Document References*

IPIO/A/0305/012 RPS Channel D Main Feedwater Pumps and Main Turbine Trips Calibration IP/0/A/0305/013 Nuclear Instrument and Reactor Protective System System Power Supply Capacitor Replacement IP/0/A/0305/014 RPS Control Rod Drive Breaker Trip and Event Recorder Timing Test (Units 1 & 3)

IP/0/A/0305/014 A RPS Control Rod Drive Breaker Trip And Events Recorder Timing Test IP/0/A/0305/015 Nuclear Instrumentation RPS Removal From And Return To Service For Channel A, B, C, And D IP/0/A/0305/016 Bailey Meter Cabinet Module Inspection And Cleaning IP/0/A/0305/018 RPS STAR Module Analog Input/Output Calibration And Setpoint Change IP/0/AJ0306/003 Nuclear Instrumentation Power Range Nuclear Detector Electrical Test IP/O/A/0306/004 Power Range Neutron Detector Leakage Resistance &Voltage Response Test 28.10 Operating Procedures EP/1/A/1800/001 EOP - IMAs and SAs Deleted OP/0/A/1 103/020 A Operator Aid Computer Use OP//A/1 102/001 Controlling Procedure for Unit Startup OP/lA/ 1102/010 Controlling Procedure for Unit Shutdown OP//A/1 102/10A Controlling Procedure for Rapid Shutdown (Superseded)

OP/i/Ni 102/020 Control Room Rounds Deleted OP/i/A/6101/001 Alarm Response Guide 1SA-01 OP/i/A/6101/005 Alarm Response Guide 1SA-05 OP/1/A/6101/007 Alarm Response Guide 1SA-07 OP/1/A/6101/018 Alarm Response Guide 1SA-18

Page 193 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 28 RPS Document References 28.11 Miscellaneous Documents OD101542, Provide NI Signals to ICS from NI-5, 6, 7 &8 (installed 1EOC24 in 2008)

OP-OC-IC-RPS, Operations Training Lesson Plan for the Reactor Protective System AREVA 01-1228962 05, STAR Instruction Manual AREVA 08-5008769-02, Equipment Specification for FRA-ANP Linear Amplifier Module AREVA 32-1124162-00, Duke III NI RPS String Error Calculation AREVA 32-1125233-00, RCS Pressure Drop, Core Outlet to Hot Leg Pressure Tap, ONS-3 Deleted AREVA 51-5019055-00, Interface Information for Oconee RPS NF Hardware AREVA 51-1119850-00, RPS-1 Functional Requirements AREVA 51-1172599-01, Technical Specification Bases Backup Document for Crystal River Unit 3 Reactor Protection System High Reactor Coolant System Pressure Trip AREVA 51-1172957-01,Technical Specification Bases Backup Document for Crystal River Unit 3 Reactor Protection System Nuclear Overpower Trip AREVA 51-1.172980-01,Technical Specification Bases Backup Document for Crystal River Unit 3 Reactor Protection System Variable Low RCS Pressure Trip AREVA 51-1173551-01,Technical Specification Bases Backup Document for Crystal River Unit 3 Reactor Protection System Reactor Coolant Pump Power Monitors Trip AREVA 51-1173554-01 Technical Specification Bases Backup Document for Crystal River Unit 3 Reactor Protection System Nuclear Overpower Based on RCS Flow and Axial Imbalance Trip AREVA 51-1173563-01,Technical Specification Bases Backup Document for Crystal River Unit 3 Reactor Protection System Low Reactor Coolant System Pressure Trip AREVA 51-1173567-01,Technical Specification Bases Backup Document for Crystal River Unit 3 Reactor Coolant System Safety Limits AREVA 58-95-00, 880 Nuclear Instrumentation Qualification Test Report ONEI-0400-50, Rev. 26, Duke Power Company Oconee 1 Cycle 24 Core Operating Limits Report (COLR)

Duke Letter, OS-285.P-07-01 11, "ONS RCP Pump Monitor Delay", from Jeff Abbott to Barbara Thomas, dated February 26, 2007.

Page 194 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 29 OPEN ITEMS 29.0 OPEN ITEMS / ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS 29.1 NSM 13090 (CLOSED Item)

An open item existed to finalize design requirements for LOCA Load Shed contacts fed from the RPS channels (NSM 13090), and to select the proper signal combinations and incorporate into the RPS Functional Requirements Specification (FRS). NSM 13090 will not require contacts from the RPS.

29.2 ESFAS RESET (CLOSED Item)

This open item has been closed based on review of proposed software logic with system engineering and operations during 6/20/2005 Level 3 Software Review Meeting (see sections 15.8.3, 16.8.3, 17.8.2 & 18.8). Operation and RESET of ESFAS actuations following an ESFAS actuation needs to be reviewed and approved by ONS.

29.3 ESFAS LPI DIVERSE SYSTEM MODIFICATION (CLOSED Item)

This open item has been closed based on approved Change Order 2005-01. DLPIAS added to new Section 30.

29.4 RPS Channel E Power Range NI (CLOSED Item)

This open item has been closed based on direction provided by ONS management for use of a two-channel detector in the Unit 1 RPS design: ONS Unit 1 is unique in that it has a three-chamber detector installed. The other units use a two-chamber detector.

29.5 A-MRC SOFTWARE PROGRAMMING BLOCK (CLOSED Item)

This open item has been closed: See Section 25.4 for discussion of the operation of the analog signal range limit monitoring features, alarming, etc.

29.6 New OAC ALARMS (CLOSED Item)

This open item has been closed. Section 25 has been updated to indicate that TXS will provide:

29.6.1 new OAC gateway points for A-MRC signal range limit alarms 29.6.2 new OAC gateway points for Channel Check Failure alarms 29.6.3 new OAC gateway points for process binary contact input trip alarms (pressure switch contact trip alarms, RCPPM contact trip alarms, etc) 29.7 OAC Points which Alarm (CLOSED Item)

ONS needs to review and approve which OAC points will be alarmed to the Operator Alarm Console. TXS alarm requirements are provided in section 25.5, therefore this open item is closed.

Page 195 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 29 OPEN ITEMS 29.8 RESET VALUES FOR SETPOINTS (CLOSED Item)

These values will be developed after completion of the ONS uncertainty calculations. Actual setpoints will be installed/verified correct in the RPS/ESFAS software via approved plant calibration (surveillance) procedure(s). Reset values for setpoints found in this document are initial values until calculations are completed. Final RPS/ESFAS electronic reset values will be documented in OSC-8695.

29.9 Deleted.

29.10 GRAPHICAL SERVICE MONITOR SCREENS (CLOSED Item)

Section 25.6 has been added to address GSM screen requirements.

29.11 TCOLD RTD Scaling (RPS FUNCTION 2) (CLOSED Item)

This open item has been closed. TCOLD RTD Scalinq will be addressed by the ONS TGOLD modifications. NOTE: RPS Trip Function #2 has been deleted from this functional description.

29.12 THOT RTD Scaling (RPS FUNCTION 7) (CLOSED Item)

This open item has been closed. Specific resistance/temperature data sheets for each Hot Leq RTD serial number/ID will be addressed in OSC-8695 Unit 1 Software Parameters document.

29.13 Transmitter Scaling for RPS & ESFAS Inputs (CLOSED Item)

This open item has been closed; it will be in OSC-8695 Unit 1 Software Parameters document.

Verify calibrated ranges for RPS and ESFAS Reactor Coolant pressure, Reactor Building pressure and RPS Reactor Coolant Flow transmitters.

29.14 Analog Signal Channel Check (CLOSED Item)

This open item has been closed: See Section 25.1. Acceptance criteria values for Channel Checks done with 2.Min/2.Max deviation features need to be reviewed and approved by ONS.

29.15 Flux/Delta Flux/Flow Function 3 (CLOSED Item)

This open item has been closed based on input from NGO Safety Analysis: See Section 3; determine where to best place the 2.Max functions.

Page 196 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 29 OPEN ITEMS 29.16 Temperature Compensated High Flux Trip Function 2 (CLOSED Item)

This open item has been closed based on input from NGO Safety Analysis: See Section 2, definition of Xc is not clearly defined in the tables or description. Also it is not clear how the conditional statement (For (TEVAL - TCOLDm2.Min) > Xc where Xc > 0} applies to the trip function equation. NOTE: RPS Trip Function #2 has been deleted from this functional description.

29.17 Test Machine Purchase (CLOSED Item)

The TXS Test Machine was included in the scope of the original purchase order.

29.18 RBCU Fans Receiving ES-5 and ES-6 Signals (CLOSED Item)

ONS is currently evaluating the ES-5 and ES-6 signals that are sent to the RBCU A, B and C fans. Changes to current design will require a design scope change.

29.19 RTD Transmitter Accuracy, Time Response, and Qualifications (CLOSED Item)

Accuracy of new RTD transmitters has been determined to be slightly better than the existing RTD bridges. Duke Calculation OSC-4048 provides the accuracy of the existing Bailey string as

+/-1.270 F. Duke Calculation OSC-8828 provides the accuracy of new TXS string of +/-1.26°F.

Other issues with the RTD transmitters are resolved, including the Time Response Calculation and the EQ Report, therefore this open item has been closed.

29.20 Function 3 Flux/Flow/Imbalance Trip analog scaling Issues (CLOSED Item)

The information concerning a review of STAR manual for details of the flux/flow/imbalance algorithm and scaling has been moved to Function #3 section as a requirement, therefore this open item is closed.

V Page 197 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 30 Diverse Low Pressure Injection Actuation System 130.0 DIVERSE LOW PRESSURE INJECTION ACTUATION SYSTEM 30.1 Diverse LPI Actuation System Features The AREVA design includes the following features:

1. The non-safety related DLPIAS components are installed in Cabinet 16 (RPS Channel E).

2. Three Moore analog bistables which monitor the Wide Range RC pressure signals from ESFAS channels A, B & C. These are powered from 120 VAC supplied from 1KI breaker 10.

3. Two 1E interposing relays will be mounted in cabinet 12 (ODD voter) and cabinet 14 (EVEN voter),

and powered from the 24 VDC power supplies in cabinet 16, RPS Channel E. These relays will be qualified for 1E/non-1E isolation. These relays will actuate Channel 3 and Channel 4 respectively, once at least 2 out of the 3 bistables are tripped.

4. A BYPASS/ENABLE pushbutton (mounted on 1UB2) will be installed. Depressing the BYPASS pushbutton will drop out the interposing Channel 3 &4 actuation relays, disable the DLPIAS and light the BYPASSED amber LED on 1UB2. Depressing the ENABLE pushbutton will enable the DLPIAS and the amber BYPASSED LED will go out.

5. If one (or more) bistables are tripped, a red LED labeled BISTABLE TRIPPED will be lit on 1UB2.

6. An OVERRIDE/RESET pushbutton (mounted on 1UB2) will be installed. Depressing the OVERRIDE pushbutton will drop out the interposing Channel 3 &4 actuation relays, disable the DLPIAS and light the OVERRIDE red LED on 1UB2. Depressing the RESET pushbutton will enable the interposing Channel 3 & 4 actuation relays and the OVERRIDE red LED will go out.

30.2 New Algorithm for DLPIAS Actuation Functions Actual in-plant setpoints are derived in OSC-8125, "Diverse High/Low Pressure Injection Actuation System Loop Uncertainty and Setpoint Determination".

RCS Pressure Low Low ALGORITHM Channel Trip: Pro0-< PSP PRESS (a) Pm0 = measured RCS pressure in each DLPIAS bistable.

(b) PsP PRESS = LPI Trip; setpoint 462 psig, decreasing.

(c) 2 out of 3 channels tripped = ESFAS Channels 3 & 4 Actuation

Page 198 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 30 Diverse Low Pressure Injection Actuation System 30.3 Process Parameters for New Algorithm Actual in-plant setpoints are derived in OSC-8125, "Diverse High/Low Pressure Injection Actuation System Loop Uncertainty and Setpoint Determination" Parameter Range! or Logical.ID,:Description Value Reset Value Units Pm Measured Reactor Coolant System Pressure in 0 -2500 N/A psig each ESFAS channel.

512 ESFAS Diverse LPI Actuation Trip setpoint on 462 Automatically PEP PRESS decreasing pressure. Automatically Trip on reset on psig decreasing pressure increasing pressure 30.4 Design Features (For more information see AREVA Change Order number 2005-01.)

30.4.1 Non-Safety System The system will be a combination of Safety and Non-Safety Related components. The TRIP relays which interface with the 24 VDC LPI actuation circuits will be safety related.

The bistable devices, two out of three logic relays, BYPASS, OVERRIDE and annunciator circuits will be supplied as non-safety related. The Diverse LPI components in Cabinet 16 and the UB2 control switches will be wired for non-lE separation accordingly. The power for the bistables and relay logic will be non-safety related.

,30.4.2 Automatic and Manual Actuation Capability The DLPIAS will provide for automatic actuation of the Channel 3 and Channel 4 components. This includes LPI pumps, LPSW pumps and LPI Injection valves.

Manual initiation is accomplished with the existing Trip/Reset buttons located on the main control board. The logic for this manual trip bypasses the TXS logic and allows the Operator to initiate ES actuation on a per channel basis.

30.4.3 Equipment Quality The quality of the components will be based on selection of known components that have a proven reliability. The relays and switches selected will be the same type as those supplied for the ES actuation circuits. The bistables will be standard commercial grade quality, similar as those provided for the RCPPM.

30.4.4 Actuate LPI on Low-Low RC Pressure The DLPIAS is intended to provide automatic LPI injection in the case of a Loss of Coolant Accident (LOCA) concurrent with a common mode software failure of the TXS.

30.4.5 Accuracy The Setpoint of the DLPIAS will be chosen to allow the ESFAS to actuate prior to actuation of the DLPIAS.

Page 199 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 30 Diverse Low Pressure Injection Actuation System 30.4.6 Minimize Inadvertent Actuation The DLPIAS will require 2 out of 3 bistables to be tripped for an LPI actuation to occur.

Actuation circuit relays are energized to actuate. Loss of 24 VDC control power will not result in actuation.

30.4.7 Diverse Hardware Two-out-of-three bistables are required to trip to initiate an actuation. No software is required or provided for the DLPIAS.

30.4.8 Reactor Coolant PressureSignals The non-Safety Related Reactor Coolant Pressure signals fed into the DLPIAS will be isolated from the Safety Related Reactor Coolant Pressure signals utilizing the TXS SNV1 isolators. The signal isolation occurs in the Safety Related analog signal conditioning portion of the TXS, prior to the analog-to-digital conversion.

30.4.9 Power Source The DLPIAS control power will be supplied from the 24 VDC Absopulse power supplies used for Channel E of the RPS. The Absopulse power supplies are non-safety related and are supplied from 120 VAC inverter 1KI, breaker 10. The Moore ECA (bistable) modules are powered directly from the same 120 VAC source.

30.4.10 Physical Separation Physical separation will be maintained as it relates to IEEE-384 separation criteria between safety related and non-safety components. The bistables and relays will be DIN Rail mounted components.

30.4.11 Electrical Separation Electrical separation between safety and non-safety will be maintained by the use of isolators and relays.

30.4.12 Safety to Non-Safety Isolation Physical separation will be maintained in accordance with IEEE Std. 384-1992, IEEE Standard Criteria for Independence of Class 1E Equipment and Circuits. Electrical separation between safety and non-safety will be maintained by the use of isolators and relays.

30.4.13 Equipment Qualification All equipment associated with the DLPIAS system with the exception of the existing Reactor Coolant Pressure transmitters and cabling (which is Environmentally Qualified) is located in the Control Room (mild environment) and will be seismically mounted.

30.4.14 Operating Bypass or Maintenance Bypass The Diverse LPI BYPASS/ENABLE pushbutton will be used to bypass the DLPIAS system during both maintenance and operation. Plant procedures will require that the DLPIAS be bypassed during controlled shutdowns at the same time the LPI Bypass is initiated for the ESFAS.

Page 200 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 30 Diverse Low Pressure Injection Actuation System 30.4.15 DLPIAS OVERRIDE A separate OVERRIDE/RESET switch (maintained contacts) is provided as a redundant means of terminating a DLPIAS actuation.

30.4.16 DLPIAS Actuation The Diverse LPI actuation shall go to completion once initiated. BYPASS and ENABLE are manual functions and will be controlled by procedure.

30.4.17 Information Display The DLPIAS provides two annunciator alarms, "DIVERSE LPI TRIP" and "DIVERSE LPI BYPASSED". In addition, the Diverse LPI BYPASS switch includes a "BYPASSED" light on the switch and a "BISTABLE TRIPPED" light adjacent to the switch. The "BISTABLE TRIPPED" light provides indication to alert the operator if any/all bistables are tripped, prior to an operator resetting the DLPIAS on increasing Reactor Coolant pressure. A DLPIAS OVERRIDE light is provided to indicate the interposing relays are disabled.

30.4.18 Augmented Quality Program (GL85-06)

The DLPIAS non-Safety Related components do not require unique or special procurement requirements.

30.4.19 Software Quality Assurance Not required for the DLPIAS design, since the analog system has no software.

30.4.20 Technical Specifications Selected Licensee Commitments (SLC) will be developed to provide appropriate actions commensurate with other Diverse systems (DSS).

30.5 Safety Classification The DLPIAS hardware is non-safety related with the exception of the interposing trip relays located in ESFAS cabinets 12 & 14, which are safety related isolation devices.

30.6 Response Time Requirements The response time for the rack/processing equipment shall be < 500 ms. The channel response time does not include the sensor response time or the time required for the field devices to go to the ES position from the Non-ES position.

Page 201 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 30 Diverse Low Pressure Injection Actuation System 30.7 Input Signals The RC pressure input signals are shared with ESFAS Functions #1 and #2. The pressure signals provided to the DLPIAS shall be provided independent of any TXS software elements.

Pushbuttons are wetted from RPS Channel E 24 VDC power.

ICoeDescription Pyica Rage ElectricalRag New DLPIAS pushbutton #1 DLPIAS ENABLE pushbutton Binary Contact input tag number (1LPIPB0074UB2)

New DLPIAS pushbutton #1 DLPIAS BYPASS pushbutton Binary Contact input tag number (11LPIPB0074UB2)

New DLPIAS pushbutton #2 DLPIAS OVERRIDE pushbutton Binary Contact input tag number (1LPIPB0075UB2)

Isolated Output RC Pressure analog CH A 0 - 2500 psig 4 - 20 mADC (from section 15) ______________

Isolated Output (from section 15) RC Pressure analog CH B 0 - 2500 psig 4 - 20 mADC Isolated Output (from section 15) RC Pressure analog CH C 0- 2500 psig 4- 20 mADC 30.8 Output Signals (Lights are powered from RPS Channel E 24 VDC power; statalarms provide 145 VDC to output contacts in RPS Channel E cabinet)

ID Code Description PhysicalIRange Electrical Range New DLPIAS indication light #1 BISTABLE TRIPPED indicating light on 1 UB2 Binary 24 VDC tag number (1LPILI0222UB2)

New DLPIAS pushbutton #1 BYPASSED light on pushbutton Binary 24 VDC tag number (1LPIPB0074UB2)

New DLPIAS indicating light #2 OVERRIDE LIGHT on 1UB2 Binary 24 VDC tag number (11LPILI0223UB2) 1SA1 -58 DIVERSE LPI BYP Binary 145 VDC 1SA1-59 DIVERSE LPI TRIP Binary 145 VDC

Page 202 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 30 Diverse Low Pressure Injection Actuation System 30.9 Actuated Field Devices (via TXS Ro contacts)

(These outputs are shared with ESFAS Functional Trip #2).

Channe13 C"hanne*4 1LPIPU0001 (LPI P1A) (ES Position Run) 1LPIPU0002 (LPI P1 8) (ES Position Run) 1LP VA0017 (1LP-17) (ES Position Open) 1LP VA0018 (1LP-18) (ES Position Open)

OLPSPUOOOA (A LPSW PUMP) (ES OLPSPUOOOB (B LPSW PUMP) (ES Position Position Run) Run)

OLPSPUOO0C (C LPSW PUMP) (ES OLPSPUOOOC (C LPSW PUMP) (ES Position Position Run) Run) 30.10 New Statalarm Panel Changes Statalarm Panel changes are shown in Section 22.

30.11 References See Section 27.

30.12 Diverse LPI BYPASS/ENABLE & OVERRIDE/RESET Pushbuttons & Lights Layout DIVERSE LPI OVERRIDE BYP~AC'S

Page 203 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 31 Diverse High Pressure Injection Actuation System 31.0 DIVERSE HIGH PRESSURE INJECTION ACTUATION SYSTEM 31 .1 Diverse HPI Actuation System Features The AREVA design includes the following features:

1. The non-safety related DHPIAS components are installed in Cabinet 16 (RPS Channel E).

2. Three Moore analog bistables which monitor the Wide Range RC pressure signals from ESFAS channels A, B & C. These are powered from 120 VAC supplied from 1KI breaker 10.

3. Two 1E interposing relays will be mounted in cabinet 12 (ODD voter) and cabinet 14 (EVEN voter),

and powered from the 24 VDC power supplies in cabinet 16, RPS Channel E. These relays will be qualified for 1E/non-1 E isolation. These relays will actuate Channel 1 and Channel 2 respectively, once at least 2 out of the 3 bistables are tripped.

4. A BYPASS/ENABLE pushbutton (mounted on 1UB1) will be installed. Depressing the BYPASS pushbutton will drop out the interposing Channel 1 & 2 actuation relays, disable the DHPIAS and light the BYPASSED amber LED on 1UB1. Depressing the ENABLE pushbutton will enable the DHPIAS and the amber BYPASSED LED will go out.

5. If one (or more) bistables are tripped, a red LED labeled BISTABLE TRIPPED will be lit on 1UBI.

6. An OVERRIDE/RESET pushbutton (mounted on lUB1) will be installed. Depressing the OVERRIDE pushbutton will drop out the interposing Channel 1 & 2 actuation relays, disable the DHPIAS and light the OVERRIDE red LED on 1UBI. Depressing the RESET pushbutton will enable the interposing Channel 1 & 2 actuation relays and the OVERRIDE red LED will go out.

31.2 New Algorithm for DHPIAS Actuation Functions Actual in-plant setpoints are derived in OSC-8125, "Diverse High/Low Pressure Injection Actuation System Loop Uncertainty and Setpoint Determination" RCS Pressure Low ALGORITHM Channel Trip: Pmr0 PsP PRESS (a) Pm0 = measured RCS pressure in each DHPIAS bistable.

(b) PsP PRESS = HPI Trip; setpoint 1550 psig, decreasing.

(c) 2 out of 3 channels tripped = ESFAS Channels I & 2 Actuation

Page 204 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 31 Diverse High Pressure Injection Actuation System 31.3 Process Parameters for New Algorithm Actual in-plant setpoints are derived in OSC-8125, "Diverse High/Low Pressure Injection Actuation System Loop Uncertainty and Setpoint Determination" Logical ID DescrptnParameter*Range or Reset Value Units DescrptionValue PM Measured Reactor Coolant System Pressure in 0-2500 N/A psig each ESFAS channel.

1600 ESFAS ESFAPRES S

Diverse HPI Actuation presurse.

Decreaivg Trip setpoint on AAutomatically 1550 Trip on Automatically reset on psig decreasing pressure, decreasing pressure increasing pressure 31.4 Design Features (For additional information, see AREVA Change Order number 2007-02.)

31.4.1 Non-Safety System The system will be a combination of Safety and Non-Safety Related components. The TRIP relays which interface with the 24 VDC HPI actuation circuits will be safety related.

The bistable devices, two out of three logic relays, BYPASS, OVERRIDE and annunciator circuits will be supplied as non-safety related. The Diverse HPI components in Cabinet 16 and the UB1 control switches will be wired for non-lE separation accordingly. The power for the bistables and relay logic will be non-safety related.

31.4.2 Automatic and Manual Actuation Capability The DHPIAS will provide for automatic actuation of the Channel 1 and Channel 2 components. This includes HPI pumps, HPI Injection valves and components listed in the table in Section 31.9. Manual initiation is accomplished with the existing Trip/Reset buttons located on the main control board. The logic for this manual trip bypasses the TXS logic and allows the Operator to initiate ES actuation on a per channel basis.

31.4.3 Equipment Quality The quality of the components will be based on selection of known components that have a proven reliability. The relays and switches selected will be the same type as those supplied for the ES actuation circuits. The bistables will be standard commercial grade quality, similar as those provided for the RCPPM.

31.4.4 Actuate HPI on Low RC Pressure The DHPIAS is primarily intended to provide automatic HPI injection in the case of a Loss of Coolant Accident (LOCA) concurrent with a common mode software failure of the TXS.

31.4.5 Accuracy The Setpoint of the DHPIAS will be chosen to allow the ESFAS to actuate prior to actuation of the DHPIAS.

Page 205 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 31 Diverse High Pressure Injection Actuation System 31.4.6 Minimize Inadvertent Actuation The DHPIAS will require 2 out of 3 bistables to be tripped for an HPI actuation to occur.

Actuation circuit relays are energized to actuate. Loss of 24 VDC control power will not result in actuation.

31.4.7 Diverse Hardware Two-out-of-three bistables are required to trip to initiate an actuation. No software is required or provided for the DHPIAS.

31.4.8 Reactor Coolant Pressure Signals The non-Safety Related Reactor Coolant Pressure signals fed into the DHPIAS will be isolated from the Safety Related Reactor Coolant Pressure signals utilizing the TXS SNV1 isolators. The signal isolation occurs in the Safety Related analog signal conditioning portion of the TXS, prior to the analog-to-digital conversion.

31.4.9 Power Source The DHPIAS control power will be supplied from the 24 VDC Absopulse power supplies used for Channel E of the RPS. The Absopulse power supplies are non-safety related and are supplied from 120 VAC inverter 1KI, breaker 10. The Moore ECA (bistable) modules are powered directly from the same 120 VAC source.

31.4.10 Physical Separation Physical separation will be maintained as it relates to IEEE-384 separation criteria between safety related and non-safety components. The bistables and relays will be DIN Rail mounted components.

31.4.11 Electrical Separation Electrical separation between safety and non-safety will be maintained by the use of isolators and relays.

31.4.12 Safety to Non-Safety Isolation Physical isolation will be maintained in accordance with IEEE Std. 384-1992, IEEE Standard Criteria for Independence of Class 1E Equipment and Circuits. Electrical isolation between safety and non-safety will be maintained by the use of isolators and relays.

31.4.13 Equipment Qualification All equipment associated with the DHPIAS system with the exception of the existing Reactor Coolant Pressure transmitters and cabling (which is Environmentally Qualified) is located in the Control Room (mild environment).

31.4:14 Operating Bypass or Maintenance Bypass The Diverse HPI BYPASS/ENABLE pushbutton will be used to bypass the DHPIAS system during both maintenance and operation. Plant procedures will require that the

Page 206 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 31 Diverse High Pressure Injection Actuation System DHPIAS be bypassed during controlled shutdowns at the same time the HPI Bypass is initiated for the ESFAS.

31.4.15 DHPIAS OVERRIDE A separate OVERRIDE/RESET switch (maintained contacts) is provided as a redundant

- means of terminating a DHPIAS actuation.

31.4.16 DHPIAS Actuation The Diverse HPI actuation shall go to completion once initiated. BYPASS and ENABLE are manual functions and will be controlled by procedure.

31.4.17 Information Display The DHPIAS provides two annunciator alarms, "DIVERSE HPI TRIP" and "DIVERSE HPI BYPASSED". In addition, the Diverse HPI BYPASS switch includes a "BYPASSED" light on the switch and a "BISTABLE TRIPPED" light adjacent to the switch. The "BISTABLE TRIPPED" light provides indication to alert the operator if any/all bistables are tripped, prior to an operator resetting the DHPIAS on increasing Reactor Coolant pressure. A DHPIAS OVERRIDE light is provided to indicate the interposing relays are disabled.

31.4.18 Augmented Quality Program (GL85-06)

The DHPIAS non-Safety Related components do not require unique or special procurement requirements.

31.4.19 Software Quality Assurance Not required for the DHPIAS design, since theanalog system has no software.

31.4.20 Technical Specifications Selected Licensee Commitments (SLC) will be developed to provide appropriate actions commensurate with other Diverse Systems (DSS).

31.5 Safety Classification The DHPIAS hardware is non-safety related with the exception of the interposing trip relays located in ESFAS cabinets 12 & 14, which are safety related isolation devices.

31.6 Response Time Requirements The response time for the rack/processing equipment shall be < 500 ms. The channel response time does not include the sensor response time or the time required for the field devices to go to the ES position from the Non-ES position.

Page 207 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 31 Diverse High Pressure Injection Actuation System 31.7 Input Signals The RC pressure input signals are shared with ESFAS Functions #1 and #2. The pressure signals provided to the DHPIAS shall be provided independent of any TXS software elements.

Pushbuttons are wetted from RPS Channel E 24 VDC power.

I" *ode- Descr'iption Physical Rangel.. Electrical.Range New DHPIAS pushbutton #1 DHPIAS ENABLE pushbutton Binary Contact input tag number (1 HPIPB0076UB1)

New DHPIAS pushbutton #1 DHPIAS BYPASS pushbutton Binary Contact input tag number (1HPIPB0076UB1)

New DHPIAS pushbutton #2 DHPIAS OVERRIDE pushbutton Binary Contact input tag number (1HPIPB0077UB1)

Isolated Output (from section 15) RC Pressure analog CH A 0 2500 psig 4 - 20 mADC Isolated Output -0 (from section 15) RC Pressure analog CH B 0-2500 psig 4- 20 mADC Isolated Output (from section 15) RC Pressure analog CH C 0-2500 psig 4-20 mADC 31.8 Output Signals (Lights are powered from RPS Channel E 24 VDC power; statalarms provide 145 VDC to output contacts in RPS Channel E cabinet)

IDCode ~Description Physical Range Rane~fia~

New DHPIAS indication light #1 BISTABLE TRIPPED indicating light on 1UB1 Binary 24 VDC tag number (1HPILI0224UB1)

New DHPIAS pushbutton #1 BYPASSED light on pushbutton Binary 24 VDC tag number (1 HPIPB0076UB1)

New DHPIAS indicating light #2 OVERRIDE LIGHT on 1UBi Binary 24 VDC tag number (1HPILI0225UB1) 1SA1-56 DIVERSE HPI BYP Binary 145 VDC 1SA1-57 DIVERSE HPI TRIP Binary 145 VDC

Page 208 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 31 Diverse High Pressure Injection Actuation System 31.9 Actuated Field Devices (via TXS Ro contacts)

(These outputs are shared with ESFAS Functional Trip #1).

ChannelS P R Channel 2 1HPIPU0001 (HPI P1 A) (ES Position Run) 1HPIPU0002 (HPI P1B) (ES Position Run) 1HPIPU0002 (HPI P1B) (ES Position Run) 1HPIPU0003 (HPI P1C) (ES Position Run) 1HP VA0024 (1 HP-24) (ES Position Open) 1HP VA0025 (1 HP-25) (ES Position Open) 1 HP VA0026 (1 HP-26) (ES Position Open) 1HP VA0027 (1 HP-27) (ES Position Open) 1HP VA0003 (1 HP-3) (ES Position Closed) 1 HP VA0005 (1 HP-5) (ES Position Closed) 1HP VA0004 (1 HP-4) (ES Position Closed) 1HP VA0021 (1 HP-21) (ES Position Closed) 1HP VA0020 (I1HP-20) (ES Position Closed) I1GWD VA00 13 (1GWD-1 3) (ES Position Closed)

KHU 1 (Keowee CH A) (ES EMERG START) 1 LWD VA0002 (1LWD-2) (ES Position Closed)

KHU 2 (Keowee CH A) (ES EMERG START) KHU 1 (Keowee CH B) (ES EMERG START)

STBY Bus (SK 1) (ES Position FDR Closed) KHU 2 (Keowee CH B) (ES EMERG START)

Load Shed (ES Position Complete) STBY Bus (SK 2) (ES Position FDR Closed)

STBY Bkr 1 (S1 1) (ES Position Closed) Load Shed (ES Position Complete)

STBY Bkr 2 (S2 1) (ES Position Closed) 1GWD VA0012 (1GWD-12) (ES Position Closed) 1CS VA0006 (1 CS-6) (ES Position Closed) 1LWD VAOOO1 (1LWD-1) (ES Position Closed) 1PR VA0002 (1PR-2) (ES Position Closed) 1CS VA0005 (1 CS-5) (ES Position Closed) 1PR VA0003 (1 PR-3) (ES Position Closed) 1 PR VA0001 (1 PR-1) (ES Position Closed) 1PR VA0004 (1 PR-4) (ES Position Closed) 1PR VA0006 (1PR-6) (ES Position Closed) 1PR VA0005 (1PR-5) (ES Position Closed) 1PR VA0007 (1PR-7) (ES Position Closed) 1PR VA0008 (1PR-8)(ES Position Closed) 1PR VA0009 (1 PR-9) (ES Position Closed) 1PR VA001 0 (1PR-1 0) (ES Position Closed) 1RC VA0005 (1 RC-5) (ES Position Closed) 1RC VA0007 (1 RC-7) (ES Position Closed) 1RC VA0006 (IRC-6) (ES Position Closed) 1FDW VAO106 (1FDW-0106) (ES Position Closed) 1FDW VA01 05 (1 FDW-1 05) (ES Position Closed) 1FDW VA01 08 (1FDW-1 08) (ES Position Closed) 1FDW VA0107 (1FDW-107) (ES Position Closed) 1FDW VA0103 (1FDW-103) (ES Position Closed) 1FDW VA0104 (1FDW-104) (ES Position Closed)

.1 Page 209 of 209 CALCULATION OSC-8623, Rev. 11 RPS & ESFAS Functional Description Section 31 Diverse High Pressure Injection Actuation System 31.10 New Statalarm Panel Changes Statalarm Panel changes are shown in Section 22.

31.11 References See Section 27.

31.12 Diverse HPI BYPASS/ENABLE & OVERRIDE/RESET Pushbuttons & Lights Layout DIVERSE HPI OVERRIDE I DIVERSE HPI BYPASS

~p SD

ML091050333

Contents

Text

1.2 DESCRIPTION

3.2 DESCRIPTION

4.2 DESCRIPTION

5.2 DESCRIPTION

6.2 DESCRIPTION

7.2 DESCRIPTION

8.2 DESCRIPTION

9.2 DESCRIPTION

10.2 DESCRIPTION

11.2 DESCRIPTION

15.2 DESCRIPTION

16.2 DESCRIPTION

17.2 DESCRIPTION

18.2 DESCRIPTION

Navigation menu

ML091050333

Text

1.2 DESCRIPTION

3.2 DESCRIPTION

4.2 DESCRIPTION

5.2 DESCRIPTION

6.2 DESCRIPTION

7.2 DESCRIPTION

8.2 DESCRIPTION

9.2 DESCRIPTION

10.2 DESCRIPTION

11.2 DESCRIPTION

15.2 DESCRIPTION

16.2 DESCRIPTION

17.2 DESCRIPTION

18.2 DESCRIPTION

Navigation menu

Search